--- /dev/null
+#ifndef ANDROID_VERSION_H_
+#define ANDROID_VERSION_H_
+
+#define ANDROID_VERSION_MAJOR 4
+#define ANDROID_VERSION_MINOR 2
+#define ANDROID_VERSION_PATCH 2
+#define ANDROID_VERSION_PATCH2 0
+#define ANDROID_VERSION_PATCH3 0
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_LOG_H
+#define _ANDROID_LOG_H
+
+/******************************************************************
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+ *
+ * This file is part of Android's set of stable system headers
+ * exposed by the Android NDK (Native Development Kit) since
+ * platform release 1.5
+ *
+ * Third-party source AND binary code relies on the definitions
+ * here to be FROZEN ON ALL UPCOMING PLATFORM RELEASES.
+ *
+ * - DO NOT MODIFY ENUMS (EXCEPT IF YOU ADD NEW 32-BIT VALUES)
+ * - DO NOT MODIFY CONSTANTS OR FUNCTIONAL MACROS
+ * - DO NOT CHANGE THE SIGNATURE OF FUNCTIONS IN ANY WAY
+ * - DO NOT CHANGE THE LAYOUT OR SIZE OF STRUCTURES
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Support routines to send messages to the Android in-kernel log buffer,
+ * which can later be accessed through the 'logcat' utility.
+ *
+ * Each log message must have
+ * - a priority
+ * - a log tag
+ * - some text
+ *
+ * The tag normally corresponds to the component that emits the log message,
+ * and should be reasonably small.
+ *
+ * Log message text may be truncated to less than an implementation-specific
+ * limit (e.g. 1023 characters max).
+ *
+ * Note that a newline character ("\n") will be appended automatically to your
+ * log message, if not already there. It is not possible to send several messages
+ * and have them appear on a single line in logcat.
+ *
+ * PLEASE USE LOGS WITH MODERATION:
+ *
+ * - Sending log messages eats CPU and slow down your application and the
+ * system.
+ *
+ * - The circular log buffer is pretty small (<64KB), sending many messages
+ * might push off other important log messages from the rest of the system.
+ *
+ * - In release builds, only send log messages to account for exceptional
+ * conditions.
+ *
+ * NOTE: These functions MUST be implemented by /system/lib/liblog.so
+ */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Android log priority values, in ascending priority order.
+ */
+typedef enum android_LogPriority {
+ ANDROID_LOG_UNKNOWN = 0,
+ ANDROID_LOG_DEFAULT, /* only for SetMinPriority() */
+ ANDROID_LOG_VERBOSE,
+ ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG,
+ ANDROID_LOG_INFO,
+ ANDROID_LOG_WARN,
+ ANDROID_LOG_ERROR,
+ ANDROID_LOG_FATAL,
+ ANDROID_LOG_SILENT, /* only for SetMinPriority(); must be last */
+} android_LogPriority;
+
+/*
+ * Send a simple string to the log.
+ */
+int __android_log_write(int prio, const char *tag, const char *text);
+
+/*
+ * Send a formatted string to the log, used like printf(fmt,...)
+ */
+int __android_log_print(int prio, const char *tag, const char *fmt, ...)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+ __attribute__ ((format(printf, 3, 4)))
+#endif
+ ;
+
+/*
+ * A variant of __android_log_print() that takes a va_list to list
+ * additional parameters.
+ */
+int __android_log_vprint(int prio, const char *tag,
+ const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+
+/*
+ * Log an assertion failure and SIGTRAP the process to have a chance
+ * to inspect it, if a debugger is attached. This uses the FATAL priority.
+ */
+void __android_log_assert(const char *cond, const char *tag,
+ const char *fmt, ...)
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+ __attribute__ ((noreturn))
+ __attribute__ ((format(printf, 3, 4)))
+#endif
+ ;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _ANDROID_LOG_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright 2009, The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/* Helper to perform abortable blocking operations on a socket:
+ * asocket_connect()
+ * asocket_accept()
+ * asocket_read()
+ * asocket_write()
+ * These calls are similar to the regular syscalls, but can be aborted with:
+ * asocket_abort()
+ *
+ * Calling close() on a regular POSIX socket does not abort blocked syscalls on
+ * that socket in other threads.
+ *
+ * After calling asocket_abort() the socket cannot be reused.
+ *
+ * Call asocket_destory() *after* all threads have finished with the socket to
+ * finish closing the socket and free the asocket structure.
+ *
+ * The helper is implemented by setting the socket non-blocking to initiate
+ * syscalls connect(), accept(), read(), write(), then using a blocking poll()
+ * on both the primary socket and a local pipe. This makes the poll() abortable
+ * by writing a byte to the local pipe in asocket_abort().
+ *
+ * asocket_create() sets the fd to non-blocking mode. It must not be changed to
+ * blocking mode.
+ *
+ * Using asocket will triple the number of file descriptors required per
+ * socket, due to the local pipe. It may be possible to use a global pipe per
+ * process rather than per socket, but we have not been able to come up with a
+ * race-free implementation yet.
+ *
+ * All functions except asocket_init() and asocket_destroy() are thread safe.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_ABORT_SOCKET_H__
+#define __CUTILS_ABORT_SOCKET_H__
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct asocket {
+ int fd; /* primary socket fd */
+ int abort_fd[2]; /* pipe used to abort */
+};
+
+/* Create an asocket from fd.
+ * Sets the socket to non-blocking mode.
+ * Returns NULL on error with errno set.
+ */
+struct asocket *asocket_init(int fd);
+
+/* Blocking socket I/O with timeout.
+ * Calling asocket_abort() from another thread will cause each of these
+ * functions to immediately return with value -1 and errno ECANCELED.
+ * timeout is in ms, use -1 to indicate no timeout. On timeout -1 is returned
+ * with errno ETIMEDOUT.
+ * EINTR is handled in-call.
+ * Other semantics are identical to the regular syscalls.
+ */
+int asocket_connect(struct asocket *s, const struct sockaddr *addr,
+ socklen_t addrlen, int timeout);
+
+int asocket_accept(struct asocket *s, struct sockaddr *addr,
+ socklen_t *addrlen, int timeout);
+
+int asocket_read(struct asocket *s, void *buf, size_t count, int timeout);
+
+int asocket_write(struct asocket *s, const void *buf, size_t count,
+ int timeout);
+
+/* Abort above calls and shutdown socket.
+ * Further I/O operations on this socket will immediately fail after this call.
+ * asocket_destroy() should be used to release resources once all threads
+ * have returned from blocking calls on the socket.
+ */
+void asocket_abort(struct asocket *s);
+
+/* Close socket and free asocket structure.
+ * Must not be called until all calls on this structure have completed.
+ */
+void asocket_destroy(struct asocket *s);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif //__CUTILS_ABORT_SOCKET__H__
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright 2011, The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_ANDROID_REBOOT_H__
+#define __CUTILS_ANDROID_REBOOT_H__
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Commands */
+#define ANDROID_RB_RESTART 0xDEAD0001
+#define ANDROID_RB_POWEROFF 0xDEAD0002
+#define ANDROID_RB_RESTART2 0xDEAD0003
+
+/* Flags */
+#define ANDROID_RB_FLAG_NO_SYNC 0x1
+#define ANDROID_RB_FLAG_NO_REMOUNT_RO 0x2
+
+int android_reboot(int cmd, int flags, char *arg);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_ANDROID_REBOOT_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A pointer array which intelligently expands its capacity ad needed.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ARRAY_H
+#define __ARRAY_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/** An array. */
+typedef struct Array Array;
+
+/** Constructs a new array. Returns NULL if we ran out of memory. */
+Array* arrayCreate();
+
+/** Frees an array. Does not free elements themselves. */
+void arrayFree(Array* array);
+
+/** Adds a pointer. Returns 0 is successful, < 0 otherwise. */
+int arrayAdd(Array* array, void* pointer);
+
+/** Gets the pointer at the specified index. */
+void* arrayGet(Array* array, int index);
+
+/** Removes the pointer at the given index and returns it. */
+void* arrayRemove(Array* array, int index);
+
+/** Sets pointer at the given index. Returns old pointer. */
+void* arraySet(Array* array, int index, void* pointer);
+
+/** Sets the array size. Sets new pointers to NULL. Returns 0 if successful, < 0 otherwise . */
+int arraySetSize(Array* array, int size);
+
+/** Returns the size of the given array. */
+int arraySize(Array* array);
+
+/**
+ * Returns a pointer to a C-style array which will be valid until this array
+ * changes.
+ */
+const void** arrayUnwrap(Array* array);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __ARRAY_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* cutils/ashmem.h
+ **
+ ** Copyright 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ **
+ ** This file is dual licensed. It may be redistributed and/or modified
+ ** under the terms of the Apache 2.0 License OR version 2 of the GNU
+ ** General Public License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CUTILS_ASHMEM_H
+#define _CUTILS_ASHMEM_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int ashmem_create_region(const char *name, size_t size);
+int ashmem_set_prot_region(int fd, int prot);
+int ashmem_pin_region(int fd, size_t offset, size_t len);
+int ashmem_unpin_region(int fd, size_t offset, size_t len);
+int ashmem_get_size_region(int fd);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __ASHMEMIOC /* in case someone included <linux/ashmem.h> too */
+
+#define ASHMEM_NAME_LEN 256
+
+#define ASHMEM_NAME_DEF "dev/ashmem"
+
+/* Return values from ASHMEM_PIN: Was the mapping purged while unpinned? */
+#define ASHMEM_NOT_PURGED 0
+#define ASHMEM_WAS_PURGED 1
+
+/* Return values from ASHMEM_UNPIN: Is the mapping now pinned or unpinned? */
+#define ASHMEM_IS_UNPINNED 0
+#define ASHMEM_IS_PINNED 1
+
+#endif /* ! __ASHMEMIOC */
+
+#endif /* _CUTILS_ASHMEM_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_ARM_H
+#define ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_ARM_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <machine/cpu-features.h>
+
+extern inline void android_compiler_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory");
+}
+
+#if ANDROID_SMP == 0
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+}
+#elif defined(__ARM_HAVE_DMB)
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb" : : : "memory");
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb st" : : : "memory");
+}
+#elif defined(__ARM_HAVE_LDREX_STREX)
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r" (0) : "memory");
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+}
+#else
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ typedef void (kuser_memory_barrier)(void);
+ (*(kuser_memory_barrier *)0xffff0fa0)();
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+}
+#endif
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_acquire_load(volatile const int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t value = *ptr;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return value;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_release_load(volatile const int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return *ptr;
+}
+
+extern inline void android_atomic_acquire_store(int32_t value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ *ptr = value;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+}
+
+extern inline void android_atomic_release_store(int32_t value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ *ptr = value;
+}
+
+#if defined(__thumb__)
+extern int android_atomic_cas(int32_t old_value, int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr);
+#elif defined(__ARM_HAVE_LDREX_STREX)
+extern inline int android_atomic_cas(int32_t old_value, int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("ldrex %0, [%3]\n"
+ "mov %1, #0\n"
+ "teq %0, %4\n"
+ "strexeq %1, %5, [%3]"
+ : "=&r" (prev), "=&r" (status), "+m"(*ptr)
+ : "r" (ptr), "Ir" (old_value), "r" (new_value)
+ : "cc");
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev != old_value;
+}
+#else
+extern inline int android_atomic_cas(int32_t old_value, int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ typedef int (kuser_cmpxchg)(int32_t, int32_t, volatile int32_t *);
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ prev = *ptr;
+ do {
+ status = (*(kuser_cmpxchg *)0xffff0fc0)(old_value, new_value, ptr);
+ if (__builtin_expect(status == 0, 1))
+ return 0;
+ prev = *ptr;
+ } while (prev == old_value);
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_acquire_cas(int32_t old_value,
+ int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int status = android_atomic_cas(old_value, new_value, ptr);
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return status;
+}
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_release_cas(int32_t old_value,
+ int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return android_atomic_cas(old_value, new_value, ptr);
+}
+
+
+#if defined(__thumb__)
+extern int32_t android_atomic_add(int32_t increment,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr);
+#elif defined(__ARM_HAVE_LDREX_STREX)
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_add(int32_t increment,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, tmp, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("ldrex %0, [%4]\n"
+ "add %1, %0, %5\n"
+ "strex %2, %1, [%4]"
+ : "=&r" (prev), "=&r" (tmp),
+ "=&r" (status), "+m" (*ptr)
+ : "r" (ptr), "Ir" (increment)
+ : "cc");
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+#else
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_add(int32_t increment,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ prev = *ptr;
+ status = android_atomic_cas(prev, prev + increment, ptr);
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+#endif
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_inc(volatile int32_t *addr)
+{
+ return android_atomic_add(1, addr);
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_dec(volatile int32_t *addr)
+{
+ return android_atomic_add(-1, addr);
+}
+
+#if defined(__thumb__)
+extern int32_t android_atomic_and(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr);
+#elif defined(__ARM_HAVE_LDREX_STREX)
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_and(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, tmp, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("ldrex %0, [%4]\n"
+ "and %1, %0, %5\n"
+ "strex %2, %1, [%4]"
+ : "=&r" (prev), "=&r" (tmp),
+ "=&r" (status), "+m" (*ptr)
+ : "r" (ptr), "Ir" (value)
+ : "cc");
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+#else
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_and(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ prev = *ptr;
+ status = android_atomic_cas(prev, prev & value, ptr);
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__thumb__)
+extern int32_t android_atomic_or(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr);
+#elif defined(__ARM_HAVE_LDREX_STREX)
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_or(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, tmp, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("ldrex %0, [%4]\n"
+ "orr %1, %0, %5\n"
+ "strex %2, %1, [%4]"
+ : "=&r" (prev), "=&r" (tmp),
+ "=&r" (status), "+m" (*ptr)
+ : "r" (ptr), "Ir" (value)
+ : "cc");
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+#else
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_or(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ prev = *ptr;
+ status = android_atomic_cas(prev, prev | value, ptr);
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_ARM_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_INLINE_H
+#define ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_INLINE_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Inline declarations and macros for some special-purpose atomic
+ * operations. These are intended for rare circumstances where a
+ * memory barrier needs to be issued inline rather than as a function
+ * call.
+ *
+ * Most code should not use these.
+ *
+ * Anything that does include this file must set ANDROID_SMP to either
+ * 0 or 1, indicating compilation for UP or SMP, respectively.
+ *
+ * Macros defined in this header:
+ *
+ * void ANDROID_MEMBAR_FULL(void)
+ * Full memory barrier. Provides a compiler reordering barrier, and
+ * on SMP systems emits an appropriate instruction.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(ANDROID_SMP)
+# error "Must define ANDROID_SMP before including atomic-inline.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__arm__)
+#include <cutils/atomic-arm.h>
+#elif defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)
+#include <cutils/atomic-x86.h>
+#elif defined(__mips__)
+#include <cutils/atomic-mips.h>
+#else
+#error atomic operations are unsupported
+#endif
+
+#if ANDROID_SMP == 0
+#define ANDROID_MEMBAR_FULL android_compiler_barrier
+#else
+#define ANDROID_MEMBAR_FULL android_memory_barrier
+#endif
+
+#if ANDROID_SMP == 0
+#define ANDROID_MEMBAR_STORE android_compiler_barrier
+#else
+#define ANDROID_MEMBAR_STORE android_memory_store_barrier
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_INLINE_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_MIPS_H
+#define ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_MIPS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+extern inline void android_compiler_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory");
+}
+
+#if ANDROID_SMP == 0
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+}
+#else
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("sync" : : : "memory");
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("sync" : : : "memory");
+}
+#endif
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_acquire_load(volatile const int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t value = *ptr;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return value;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_release_load(volatile const int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return *ptr;
+}
+
+extern inline void android_atomic_acquire_store(int32_t value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ *ptr = value;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+}
+
+extern inline void android_atomic_release_store(int32_t value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ *ptr = value;
+}
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_cas(int32_t old_value, int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ " ll %[prev], (%[ptr])\n"
+ " li %[status], 1\n"
+ " bne %[prev], %[old], 9f\n"
+ " move %[status], %[new_value]\n"
+ " sc %[status], (%[ptr])\n"
+ "9:\n"
+ : [prev] "=&r" (prev), [status] "=&r" (status)
+ : [ptr] "r" (ptr), [old] "r" (old_value), [new_value] "r" (new_value)
+ );
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status == 0, 0));
+ return prev != old_value;
+}
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_acquire_cas(int32_t old_value,
+ int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int status = android_atomic_cas(old_value, new_value, ptr);
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return status;
+}
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_release_cas(int32_t old_value,
+ int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return android_atomic_cas(old_value, new_value, ptr);
+}
+
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_swap(int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ " move %[status], %[new_value]\n"
+ " ll %[prev], (%[ptr])\n"
+ " sc %[status], (%[ptr])\n"
+ : [prev] "=&r" (prev), [status] "=&r" (status)
+ : [ptr] "r" (ptr), [new_value] "r" (new_value)
+ );
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status == 0, 0));
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return prev;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_add(int32_t increment,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ " ll %[prev], (%[ptr])\n"
+ " addu %[status], %[prev], %[inc]\n"
+ " sc %[status], (%[ptr])\n"
+ : [status] "=&r" (status), [prev] "=&r" (prev)
+ : [ptr] "r" (ptr), [inc] "Ir" (increment)
+ );
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status == 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_inc(volatile int32_t *addr)
+{
+ return android_atomic_add(1, addr);
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_dec(volatile int32_t *addr)
+{
+ return android_atomic_add(-1, addr);
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_and(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ " ll %[prev], (%[ptr])\n"
+ " and %[status], %[prev], %[value]\n"
+ " sc %[status], (%[ptr])\n"
+ : [prev] "=&r" (prev), [status] "=&r" (status)
+ : [ptr] "r" (ptr), [value] "Ir" (value)
+ );
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status == 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_or(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ do {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ " ll %[prev], (%[ptr])\n"
+ " or %[status], %[prev], %[value]\n"
+ " sc %[status], (%[ptr])\n"
+ : [prev] "=&r" (prev), [status] "=&r" (status)
+ : [ptr] "r" (ptr), [value] "Ir" (value)
+ );
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status == 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_MIPS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_X86_H
+#define ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_X86_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+extern inline void android_compiler_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory");
+}
+
+#if ANDROID_SMP == 0
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+}
+#else
+extern inline void android_memory_barrier(void)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("mfence" : : : "memory");
+}
+extern inline void android_memory_store_barrier(void)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+}
+#endif
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_acquire_load(volatile const int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t value = *ptr;
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+ return value;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_release_load(volatile const int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_memory_barrier();
+ return *ptr;
+}
+
+extern inline void android_atomic_acquire_store(int32_t value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ *ptr = value;
+ android_memory_barrier();
+}
+
+extern inline void android_atomic_release_store(int32_t value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ android_compiler_barrier();
+ *ptr = value;
+}
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_cas(int32_t old_value, int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("lock; cmpxchgl %1, %2"
+ : "=a" (prev)
+ : "q" (new_value), "m" (*ptr), "0" (old_value)
+ : "memory");
+ return prev != old_value;
+}
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_acquire_cas(int32_t old_value,
+ int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ /* Loads are not reordered with other loads. */
+ return android_atomic_cas(old_value, new_value, ptr);
+}
+
+extern inline int android_atomic_release_cas(int32_t old_value,
+ int32_t new_value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ /* Stores are not reordered with other stores. */
+ return android_atomic_cas(old_value, new_value, ptr);
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_add(int32_t increment,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("lock; xaddl %0, %1"
+ : "+r" (increment), "+m" (*ptr)
+ : : "memory");
+ /* increment now holds the old value of *ptr */
+ return increment;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_inc(volatile int32_t *addr)
+{
+ return android_atomic_add(1, addr);
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_dec(volatile int32_t *addr)
+{
+ return android_atomic_add(-1, addr);
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_and(int32_t value,
+ volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ do {
+ prev = *ptr;
+ status = android_atomic_cas(prev, prev & value, ptr);
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+
+extern inline int32_t android_atomic_or(int32_t value, volatile int32_t *ptr)
+{
+ int32_t prev, status;
+ do {
+ prev = *ptr;
+ status = android_atomic_cas(prev, prev | value, ptr);
+ } while (__builtin_expect(status != 0, 0));
+ return prev;
+}
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_X86_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_H
+#define ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * A handful of basic atomic operations. The appropriate pthread
+ * functions should be used instead of these whenever possible.
+ *
+ * The "acquire" and "release" terms can be defined intuitively in terms
+ * of the placement of memory barriers in a simple lock implementation:
+ * - wait until compare-and-swap(lock-is-free --> lock-is-held) succeeds
+ * - barrier
+ * - [do work]
+ * - barrier
+ * - store(lock-is-free)
+ * In very crude terms, the initial (acquire) barrier prevents any of the
+ * "work" from happening before the lock is held, and the later (release)
+ * barrier ensures that all of the work happens before the lock is released.
+ * (Think of cached writes, cache read-ahead, and instruction reordering
+ * around the CAS and store instructions.)
+ *
+ * The barriers must apply to both the compiler and the CPU. Note it is
+ * legal for instructions that occur before an "acquire" barrier to be
+ * moved down below it, and for instructions that occur after a "release"
+ * barrier to be moved up above it.
+ *
+ * The ARM-driven implementation we use here is short on subtlety,
+ * and actually requests a full barrier from the compiler and the CPU.
+ * The only difference between acquire and release is in whether they
+ * are issued before or after the atomic operation with which they
+ * are associated. To ease the transition to C/C++ atomic intrinsics,
+ * you should not rely on this, and instead assume that only the minimal
+ * acquire/release protection is provided.
+ *
+ * NOTE: all int32_t* values are expected to be aligned on 32-bit boundaries.
+ * If they are not, atomicity is not guaranteed.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Basic arithmetic and bitwise operations. These all provide a
+ * barrier with "release" ordering, and return the previous value.
+ *
+ * These have the same characteristics (e.g. what happens on overflow)
+ * as the equivalent non-atomic C operations.
+ */
+int32_t android_atomic_inc(volatile int32_t* addr);
+int32_t android_atomic_dec(volatile int32_t* addr);
+int32_t android_atomic_add(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr);
+int32_t android_atomic_and(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr);
+int32_t android_atomic_or(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr);
+
+/*
+ * Perform an atomic load with "acquire" or "release" ordering.
+ *
+ * This is only necessary if you need the memory barrier. A 32-bit read
+ * from a 32-bit aligned address is atomic on all supported platforms.
+ */
+int32_t android_atomic_acquire_load(volatile const int32_t* addr);
+int32_t android_atomic_release_load(volatile const int32_t* addr);
+
+/*
+ * Perform an atomic store with "acquire" or "release" ordering.
+ *
+ * This is only necessary if you need the memory barrier. A 32-bit write
+ * to a 32-bit aligned address is atomic on all supported platforms.
+ */
+void android_atomic_acquire_store(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr);
+void android_atomic_release_store(int32_t value, volatile int32_t* addr);
+
+/*
+ * Compare-and-set operation with "acquire" or "release" ordering.
+ *
+ * This returns zero if the new value was successfully stored, which will
+ * only happen when *addr == oldvalue.
+ *
+ * (The return value is inverted from implementations on other platforms,
+ * but matches the ARM ldrex/strex result.)
+ *
+ * Implementations that use the release CAS in a loop may be less efficient
+ * than possible, because we re-issue the memory barrier on each iteration.
+ */
+int android_atomic_acquire_cas(int32_t oldvalue, int32_t newvalue,
+ volatile int32_t* addr);
+int android_atomic_release_cas(int32_t oldvalue, int32_t newvalue,
+ volatile int32_t* addr);
+
+/*
+ * Aliases for code using an older version of this header. These are now
+ * deprecated and should not be used. The definitions will be removed
+ * in a future release.
+ */
+#define android_atomic_write android_atomic_release_store
+#define android_atomic_cmpxchg android_atomic_release_cas
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif // ANDROID_CUTILS_ATOMIC_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_BITOPS_H
+#define __CUTILS_BITOPS_H
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+static inline int popcount(unsigned int x)
+{
+ return __builtin_popcount(x);
+}
+
+static inline int popcountl(unsigned long x)
+{
+ return __builtin_popcountl(x);
+}
+
+static inline int popcountll(unsigned long long x)
+{
+ return __builtin_popcountll(x);
+}
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_BITOPS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_COMPILER_H
+#define ANDROID_CUTILS_COMPILER_H
+
+/*
+ * helps the compiler's optimizer predicting branches
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define CC_LIKELY( exp ) (__builtin_expect( !!(exp), true ))
+# define CC_UNLIKELY( exp ) (__builtin_expect( !!(exp), false ))
+#else
+# define CC_LIKELY( exp ) (__builtin_expect( !!(exp), 1 ))
+# define CC_UNLIKELY( exp ) (__builtin_expect( !!(exp), 0 ))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * exports marked symbols
+ *
+ * if used on a C++ class declaration, this macro must be inserted
+ * after the "class" keyword. For instance:
+ *
+ * template <typename TYPE>
+ * class ANDROID_API Singleton { }
+ */
+
+#define ANDROID_API __attribute__((visibility("default")))
+
+#endif // ANDROID_CUTILS_COMPILER_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_CONFIG_UTILS_H
+#define __CUTILS_CONFIG_UTILS_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct cnode cnode;
+
+
+struct cnode
+{
+ cnode *next;
+ cnode *first_child;
+ cnode *last_child;
+ const char *name;
+ const char *value;
+};
+
+/* parse a text string into a config node tree */
+void config_load(cnode *root, char *data);
+
+/* parse a file into a config node tree */
+void config_load_file(cnode *root, const char *fn);
+
+/* create a single config node */
+cnode* config_node(const char *name, const char *value);
+
+/* locate a named child of a config node */
+cnode* config_find(cnode *root, const char *name);
+
+/* look up a child by name and return the boolean value */
+int config_bool(cnode *root, const char *name, int _default);
+
+/* look up a child by name and return the string value */
+const char* config_str(cnode *root, const char *name, const char *_default);
+
+/* add a named child to a config node (or modify it if it already exists) */
+void config_set(cnode *root, const char *name, const char *value);
+
+/* free a config node tree */
+void config_free(cnode *root);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_CPU_INFO_H
+#define __CUTILS_CPU_INFO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* returns a string contiaining an ASCII representation of the CPU serial number,
+** or NULL if cpu info not available.
+** The string is a static variable, so don't call free() on it.
+*/
+extern const char* get_cpu_serial_number(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_CPU_INFO_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_DEBUGGER_H
+#define __CUTILS_DEBUGGER_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define DEBUGGER_SOCKET_NAME "android:debuggerd"
+
+typedef enum {
+ // dump a crash
+ DEBUGGER_ACTION_CRASH,
+ // dump a tombstone file
+ DEBUGGER_ACTION_DUMP_TOMBSTONE,
+ // dump a backtrace only back to the socket
+ DEBUGGER_ACTION_DUMP_BACKTRACE,
+} debugger_action_t;
+
+/* message sent over the socket */
+typedef struct {
+ debugger_action_t action;
+ pid_t tid;
+} debugger_msg_t;
+
+/* Dumps a process backtrace, registers, and stack to a tombstone file (requires root).
+ * Stores the tombstone path in the provided buffer.
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+int dump_tombstone(pid_t tid, char* pathbuf, size_t pathlen);
+
+/* Dumps a process backtrace only to the specified file (requires root).
+ * Returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
+int dump_backtrace_to_file(pid_t tid, int fd);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_DEBUGGER_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+ SHA_1,
+} HashAlgorithm;
+
+int get_file_hash(HashAlgorithm algorithm, const char *path,
+ char *output_string, size_t max_output_string);
+
+int get_recursive_hash_manifest(HashAlgorithm algorithm,
+ const char *directory_path,
+ char **output_string);
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIBS_CUTILS_EVENTTAGMAP_H
+#define _LIBS_CUTILS_EVENTTAGMAP_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define EVENT_TAG_MAP_FILE "/system/etc/event-log-tags"
+
+struct EventTagMap;
+typedef struct EventTagMap EventTagMap;
+
+/*
+ * Open the specified file as an event log tag map.
+ *
+ * Returns NULL on failure.
+ */
+EventTagMap* android_openEventTagMap(const char* fileName);
+
+/*
+ * Close the map.
+ */
+void android_closeEventTagMap(EventTagMap* map);
+
+/*
+ * Look up a tag by index. Returns the tag string, or NULL if not found.
+ */
+const char* android_lookupEventTag(const EventTagMap* map, int tag);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*_LIBS_CUTILS_EVENTTAGMAP_H*/
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_FS_H
+#define __CUTILS_FS_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/*
+ * TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY is defined by some, but not all, versions of
+ * <unistd.h>. (Alas, it is not as standard as we'd hoped!) So, if it's
+ * not already defined, then define it here.
+ */
+#ifndef TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY
+/* Used to retry syscalls that can return EINTR. */
+#define TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY(exp) ({ \
+ typeof (exp) _rc; \
+ do { \
+ _rc = (exp); \
+ } while (_rc == -1 && errno == EINTR); \
+ _rc; })
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Ensure that directory exists with given mode and owners.
+ */
+extern int fs_prepare_dir(const char* path, mode_t mode, uid_t uid, gid_t gid);
+
+/*
+ * Read single plaintext integer from given file, correctly handling files
+ * partially written with fs_write_atomic_int().
+ */
+extern int fs_read_atomic_int(const char* path, int* value);
+
+/*
+ * Write single plaintext integer to given file, creating backup while
+ * in progress.
+ */
+extern int fs_write_atomic_int(const char* path, int value);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_FS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Hash map.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HASHMAP_H
+#define __HASHMAP_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** A hash map. */
+typedef struct Hashmap Hashmap;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new hash map. Returns NULL if memory allocation fails.
+ *
+ * @param initialCapacity number of expected entries
+ * @param hash function which hashes keys
+ * @param equals function which compares keys for equality
+ */
+Hashmap* hashmapCreate(size_t initialCapacity,
+ int (*hash)(void* key), bool (*equals)(void* keyA, void* keyB));
+
+/**
+ * Frees the hash map. Does not free the keys or values themselves.
+ */
+void hashmapFree(Hashmap* map);
+
+/**
+ * Hashes the memory pointed to by key with the given size. Useful for
+ * implementing hash functions.
+ */
+int hashmapHash(void* key, size_t keySize);
+
+/**
+ * Puts value for the given key in the map. Returns pre-existing value if
+ * any.
+ *
+ * If memory allocation fails, this function returns NULL, the map's size
+ * does not increase, and errno is set to ENOMEM.
+ */
+void* hashmapPut(Hashmap* map, void* key, void* value);
+
+/**
+ * Gets a value from the map. Returns NULL if no entry for the given key is
+ * found or if the value itself is NULL.
+ */
+void* hashmapGet(Hashmap* map, void* key);
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if the map contains an entry for the given key.
+ */
+bool hashmapContainsKey(Hashmap* map, void* key);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the value for a key. If a value is not found, this function gets a
+ * value and creates an entry using the given callback.
+ *
+ * If memory allocation fails, the callback is not called, this function
+ * returns NULL, and errno is set to ENOMEM.
+ */
+void* hashmapMemoize(Hashmap* map, void* key,
+ void* (*initialValue)(void* key, void* context), void* context);
+
+/**
+ * Removes an entry from the map. Returns the removed value or NULL if no
+ * entry was present.
+ */
+void* hashmapRemove(Hashmap* map, void* key);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the number of entries in this map.
+ */
+size_t hashmapSize(Hashmap* map);
+
+/**
+ * Invokes the given callback on each entry in the map. Stops iterating if
+ * the callback returns false.
+ */
+void hashmapForEach(Hashmap* map,
+ bool (*callback)(void* key, void* value, void* context),
+ void* context);
+
+/**
+ * Concurrency support.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Locks the hash map so only the current thread can access it.
+ */
+void hashmapLock(Hashmap* map);
+
+/**
+ * Unlocks the hash map so other threads can access it.
+ */
+void hashmapUnlock(Hashmap* map);
+
+/**
+ * Key utilities.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Hashes int keys. 'key' is a pointer to int.
+ */
+int hashmapIntHash(void* key);
+
+/**
+ * Compares two int keys for equality.
+ */
+bool hashmapIntEquals(void* keyA, void* keyB);
+
+/**
+ * For debugging.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Gets current capacity.
+ */
+size_t hashmapCurrentCapacity(Hashmap* map);
+
+/**
+ * Counts the number of entry collisions.
+ */
+size_t hashmapCountCollisions(Hashmap* map);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __HASHMAP_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_IOSCHED_POLICY_H
+#define __CUTILS_IOSCHED_POLICY_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ IoSchedClass_NONE,
+ IoSchedClass_RT,
+ IoSchedClass_BE,
+ IoSchedClass_IDLE,
+} IoSchedClass;
+
+extern int android_set_ioprio(int pid, IoSchedClass clazz, int ioprio);
+extern int android_get_ioprio(int pid, IoSchedClass *clazz, int *ioprio);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_IOSCHED_POLICY_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_STRING16_H
+#define __CUTILS_STRING16_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef uint16_t char16_t;
+
+extern char * strndup16to8 (const char16_t* s, size_t n);
+extern size_t strnlen16to8 (const char16_t* s, size_t n);
+extern char * strncpy16to8 (char *dest, const char16_t*s, size_t n);
+
+extern char16_t * strdup8to16 (const char* s, size_t *out_len);
+extern size_t strlen8to16 (const char* utf8Str);
+extern char16_t * strcpy8to16 (char16_t *dest, const char*s, size_t *out_len);
+extern char16_t * strcpylen8to16 (char16_t *dest, const char*s, int length,
+ size_t *out_len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_STRING16_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CUTILS_KLOG_H_
+#define _CUTILS_KLOG_H_
+
+void klog_init(void);
+void klog_set_level(int level);
+void klog_close(void);
+void klog_write(int level, const char *fmt, ...)
+ __attribute__ ((format(printf, 2, 3)));
+
+#define KLOG_ERROR(tag,x...) klog_write(3, "<3>" tag ": " x)
+#define KLOG_WARNING(tag,x...) klog_write(4, "<4>" tag ": " x)
+#define KLOG_NOTICE(tag,x...) klog_write(5, "<5>" tag ": " x)
+#define KLOG_INFO(tag,x...) klog_write(6, "<6>" tag ": " x)
+#define KLOG_DEBUG(tag,x...) klog_write(7, "<7>" tag ": " x)
+
+#define KLOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL 3 /* messages <= this level are logged */
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CUTILS_LIST_H_
+#define _CUTILS_LIST_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+struct listnode
+{
+ struct listnode *next;
+ struct listnode *prev;
+};
+
+#define node_to_item(node, container, member) \
+ (container *) (((char*) (node)) - offsetof(container, member))
+
+#define list_declare(name) \
+ struct listnode name = { \
+ .next = &name, \
+ .prev = &name, \
+ }
+
+#define list_for_each(node, list) \
+ for (node = (list)->next; node != (list); node = node->next)
+
+#define list_for_each_reverse(node, list) \
+ for (node = (list)->prev; node != (list); node = node->prev)
+
+void list_init(struct listnode *list);
+void list_add_tail(struct listnode *list, struct listnode *item);
+void list_remove(struct listnode *item);
+
+#define list_empty(list) ((list) == (list)->next)
+#define list_head(list) ((list)->next)
+#define list_tail(list) ((list)->prev)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+};
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2005 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+//
+// C/C++ logging functions. See the logging documentation for API details.
+//
+// We'd like these to be available from C code (in case we import some from
+// somewhere), so this has a C interface.
+//
+// The output will be correct when the log file is shared between multiple
+// threads and/or multiple processes so long as the operating system
+// supports O_APPEND. These calls have mutex-protected data structures
+// and so are NOT reentrant. Do not use LOG in a signal handler.
+//
+#ifndef _LIBS_CUTILS_LOG_H
+#define _LIBS_CUTILS_LOG_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_PTHREADS
+#include <pthread.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include <cutils/uio.h>
+#include <cutils/logd.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * Normally we strip ALOGV (VERBOSE messages) from release builds.
+ * You can modify this (for example with "#define LOG_NDEBUG 0"
+ * at the top of your source file) to change that behavior.
+ */
+#ifndef LOG_NDEBUG
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+#define LOG_NDEBUG 1
+#else
+#define LOG_NDEBUG 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is the local tag used for the following simplified
+ * logging macros. You can change this preprocessor definition
+ * before using the other macros to change the tag.
+ */
+#ifndef LOG_TAG
+#define LOG_TAG NULL
+#endif
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send a verbose log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef ALOGV
+#if LOG_NDEBUG
+#define ALOGV(...) ((void)0)
+#else
+#define ALOGV(...) ((void)ALOG(LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define CONDITION(cond) (__builtin_expect((cond)!=0, 0))
+
+#ifndef ALOGV_IF
+#if LOG_NDEBUG
+#define ALOGV_IF(cond, ...) ((void)0)
+#else
+#define ALOGV_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)ALOG(LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send a debug log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef ALOGD
+#define ALOGD(...) ((void)ALOG(LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALOGD_IF
+#define ALOGD_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)ALOG(LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send an info log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef ALOGI
+#define ALOGI(...) ((void)ALOG(LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALOGI_IF
+#define ALOGI_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)ALOG(LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send a warning log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef ALOGW
+#define ALOGW(...) ((void)ALOG(LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALOGW_IF
+#define ALOGW_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)ALOG(LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send an error log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef ALOGE
+#define ALOGE(...) ((void)ALOG(LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALOGE_IF
+#define ALOGE_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)ALOG(LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at
+ * verbose priority.
+ */
+#ifndef IF_ALOGV
+#if LOG_NDEBUG
+#define IF_ALOGV() if (false)
+#else
+#define IF_ALOGV() IF_ALOG(LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at
+ * debug priority.
+ */
+#ifndef IF_ALOGD
+#define IF_ALOGD() IF_ALOG(LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at
+ * info priority.
+ */
+#ifndef IF_ALOGI
+#define IF_ALOGI() IF_ALOG(LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at
+ * warn priority.
+ */
+#ifndef IF_ALOGW
+#define IF_ALOGW() IF_ALOG(LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Conditional based on whether the current LOG_TAG is enabled at
+ * error priority.
+ */
+#ifndef IF_ALOGE
+#define IF_ALOGE() IF_ALOG(LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG)
+#endif
+
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send a verbose system log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef SLOGV
+#if LOG_NDEBUG
+#define SLOGV(...) ((void)0)
+#else
+#define SLOGV(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define CONDITION(cond) (__builtin_expect((cond)!=0, 0))
+
+#ifndef SLOGV_IF
+#if LOG_NDEBUG
+#define SLOGV_IF(cond, ...) ((void)0)
+#else
+#define SLOGV_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_VERBOSE, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send a debug system log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef SLOGD
+#define SLOGD(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SLOGD_IF
+#define SLOGD_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send an info system log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef SLOGI
+#define SLOGI(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SLOGI_IF
+#define SLOGI_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_INFO, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send a warning system log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef SLOGW
+#define SLOGW(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SLOGW_IF
+#define SLOGW_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_WARN, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Simplified macro to send an error system log message using the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef SLOGE
+#define SLOGE(...) ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SLOGE_IF
+#define SLOGE_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)__android_log_buf_print(LOG_ID_SYSTEM, ANDROID_LOG_ERROR, LOG_TAG, __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * Log a fatal error. If the given condition fails, this stops program
+ * execution like a normal assertion, but also generating the given message.
+ * It is NOT stripped from release builds. Note that the condition test
+ * is -inverted- from the normal assert() semantics.
+ */
+#ifndef LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF
+#define LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF(cond, ...) \
+ ( (CONDITION(cond)) \
+ ? ((void)android_printAssert(#cond, LOG_TAG, ## __VA_ARGS__)) \
+ : (void)0 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL
+#define LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL(...) \
+ ( ((void)android_printAssert(NULL, LOG_TAG, ## __VA_ARGS__)) )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Versions of LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF and LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL that
+ * are stripped out of release builds.
+ */
+#if LOG_NDEBUG
+
+#ifndef LOG_FATAL_IF
+#define LOG_FATAL_IF(cond, ...) ((void)0)
+#endif
+#ifndef LOG_FATAL
+#define LOG_FATAL(...) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef LOG_FATAL_IF
+#define LOG_FATAL_IF(cond, ...) LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF(cond, ## __VA_ARGS__)
+#endif
+#ifndef LOG_FATAL
+#define LOG_FATAL(...) LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL(__VA_ARGS__)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Assertion that generates a log message when the assertion fails.
+ * Stripped out of release builds. Uses the current LOG_TAG.
+ */
+#ifndef ALOG_ASSERT
+#define ALOG_ASSERT(cond, ...) LOG_FATAL_IF(!(cond), ## __VA_ARGS__)
+//#define ALOG_ASSERT(cond) LOG_FATAL_IF(!(cond), "Assertion failed: " #cond)
+#endif
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * Basic log message macro.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * ALOG(LOG_WARN, NULL, "Failed with error %d", errno);
+ *
+ * The second argument may be NULL or "" to indicate the "global" tag.
+ */
+#ifndef ALOG
+#define ALOG(priority, tag, ...) \
+ LOG_PRI(ANDROID_##priority, tag, __VA_ARGS__)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Log macro that allows you to specify a number for the priority.
+ */
+#ifndef LOG_PRI
+#define LOG_PRI(priority, tag, ...) \
+ android_printLog(priority, tag, __VA_ARGS__)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Log macro that allows you to pass in a varargs ("args" is a va_list).
+ */
+#ifndef LOG_PRI_VA
+#define LOG_PRI_VA(priority, tag, fmt, args) \
+ android_vprintLog(priority, NULL, tag, fmt, args)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Conditional given a desired logging priority and tag.
+ */
+#ifndef IF_ALOG
+#define IF_ALOG(priority, tag) \
+ if (android_testLog(ANDROID_##priority, tag))
+#endif
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+ * Event logging.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Event log entry types. These must match up with the declarations in
+ * java/android/android/util/EventLog.java.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ EVENT_TYPE_INT = 0,
+ EVENT_TYPE_LONG = 1,
+ EVENT_TYPE_STRING = 2,
+ EVENT_TYPE_LIST = 3,
+} AndroidEventLogType;
+
+
+#ifndef LOG_EVENT_INT
+#define LOG_EVENT_INT(_tag, _value) { \
+ int intBuf = _value; \
+ (void) android_btWriteLog(_tag, EVENT_TYPE_INT, &intBuf, \
+ sizeof(intBuf)); \
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef LOG_EVENT_LONG
+#define LOG_EVENT_LONG(_tag, _value) { \
+ long long longBuf = _value; \
+ (void) android_btWriteLog(_tag, EVENT_TYPE_LONG, &longBuf, \
+ sizeof(longBuf)); \
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef LOG_EVENT_STRING
+#define LOG_EVENT_STRING(_tag, _value) \
+ ((void) 0) /* not implemented -- must combine len with string */
+#endif
+/* TODO: something for LIST */
+
+/*
+ * ===========================================================================
+ *
+ * The stuff in the rest of this file should not be used directly.
+ */
+
+#define android_printLog(prio, tag, fmt...) \
+ __android_log_print(prio, tag, fmt)
+
+#define android_vprintLog(prio, cond, tag, fmt...) \
+ __android_log_vprint(prio, tag, fmt)
+
+/* XXX Macros to work around syntax errors in places where format string
+ * arg is not passed to ALOG_ASSERT, LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL or LOG_ALWAYS_FATAL_IF
+ * (happens only in debug builds).
+ */
+
+/* Returns 2nd arg. Used to substitute default value if caller's vararg list
+ * is empty.
+ */
+#define __android_second(dummy, second, ...) second
+
+/* If passed multiple args, returns ',' followed by all but 1st arg, otherwise
+ * returns nothing.
+ */
+#define __android_rest(first, ...) , ## __VA_ARGS__
+
+#define android_printAssert(cond, tag, fmt...) \
+ __android_log_assert(cond, tag, \
+ __android_second(0, ## fmt, NULL) __android_rest(fmt))
+
+#define android_writeLog(prio, tag, text) \
+ __android_log_write(prio, tag, text)
+
+#define android_bWriteLog(tag, payload, len) \
+ __android_log_bwrite(tag, payload, len)
+#define android_btWriteLog(tag, type, payload, len) \
+ __android_log_btwrite(tag, type, payload, len)
+
+// TODO: remove these prototypes and their users
+#define android_testLog(prio, tag) (1)
+#define android_writevLog(vec,num) do{}while(0)
+#define android_write1Log(str,len) do{}while (0)
+#define android_setMinPriority(tag, prio) do{}while(0)
+//#define android_logToCallback(func) do{}while(0)
+#define android_logToFile(tag, file) (0)
+#define android_logToFd(tag, fd) (0)
+
+typedef enum {
+ LOG_ID_MAIN = 0,
+ LOG_ID_RADIO = 1,
+ LOG_ID_EVENTS = 2,
+ LOG_ID_SYSTEM = 3,
+
+ LOG_ID_MAX
+} log_id_t;
+
+/*
+ * Send a simple string to the log.
+ */
+int __android_log_buf_write(int bufID, int prio, const char *tag, const char *text);
+int __android_log_buf_print(int bufID, int prio, const char *tag, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // _LIBS_CUTILS_LOG_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_CUTILS_LOGD_H
+#define _ANDROID_CUTILS_LOGD_H
+
+/* the stable/frozen log-related definitions have been
+ * moved to this header, which is exposed by the NDK
+ */
+#include <android/log.h>
+
+/* the rest is only used internally by the system */
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_PTHREADS
+#include <pthread.h>
+#endif
+#include <cutils/uio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int __android_log_bwrite(int32_t tag, const void *payload, size_t len);
+int __android_log_btwrite(int32_t tag, char type, const void *payload,
+ size_t len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LOGD_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* utils/logger.h
+**
+** Copyright 2007, The Android Open Source Project
+**
+** This file is dual licensed. It may be redistributed and/or modified
+** under the terms of the Apache 2.0 License OR version 2 of the GNU
+** General Public License.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _UTILS_LOGGER_H
+#define _UTILS_LOGGER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*
+ * The userspace structure for version 1 of the logger_entry ABI.
+ * This structure is returned to userspace by the kernel logger
+ * driver unless an upgrade to a newer ABI version is requested.
+ */
+struct logger_entry {
+ uint16_t len; /* length of the payload */
+ uint16_t __pad; /* no matter what, we get 2 bytes of padding */
+ int32_t pid; /* generating process's pid */
+ int32_t tid; /* generating process's tid */
+ int32_t sec; /* seconds since Epoch */
+ int32_t nsec; /* nanoseconds */
+ char msg[0]; /* the entry's payload */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The userspace structure for version 2 of the logger_entry ABI.
+ * This structure is returned to userspace if ioctl(LOGGER_SET_VERSION)
+ * is called with version==2
+ */
+struct logger_entry_v2 {
+ uint16_t len; /* length of the payload */
+ uint16_t hdr_size; /* sizeof(struct logger_entry_v2) */
+ int32_t pid; /* generating process's pid */
+ int32_t tid; /* generating process's tid */
+ int32_t sec; /* seconds since Epoch */
+ int32_t nsec; /* nanoseconds */
+ uint32_t euid; /* effective UID of logger */
+ char msg[0]; /* the entry's payload */
+};
+
+#define LOGGER_LOG_MAIN "alog/main"
+#define LOGGER_LOG_RADIO "alog/radio"
+#define LOGGER_LOG_EVENTS "alog/events"
+#define LOGGER_LOG_SYSTEM "alog/system"
+
+/*
+ * The maximum size of the log entry payload that can be
+ * written to the kernel logger driver. An attempt to write
+ * more than this amount to /dev/log/* will result in a
+ * truncated log entry.
+ */
+#define LOGGER_ENTRY_MAX_PAYLOAD 4076
+
+/*
+ * The maximum size of a log entry which can be read from the
+ * kernel logger driver. An attempt to read less than this amount
+ * may result in read() returning EINVAL.
+ */
+#define LOGGER_ENTRY_MAX_LEN (5*1024)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_IOCTL
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#define __LOGGERIO 0xAE
+
+#define LOGGER_GET_LOG_BUF_SIZE _IO(__LOGGERIO, 1) /* size of log */
+#define LOGGER_GET_LOG_LEN _IO(__LOGGERIO, 2) /* used log len */
+#define LOGGER_GET_NEXT_ENTRY_LEN _IO(__LOGGERIO, 3) /* next entry len */
+#define LOGGER_FLUSH_LOG _IO(__LOGGERIO, 4) /* flush log */
+#define LOGGER_GET_VERSION _IO(__LOGGERIO, 5) /* abi version */
+#define LOGGER_SET_VERSION _IO(__LOGGERIO, 6) /* abi version */
+
+#endif // HAVE_IOCTL
+
+#endif /* _UTILS_LOGGER_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LOGPRINT_H
+#define _LOGPRINT_H
+
+#include <cutils/log.h>
+#include <cutils/logger.h>
+#include <cutils/event_tag_map.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+ FORMAT_OFF = 0,
+ FORMAT_BRIEF,
+ FORMAT_PROCESS,
+ FORMAT_TAG,
+ FORMAT_THREAD,
+ FORMAT_RAW,
+ FORMAT_TIME,
+ FORMAT_THREADTIME,
+ FORMAT_LONG,
+} AndroidLogPrintFormat;
+
+typedef enum {
+ OUTPUT_COLOR_ON = 0,
+ OUTPUT_COLOR_OFF,
+} AndroidLogColoredOutput;
+
+typedef struct AndroidLogFormat_t AndroidLogFormat;
+
+typedef struct AndroidLogEntry_t {
+ time_t tv_sec;
+ long tv_nsec;
+ android_LogPriority priority;
+ int32_t pid;
+ int32_t tid;
+ const char * tag;
+ size_t messageLen;
+ const char * message;
+} AndroidLogEntry;
+
+AndroidLogFormat *android_log_format_new();
+
+void android_log_format_free(AndroidLogFormat *p_format);
+
+void android_log_setPrintFormat(AndroidLogFormat *p_format,
+ AndroidLogPrintFormat format);
+
+void android_log_setColoredOutput(AndroidLogFormat *p_format);
+
+/**
+ * Returns FORMAT_OFF on invalid string
+ */
+AndroidLogPrintFormat android_log_formatFromString(const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * filterExpression: a single filter expression
+ * eg "AT:d"
+ *
+ * returns 0 on success and -1 on invalid expression
+ *
+ * Assumes single threaded execution
+ *
+ */
+
+int android_log_addFilterRule(AndroidLogFormat *p_format,
+ const char *filterExpression);
+
+
+/**
+ * filterString: a whitespace-separated set of filter expressions
+ * eg "AT:d *:i"
+ *
+ * returns 0 on success and -1 on invalid expression
+ *
+ * Assumes single threaded execution
+ *
+ */
+
+int android_log_addFilterString(AndroidLogFormat *p_format,
+ const char *filterString);
+
+
+/**
+ * returns 1 if this log line should be printed based on its priority
+ * and tag, and 0 if it should not
+ */
+int android_log_shouldPrintLine (
+ AndroidLogFormat *p_format, const char *tag, android_LogPriority pri);
+
+
+/**
+ * Splits a wire-format buffer into an AndroidLogEntry
+ * entry allocated by caller. Pointers will point directly into buf
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success and -1 on invalid wire format (entry will be
+ * in unspecified state)
+ */
+int android_log_processLogBuffer(struct logger_entry *buf,
+ AndroidLogEntry *entry);
+
+/**
+ * Like android_log_processLogBuffer, but for binary logs.
+ *
+ * If "map" is non-NULL, it will be used to convert the log tag number
+ * into a string.
+ */
+int android_log_processBinaryLogBuffer(struct logger_entry *buf,
+ AndroidLogEntry *entry, const EventTagMap* map, char* messageBuf,
+ int messageBufLen);
+
+
+/**
+ * Formats a log message into a buffer
+ *
+ * Uses defaultBuffer if it can, otherwise malloc()'s a new buffer
+ * If return value != defaultBuffer, caller must call free()
+ * Returns NULL on malloc error
+ */
+
+char *android_log_formatLogLine (
+ AndroidLogFormat *p_format,
+ char *defaultBuffer,
+ size_t defaultBufferSize,
+ const AndroidLogEntry *p_line,
+ size_t *p_outLength);
+
+
+/**
+ * Either print or do not print log line, based on filter
+ *
+ * Assumes single threaded execution
+ *
+ */
+int android_log_printLogLine(
+ AndroidLogFormat *p_format,
+ int fd,
+ const AndroidLogEntry *entry);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /*_LOGPRINT_H*/
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_CUTILS_MEMORY_H
+#define ANDROID_CUTILS_MEMORY_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* size is given in bytes and must be multiple of 2 */
+void android_memset16(uint16_t* dst, uint16_t value, size_t size);
+
+/* size is given in bytes and must be multiple of 4 */
+void android_memset32(uint32_t* dst, uint32_t value, size_t size);
+
+#if !HAVE_STRLCPY
+/* Declaration of strlcpy() for platforms that don't already have it. */
+size_t strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif // ANDROID_CUTILS_MEMORY_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_MISC_H
+#define __CUTILS_MISC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+ /* Load an entire file into a malloc'd chunk of memory
+ * that is length_of_file + 1 (null terminator). If
+ * sz is non-zero, return the size of the file via sz.
+ * Returns 0 on failure.
+ */
+extern void *load_file(const char *fn, unsigned *sz);
+
+ /* Connects your process to the system debugger daemon
+ * so that on a crash it may be logged or interactively
+ * debugged (depending on system settings).
+ */
+extern void debuggerd_connect(void);
+
+
+ /* This is the range of UIDs (and GIDs) that are reserved
+ * for assigning to applications.
+ */
+#define FIRST_APPLICATION_UID 10000
+#define LAST_APPLICATION_UID 99999
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_MISC_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * IPC messaging library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MQ_H
+#define __MQ_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** A message. */
+typedef struct MqMessage MqMessage;
+
+/** A destination to which messages can be sent. */
+typedef struct MqDestination MqDestination;
+
+/* Array of bytes. */
+typedef struct MqBytes MqBytes;
+
+/**
+ * Hears messages.
+ *
+ * @param destination to which the message was sent
+ * @param message the message to hear
+ */
+typedef void MqMessageListener(MqDestination* destination, MqMessage* message);
+
+/**
+ * Hears a destination close.
+ *
+ * @param destination that closed
+ */
+typedef void MqCloseListener(MqDestination* destination);
+
+/** Message functions. */
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new Message.
+ *
+ * @param header as defined by user
+ * @param body as defined by user
+ * @param replyTo destination to which replies should be sent, NULL if none
+ */
+MqMessage* mqCreateMessage(MqBytes header, MqBytes body,
+ MqDestination* replyTo);
+
+/** Sends a message to a destination. */
+void mqSendMessage(MqMessage* message, MqDestination* destination);
+
+/** Destination functions. */
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new destination. Acquires a reference implicitly.
+ *
+ * @param messageListener function to call when a message is recieved
+ * @param closeListener function to call when the destination closes
+ * @param userData user-specific data to associate with the destination.
+ * Retrieve using mqGetDestinationUserData().
+ */
+MqDestination* mqCreateDestination(MqMessageListener* messageListener,
+ MqCloseListener* closeListener, void* userData);
+
+/**
+ * Gets user data which was associated with the given destination at
+ * construction time.
+ *
+ * It is only valid to call this function in the same process that the
+ * given destination was created in.
+ * This function returns a null pointer if you call it on a destination
+ * created in a remote process.
+ */
+void* mqGetUserData(MqDestination* destination);
+
+/**
+ * Returns 1 if the destination was created in this process, or 0 if
+ * the destination was created in a different process, in which case you have
+ * a remote stub.
+ */
+int mqIsDestinationLocal(MqDestination* destination);
+
+/**
+ * Increments the destination's reference count.
+ */
+void mqKeepDestination(MqDesintation* destination);
+
+/**
+ * Decrements the destination's reference count.
+ */
+void mqFreeDestination(MqDestination* desintation);
+
+/** Registry API. */
+
+/**
+ * Gets the destination bound to a name.
+ */
+MqDestination* mqGetDestination(char* name);
+
+/**
+ * Binds a destination to a name.
+ */
+void mqPutDestination(char* name, MqDestination* desintation);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __MQ_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_MULTIUSER_H
+#define __CUTILS_MULTIUSER_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// NOTE: keep in sync with android.os.UserId
+
+#define MULTIUSER_APP_PER_USER_RANGE 100000
+
+typedef uid_t userid_t;
+typedef uid_t appid_t;
+
+extern userid_t multiuser_get_user_id(uid_t uid);
+extern appid_t multiuser_get_app_id(uid_t uid);
+extern uid_t multiuser_get_uid(userid_t userId, appid_t appId);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_MULTIUSER_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NATIVE_HANDLE_H_
+#define NATIVE_HANDLE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct native_handle
+{
+ int version; /* sizeof(native_handle_t) */
+ int numFds; /* number of file-descriptors at &data[0] */
+ int numInts; /* number of ints at &data[numFds] */
+ int data[0]; /* numFds + numInts ints */
+} native_handle_t;
+
+/*
+ * native_handle_close
+ *
+ * closes the file descriptors contained in this native_handle_t
+ *
+ * return 0 on success, or a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ */
+int native_handle_close(const native_handle_t* h);
+
+
+/*
+ * native_handle_create
+ *
+ * creates a native_handle_t and initializes it. must be destroyed with
+ * native_handle_delete().
+ *
+ */
+native_handle_t* native_handle_create(int numFds, int numInts);
+
+/*
+ * native_handle_delete
+ *
+ * frees a native_handle_t allocated with native_handle_create().
+ * This ONLY frees the memory allocated for the native_handle_t, but doesn't
+ * close the file descriptors; which can be achieved with native_handle_close().
+ *
+ * return 0 on success, or a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ */
+int native_handle_delete(native_handle_t* h);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NATIVE_HANDLE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_OPEN_MEMSTREAM_H__
+#define __CUTILS_OPEN_MEMSTREAM_H__
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_OPEN_MEMSTREAM
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+FILE* open_memstream(char** bufp, size_t* sizep);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*!HAVE_OPEN_MEMSTREAM*/
+
+#endif /*__CUTILS_OPEN_MEMSTREAM_H__*/
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright 2011, The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_PARTITION_WIPED_H__
+#define __CUTILS_PARTITION_WIPED_H__
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+int partition_wiped(char *source);
+void erase_footer(const char *dev_path, long long size);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_PARTITION_WIPED_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Gives the current process a name.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PROCESS_NAME_H
+#define __PROCESS_NAME_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Sets the current process name.
+ *
+ * Warning: This leaks a string every time you call it. Use judiciously!
+ */
+void set_process_name(const char* process_name);
+
+/** Gets the current process name. */
+const char* get_process_name(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __PROCESS_NAME_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_PROPERTIES_H
+#define __CUTILS_PROPERTIES_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* System properties are *small* name value pairs managed by the
+** property service. If your data doesn't fit in the provided
+** space it is not appropriate for a system property.
+**
+** WARNING: system/bionic/include/sys/system_properties.h also defines
+** these, but with different names. (TODO: fix that)
+*/
+#define PROPERTY_KEY_MAX 32
+#define PROPERTY_VALUE_MAX 92
+
+/* property_get: returns the length of the value which will never be
+** greater than PROPERTY_VALUE_MAX - 1 and will always be zero terminated.
+** (the length does not include the terminating zero).
+**
+** If the property read fails or returns an empty value, the default
+** value is used (if nonnull).
+*/
+int property_get(const char *key, char *value, const char *default_value);
+
+/* property_set: returns 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+*/
+int property_set(const char *key, const char *value);
+
+/* property_set_sync: returns 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+**
+** symbol needed for Motorola RILs. Calls property_set
+*/
+int property_set_sync(const char *key, const char *value);
+
+int property_list(void (*propfn)(const char *key, const char *value, void *cookie), void *cookie);
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYSTEM_PROPERTY_SERVER
+/*
+ * We have an external property server instead of built-in libc support.
+ * Used by the simulator.
+ */
+#define SYSTEM_PROPERTY_PIPE_NAME "/tmp/android-sysprop"
+
+enum {
+ kSystemPropertyUnknown = 0,
+ kSystemPropertyGet,
+ kSystemPropertySet,
+ kSystemPropertyList
+};
+#endif /*HAVE_SYSTEM_PROPERTY_SERVER*/
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Provides a portable version of qsort_r, called qsort_r_compat, which is a
+ * reentrant variant of qsort that passes a user data pointer to its comparator.
+ * This implementation follows the BSD parameter convention.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIBS_CUTILS_QSORT_R_COMPAT_H
+#define _LIBS_CUTILS_QSORT_R_COMPAT_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void qsort_r_compat(void* base, size_t nel, size_t width, void* thunk,
+ int (*compar)(void*, const void* , const void* ));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // _LIBS_CUTILS_QSORT_R_COMPAT_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_QTAGUID_H
+#define __CUTILS_QTAGUID_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Set tags (and owning UIDs) for network sockets.
+*/
+extern int qtaguid_tagSocket(int sockfd, int tag, uid_t uid);
+
+/*
+ * Untag a network socket before closing.
+*/
+extern int qtaguid_untagSocket(int sockfd);
+
+/*
+ * For the given uid, switch counter sets.
+ * The kernel only keeps a limited number of sets.
+ * 2 for now.
+ */
+extern int qtaguid_setCounterSet(int counterSetNum, uid_t uid);
+
+/*
+ * Delete all tag info that relates to the given tag an uid.
+ * If the tag is 0, then ALL info about the uid is freeded.
+ * The delete data also affects active tagged socketd, which are
+ * then untagged.
+ * The calling process can only operate on its own tags.
+ * Unless it is part of the happy AID_NET_BW_ACCT group.
+ * In which case it can clobber everything.
+ */
+extern int qtaguid_deleteTagData(int tag, uid_t uid);
+
+/*
+ * Enable/disable qtaguid functionnality at a lower level.
+ * When pacified, the kernel will accept commands but do nothing.
+ */
+extern int qtaguid_setPacifier(int on);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_QTAG_UID_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A simple utility for reading fixed records out of a stream fd
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CUTILS_RECORD_STREAM_H
+#define _CUTILS_RECORD_STREAM_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct RecordStream RecordStream;
+
+extern RecordStream *record_stream_new(int fd, size_t maxRecordLen);
+extern void record_stream_free(RecordStream *p_rs);
+
+extern int record_stream_get_next (RecordStream *p_rs, void ** p_outRecord,
+ size_t *p_outRecordLen);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /*_CUTILS_RECORD_STREAM_H*/
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_SCHED_POLICY_H
+#define __CUTILS_SCHED_POLICY_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Keep in sync with THREAD_GROUP_* in frameworks/base/core/java/android/os/Process.java */
+typedef enum {
+ SP_DEFAULT = -1,
+ SP_BACKGROUND = 0,
+ SP_FOREGROUND = 1,
+ SP_SYSTEM = 2, // can't be used with set_sched_policy()
+ SP_AUDIO_APP = 3,
+ SP_AUDIO_SYS = 4,
+ SP_CNT,
+ SP_MAX = SP_CNT - 1,
+ SP_SYSTEM_DEFAULT = SP_FOREGROUND,
+} SchedPolicy;
+
+/* Assign thread tid to the cgroup associated with the specified policy.
+ * If the thread is a thread group leader, that is it's gettid() == getpid(),
+ * then the other threads in the same thread group are _not_ affected.
+ * On platforms which support gettid(), zero tid means current thread.
+ * Return value: 0 for success, or -errno for error.
+ */
+extern int set_sched_policy(int tid, SchedPolicy policy);
+
+/* Return the policy associated with the cgroup of thread tid via policy pointer.
+ * On platforms which support gettid(), zero tid means current thread.
+ * Return value: 0 for success, or -1 for error and set errno.
+ */
+extern int get_sched_policy(int tid, SchedPolicy *policy);
+
+/* Return a displayable string corresponding to policy.
+ * Return value: non-NULL NUL-terminated name of unspecified length;
+ * the caller is responsible for displaying the useful part of the string.
+ */
+extern const char *get_sched_policy_name(SchedPolicy policy);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_SCHED_POLICY_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Framework for multiplexing I/O. A selector manages a set of file
+ * descriptors and calls out to user-provided callback functions to read and
+ * write data and handle errors.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SELECTOR_H
+#define __SELECTOR_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/**
+ * Manages SelectableFds and invokes their callbacks at appropriate times.
+ */
+typedef struct Selector Selector;
+
+/**
+ * A selectable descriptor. Contains callbacks which the selector can invoke
+ * before calling select(), when the descriptor is readable or writable, and
+ * when the descriptor contains out-of-band data. Simply set a callback to
+ * NULL if you're not interested in that particular event.
+ *
+ * A selectable descriptor can indicate that it needs to be removed from the
+ * selector by setting the 'remove' flag. The selector will remove the
+ * descriptor at a later time and invoke the onRemove() callback.
+ *
+ * SelectableFd fields should only be modified from the selector loop.
+ */
+typedef struct SelectableFd SelectableFd;
+struct SelectableFd {
+
+ /** The file descriptor itself. */
+ int fd;
+
+ /** Pointer to user-specific data. Can be NULL. */
+ void* data;
+
+ /**
+ * Set this flag when you no longer wish to be selected. The selector
+ * will invoke onRemove() when the descriptor is actually removed.
+ */
+ bool remove;
+
+ /**
+ * Invoked by the selector before calling select. You can set up other
+ * callbacks from here as necessary.
+ */
+ void (*beforeSelect)(SelectableFd* self);
+
+ /**
+ * Invoked by the selector when the descriptor has data available. Set to
+ * NULL to indicate that you're not interested in reading.
+ */
+ void (*onReadable)(SelectableFd* self);
+
+ /**
+ * Invoked by the selector when the descriptor can accept data. Set to
+ * NULL to indicate that you're not interested in writing.
+ */
+ void (*onWritable)(SelectableFd* self);
+
+ /**
+ * Invoked by the selector when out-of-band (OOB) data is available. Set to
+ * NULL to indicate that you're not interested in OOB data.
+ */
+ void (*onExcept)(SelectableFd* self);
+
+ /**
+ * Invoked by the selector after the descriptor is removed from the
+ * selector but before the selector frees the SelectableFd memory.
+ */
+ void (*onRemove)(SelectableFd* self);
+
+ /**
+ * The selector which selected this fd. Set by the selector itself.
+ */
+ Selector* selector;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new selector.
+ */
+Selector* selectorCreate(void);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new selectable fd, adds it to the given selector and returns a
+ * pointer. Outside of 'selector' and 'fd', all fields are set to 0 or NULL
+ * by default.
+ *
+ * The selectable fd should only be modified from the selector loop thread.
+ */
+SelectableFd* selectorAdd(Selector* selector, int fd);
+
+/**
+ * Wakes up the selector even though no I/O events occurred. Use this
+ * to indicate that you're ready to write to a descriptor.
+ */
+void selectorWakeUp(Selector* selector);
+
+/**
+ * Loops continuously selecting file descriptors and firing events.
+ * Does not return.
+ */
+void selectorLoop(Selector* selector);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __SELECTOR_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_SOCKETS_H
+#define __CUTILS_SOCKETS_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK
+#include <winsock2.h>
+typedef int socklen_t;
+#elif HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+#define ANDROID_SOCKET_ENV_PREFIX "ANDROID_SOCKET_"
+#define ANDROID_SOCKET_DIR "/dev/socket"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * android_get_control_socket - simple helper function to get the file
+ * descriptor of our init-managed Unix domain socket. `name' is the name of the
+ * socket, as given in init.rc. Returns -1 on error.
+ *
+ * This is inline and not in libcutils proper because we want to use this in
+ * third-party daemons with minimal modification.
+ */
+static inline int android_get_control_socket(const char *name)
+{
+ char key[64] = ANDROID_SOCKET_ENV_PREFIX;
+ const char *val;
+ int fd;
+
+ /* build our environment variable, counting cycles like a wolf ... */
+#if HAVE_STRLCPY
+ strlcpy(key + sizeof(ANDROID_SOCKET_ENV_PREFIX) - 1,
+ name,
+ sizeof(key) - sizeof(ANDROID_SOCKET_ENV_PREFIX));
+#else /* for the host, which may lack the almightly strncpy ... */
+ strncpy(key + sizeof(ANDROID_SOCKET_ENV_PREFIX) - 1,
+ name,
+ sizeof(key) - sizeof(ANDROID_SOCKET_ENV_PREFIX));
+ key[sizeof(key)-1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ val = getenv(key);
+ if (!val)
+ return -1;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ fd = strtol(val, NULL, 10);
+ if (errno)
+ return -1;
+
+ return fd;
+}
+
+/*
+ * See also android.os.LocalSocketAddress.Namespace
+ */
+// Linux "abstract" (non-filesystem) namespace
+#define ANDROID_SOCKET_NAMESPACE_ABSTRACT 0
+// Android "reserved" (/dev/socket) namespace
+#define ANDROID_SOCKET_NAMESPACE_RESERVED 1
+// Normal filesystem namespace
+#define ANDROID_SOCKET_NAMESPACE_FILESYSTEM 2
+
+extern int socket_loopback_client(int port, int type);
+extern int socket_network_client(const char *host, int port, int type);
+extern int socket_loopback_server(int port, int type);
+extern int socket_local_server(const char *name, int namespaceId, int type);
+extern int socket_local_server_bind(int s, const char *name, int namespaceId);
+extern int socket_local_client_connect(int fd,
+ const char *name, int namespaceId, int type);
+extern int socket_local_client(const char *name, int namespaceId, int type);
+extern int socket_inaddr_any_server(int port, int type);
+
+/*
+ * socket_peer_is_trusted - Takes a socket which is presumed to be a
+ * connected local socket (e.g. AF_LOCAL) and returns whether the peer
+ * (the userid that owns the process on the other end of that socket)
+ * is one of the two trusted userids, root or shell.
+ *
+ * Note: This only works as advertised on the Android OS and always
+ * just returns true when called on other operating systems.
+ */
+extern bool socket_peer_is_trusted(int fd);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_SOCKETS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_STR_PARMS_H
+#define __CUTILS_STR_PARMS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+struct str_parms;
+
+struct str_parms *str_parms_create(void);
+struct str_parms *str_parms_create_str(const char *_string);
+void str_parms_destroy(struct str_parms *str_parms);
+
+void str_parms_del(struct str_parms *str_parms, const char *key);
+
+int str_parms_add_str(struct str_parms *str_parms, const char *key,
+ const char *value);
+int str_parms_add_int(struct str_parms *str_parms, const char *key, int value);
+
+int str_parms_add_float(struct str_parms *str_parms, const char *key,
+ float value);
+
+int str_parms_get_str(struct str_parms *str_parms, const char *key,
+ char *out_val, int len);
+int str_parms_get_int(struct str_parms *str_parms, const char *key,
+ int *out_val);
+int str_parms_get_float(struct str_parms *str_parms, const char *key,
+ float *out_val);
+
+char *str_parms_to_str(struct str_parms *str_parms);
+
+/* debug */
+void str_parms_dump(struct str_parms *str_parms);
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_STR_PARMS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LIBS_CUTILS_THREADS_H
+#define _LIBS_CUTILS_THREADS_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/***********************************************************************/
+/***** *****/
+/***** local thread storage *****/
+/***** *****/
+/***********************************************************************/
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PTHREADS
+
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+ pthread_mutex_t lock;
+ int has_tls;
+ pthread_key_t tls;
+
+} thread_store_t;
+
+#define THREAD_STORE_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
+
+#elif defined HAVE_WIN32_THREADS
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+ int lock_init;
+ int has_tls;
+ DWORD tls;
+ CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+
+} thread_store_t;
+
+#define THREAD_STORE_INITIALIZER { 0, 0, 0, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} }
+
+#else
+# error "no thread_store_t implementation for your platform !!"
+#endif
+
+typedef void (*thread_store_destruct_t)(void* value);
+
+extern void* thread_store_get(thread_store_t* store);
+
+extern void thread_store_set(thread_store_t* store,
+ void* value,
+ thread_store_destruct_t destroy);
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/***********************************************************************/
+/***** *****/
+/***** mutexes *****/
+/***** *****/
+/***********************************************************************/
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PTHREADS
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t mutex_t;
+
+#define MUTEX_INITIALIZER PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+
+static __inline__ void mutex_lock(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ pthread_mutex_lock(lock);
+}
+static __inline__ void mutex_unlock(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ pthread_mutex_unlock(lock);
+}
+static __inline__ int mutex_init(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ return pthread_mutex_init(lock, NULL);
+}
+static __inline__ void mutex_destroy(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ pthread_mutex_destroy(lock);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WIN32_THREADS
+typedef struct {
+ int init;
+ CRITICAL_SECTION lock[1];
+} mutex_t;
+
+#define MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, {{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, 0 }} }
+
+static __inline__ void mutex_lock(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ if (!lock->init) {
+ lock->init = 1;
+ InitializeCriticalSection( lock->lock );
+ lock->init = 2;
+ } else while (lock->init != 2)
+ Sleep(10);
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(lock->lock);
+}
+
+static __inline__ void mutex_unlock(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ LeaveCriticalSection(lock->lock);
+}
+static __inline__ int mutex_init(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ InitializeCriticalSection(lock->lock);
+ lock->init = 2;
+ return 0;
+}
+static __inline__ void mutex_destroy(mutex_t* lock)
+{
+ if (lock->init) {
+ lock->init = 0;
+ DeleteCriticalSection(lock->lock);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LIBS_CUTILS_THREADS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CUTILS_TZTIME_H
+#define _CUTILS_TZTIME_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+time_t mktime_tz(struct tm * const tmp, char const * tz);
+void localtime_tz(const time_t * const timep, struct tm * tmp, const char* tz);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ANDROID_OS
+
+/* the following is defined in the Bionic C library on Android, but the
+ * declarations are only available through a platform-private header
+ */
+#include <bionic_time.h>
+
+#else /* !HAVE_ANDROID_OS */
+
+struct strftime_locale {
+ const char *mon[12]; /* short names */
+ const char *month[12]; /* long names */
+ const char *standalone_month[12]; /* long standalone names */
+ const char *wday[7]; /* short names */
+ const char *weekday[7]; /* long names */
+ const char *X_fmt;
+ const char *x_fmt;
+ const char *c_fmt;
+ const char *am;
+ const char *pm;
+ const char *date_fmt;
+};
+
+size_t strftime_tz(char *s, size_t max, const char *format, const struct tm *tm, const struct strftime_locale *locale);
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_ANDROID_OS */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_TZTIME_H */
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_UEVENT_H
+#define __CUTILS_UEVENT_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int uevent_open_socket(int buf_sz, bool passcred);
+ssize_t uevent_kernel_multicast_recv(int socket, void *buffer, size_t length);
+ssize_t uevent_kernel_multicast_uid_recv(int socket, void *buffer, size_t length, uid_t *uid);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_UEVENT_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+//
+// implementation of sys/uio.h for platforms that don't have it (Win32)
+//
+#ifndef _LIBS_CUTILS_UIO_H
+#define _LIBS_CUTILS_UIO_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+struct iovec {
+ const void* iov_base;
+ size_t iov_len;
+};
+
+extern int readv( int fd, struct iovec* vecs, int count );
+extern int writev( int fd, const struct iovec* vecs, int count );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_UIO_H */
+
+#endif /* _LIBS_UTILS_UIO_H */
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CUTILS_ZYGOTE_H
+#define __CUTILS_ZYGOTE_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int zygote_run_oneshot(int sendStdio, int argc, const char **argv);
+int zygote_run(int argc, const char **argv);
+int zygote_run_wait(int argc, const char **argv, void (*post_run_func)(int));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CUTILS_ZYGOTE_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_HAL_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_HAL_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <cutils/bitops.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+#include <system/audio.h>
+#include <hardware/audio_effect.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "audio"
+
+/**
+ * Name of the audio devices to open
+ */
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_INTERFACE "audio_hw_if"
+
+
+/* Use version 0.1 to be compatible with first generation of audio hw module with version_major
+ * hardcoded to 1. No audio module API change.
+ */
+#define AUDIO_MODULE_API_VERSION_0_1 HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(0, 1)
+#define AUDIO_MODULE_API_VERSION_CURRENT AUDIO_MODULE_API_VERSION_0_1
+
+/* First generation of audio devices had version hardcoded to 0. all devices with versions < 1.0
+ * will be considered of first generation API.
+ */
+#define AUDIO_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_0 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(0, 0)
+#define AUDIO_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(1, 0)
+#define AUDIO_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(2, 0)
+#define AUDIO_DEVICE_API_VERSION_CURRENT AUDIO_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0
+
+/**
+ * List of known audio HAL modules. This is the base name of the audio HAL
+ * library composed of the "audio." prefix, one of the base names below and
+ * a suffix specific to the device.
+ * e.g: audio.primary.goldfish.so or audio.a2dp.default.so
+ */
+
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID_PRIMARY "primary"
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID_A2DP "a2dp"
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID_USB "usb"
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID_REMOTE_SUBMIX "r_submix"
+
+/**************************************/
+
+/**
+ * standard audio parameters that the HAL may need to handle
+ */
+
+/**
+ * audio device parameters
+ */
+
+/* BT SCO Noise Reduction + Echo Cancellation parameters */
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_KEY_BT_NREC "bt_headset_nrec"
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_VALUE_ON "on"
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_VALUE_OFF "off"
+
+/* TTY mode selection */
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_KEY_TTY_MODE "tty_mode"
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_VALUE_TTY_OFF "tty_off"
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_VALUE_TTY_VCO "tty_vco"
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_VALUE_TTY_HCO "tty_hco"
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_VALUE_TTY_FULL "tty_full"
+
+/* A2DP sink address set by framework */
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_A2DP_SINK_ADDRESS "a2dp_sink_address"
+
+/* Screen state */
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_KEY_SCREEN_STATE "screen_state"
+
+/**
+ * audio stream parameters
+ */
+
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_ROUTING "routing" // audio_devices_t
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_FORMAT "format" // audio_format_t
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_CHANNELS "channels" // audio_channel_mask_t
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_FRAME_COUNT "frame_count" // size_t
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_INPUT_SOURCE "input_source" // audio_source_t
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_SAMPLING_RATE "sampling_rate" // uint32_t
+
+/* Query supported formats. The response is a '|' separated list of strings from
+ * audio_format_t enum e.g: "sup_formats=AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_16_BIT" */
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_SUP_FORMATS "sup_formats"
+/* Query supported channel masks. The response is a '|' separated list of strings from
+ * audio_channel_mask_t enum e.g: "sup_channels=AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_STEREO|AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_MONO" */
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_SUP_CHANNELS "sup_channels"
+/* Query supported sampling rates. The response is a '|' separated list of integer values e.g:
+ * "sup_sampling_rates=44100|48000" */
+#define AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_SUP_SAMPLING_RATES "sup_sampling_rates"
+
+
+/**************************************/
+
+/* common audio stream configuration parameters */
+struct audio_config {
+ uint32_t sample_rate;
+ audio_channel_mask_t channel_mask;
+ audio_format_t format;
+};
+
+typedef struct audio_config audio_config_t;
+
+/* common audio stream parameters and operations */
+struct audio_stream {
+
+ /**
+ * Return the sampling rate in Hz - eg. 44100.
+ */
+ uint32_t (*get_sample_rate)(const struct audio_stream *stream);
+
+ /* currently unused - use set_parameters with key
+ * AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_SAMPLING_RATE
+ */
+ int (*set_sample_rate)(struct audio_stream *stream, uint32_t rate);
+
+ /**
+ * Return size of input/output buffer in bytes for this stream - eg. 4800.
+ * It should be a multiple of the frame size. See also get_input_buffer_size.
+ */
+ size_t (*get_buffer_size)(const struct audio_stream *stream);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the channel mask -
+ * e.g. AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_STEREO or AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_STEREO
+ */
+ audio_channel_mask_t (*get_channels)(const struct audio_stream *stream);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the audio format - e.g. AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_16_BIT
+ */
+ audio_format_t (*get_format)(const struct audio_stream *stream);
+
+ /* currently unused - use set_parameters with key
+ * AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_FORMAT
+ */
+ int (*set_format)(struct audio_stream *stream, audio_format_t format);
+
+ /**
+ * Put the audio hardware input/output into standby mode.
+ * Driver should exit from standby mode at the next I/O operation.
+ * Returns 0 on success and <0 on failure.
+ */
+ int (*standby)(struct audio_stream *stream);
+
+ /** dump the state of the audio input/output device */
+ int (*dump)(const struct audio_stream *stream, int fd);
+
+ /** Return the set of device(s) which this stream is connected to */
+ audio_devices_t (*get_device)(const struct audio_stream *stream);
+
+ /**
+ * Currently unused - set_device() corresponds to set_parameters() with key
+ * AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_ROUTING for both input and output.
+ * AUDIO_PARAMETER_STREAM_INPUT_SOURCE is an additional information used by
+ * input streams only.
+ */
+ int (*set_device)(struct audio_stream *stream, audio_devices_t device);
+
+ /**
+ * set/get audio stream parameters. The function accepts a list of
+ * parameter key value pairs in the form: key1=value1;key2=value2;...
+ *
+ * Some keys are reserved for standard parameters (See AudioParameter class)
+ *
+ * If the implementation does not accept a parameter change while
+ * the output is active but the parameter is acceptable otherwise, it must
+ * return -ENOSYS.
+ *
+ * The audio flinger will put the stream in standby and then change the
+ * parameter value.
+ */
+ int (*set_parameters)(struct audio_stream *stream, const char *kv_pairs);
+
+ /*
+ * Returns a pointer to a heap allocated string. The caller is responsible
+ * for freeing the memory for it using free().
+ */
+ char * (*get_parameters)(const struct audio_stream *stream,
+ const char *keys);
+ int (*add_audio_effect)(const struct audio_stream *stream,
+ effect_handle_t effect);
+ int (*remove_audio_effect)(const struct audio_stream *stream,
+ effect_handle_t effect);
+};
+typedef struct audio_stream audio_stream_t;
+
+/**
+ * audio_stream_out is the abstraction interface for the audio output hardware.
+ *
+ * It provides information about various properties of the audio output
+ * hardware driver.
+ */
+
+struct audio_stream_out {
+ struct audio_stream common;
+
+ /**
+ * Return the audio hardware driver estimated latency in milliseconds.
+ */
+ uint32_t (*get_latency)(const struct audio_stream_out *stream);
+
+ /**
+ * Use this method in situations where audio mixing is done in the
+ * hardware. This method serves as a direct interface with hardware,
+ * allowing you to directly set the volume as apposed to via the framework.
+ * This method might produce multiple PCM outputs or hardware accelerated
+ * codecs, such as MP3 or AAC.
+ */
+ int (*set_volume)(struct audio_stream_out *stream, float left, float right);
+
+ /**
+ * Write audio buffer to driver. Returns number of bytes written, or a
+ * negative status_t. If at least one frame was written successfully prior to the error,
+ * it is suggested that the driver return that successful (short) byte count
+ * and then return an error in the subsequent call.
+ */
+ ssize_t (*write)(struct audio_stream_out *stream, const void* buffer,
+ size_t bytes);
+
+ /* return the number of audio frames written by the audio dsp to DAC since
+ * the output has exited standby
+ */
+ int (*get_render_position)(const struct audio_stream_out *stream,
+ uint32_t *dsp_frames);
+
+ /**
+ * get the local time at which the next write to the audio driver will be presented.
+ * The units are microseconds, where the epoch is decided by the local audio HAL.
+ */
+ int (*get_next_write_timestamp)(const struct audio_stream_out *stream,
+ int64_t *timestamp);
+
+};
+typedef struct audio_stream_out audio_stream_out_t;
+
+struct audio_stream_in {
+ struct audio_stream common;
+
+ /** set the input gain for the audio driver. This method is for
+ * for future use */
+ int (*set_gain)(struct audio_stream_in *stream, float gain);
+
+ /** Read audio buffer in from audio driver. Returns number of bytes read, or a
+ * negative status_t. If at least one frame was read prior to the error,
+ * read should return that byte count and then return an error in the subsequent call.
+ */
+ ssize_t (*read)(struct audio_stream_in *stream, void* buffer,
+ size_t bytes);
+
+ /**
+ * Return the amount of input frames lost in the audio driver since the
+ * last call of this function.
+ * Audio driver is expected to reset the value to 0 and restart counting
+ * upon returning the current value by this function call.
+ * Such loss typically occurs when the user space process is blocked
+ * longer than the capacity of audio driver buffers.
+ *
+ * Unit: the number of input audio frames
+ */
+ uint32_t (*get_input_frames_lost)(struct audio_stream_in *stream);
+};
+typedef struct audio_stream_in audio_stream_in_t;
+
+/**
+ * return the frame size (number of bytes per sample).
+ */
+static inline size_t audio_stream_frame_size(const struct audio_stream *s)
+{
+ size_t chan_samp_sz;
+
+ switch (s->get_format(s)) {
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_16_BIT:
+ chan_samp_sz = sizeof(int16_t);
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_8_BIT:
+ default:
+ chan_samp_sz = sizeof(int8_t);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return popcount(s->get_channels(s)) * chan_samp_sz;
+}
+
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM
+ * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t
+ * followed by module specific information.
+ */
+struct audio_module {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+};
+
+struct audio_hw_device {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /**
+ * used by audio flinger to enumerate what devices are supported by
+ * each audio_hw_device implementation.
+ *
+ * Return value is a bitmask of 1 or more values of audio_devices_t
+ *
+ * NOTE: audio HAL implementations starting with
+ * AUDIO_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0 do not implement this function.
+ * All supported devices should be listed in audio_policy.conf
+ * file and the audio policy manager must choose the appropriate
+ * audio module based on information in this file.
+ */
+ uint32_t (*get_supported_devices)(const struct audio_hw_device *dev);
+
+ /**
+ * check to see if the audio hardware interface has been initialized.
+ * returns 0 on success, -ENODEV on failure.
+ */
+ int (*init_check)(const struct audio_hw_device *dev);
+
+ /** set the audio volume of a voice call. Range is between 0.0 and 1.0 */
+ int (*set_voice_volume)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, float volume);
+
+ /**
+ * set the audio volume for all audio activities other than voice call.
+ * Range between 0.0 and 1.0. If any value other than 0 is returned,
+ * the software mixer will emulate this capability.
+ */
+ int (*set_master_volume)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, float volume);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the current master volume value for the HAL, if the HAL supports
+ * master volume control. AudioFlinger will query this value from the
+ * primary audio HAL when the service starts and use the value for setting
+ * the initial master volume across all HALs. HALs which do not support
+ * this method may leave it set to NULL.
+ */
+ int (*get_master_volume)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, float *volume);
+
+ /**
+ * set_mode is called when the audio mode changes. AUDIO_MODE_NORMAL mode
+ * is for standard audio playback, AUDIO_MODE_RINGTONE when a ringtone is
+ * playing, and AUDIO_MODE_IN_CALL when a call is in progress.
+ */
+ int (*set_mode)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, audio_mode_t mode);
+
+ /* mic mute */
+ int (*set_mic_mute)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, bool state);
+ int (*get_mic_mute)(const struct audio_hw_device *dev, bool *state);
+
+ /* set/get global audio parameters */
+ int (*set_parameters)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, const char *kv_pairs);
+
+ /*
+ * Returns a pointer to a heap allocated string. The caller is responsible
+ * for freeing the memory for it using free().
+ */
+ char * (*get_parameters)(const struct audio_hw_device *dev,
+ const char *keys);
+
+ /* Returns audio input buffer size according to parameters passed or
+ * 0 if one of the parameters is not supported.
+ * See also get_buffer_size which is for a particular stream.
+ */
+ size_t (*get_input_buffer_size)(const struct audio_hw_device *dev,
+ const struct audio_config *config);
+
+ /** This method creates and opens the audio hardware output stream */
+ int (*open_output_stream)(struct audio_hw_device *dev,
+ audio_io_handle_t handle,
+ audio_devices_t devices,
+ audio_output_flags_t flags,
+ struct audio_config *config,
+ struct audio_stream_out **stream_out);
+
+ void (*close_output_stream)(struct audio_hw_device *dev,
+ struct audio_stream_out* stream_out);
+
+ /** This method creates and opens the audio hardware input stream */
+ int (*open_input_stream)(struct audio_hw_device *dev,
+ audio_io_handle_t handle,
+ audio_devices_t devices,
+ struct audio_config *config,
+ struct audio_stream_in **stream_in);
+
+ void (*close_input_stream)(struct audio_hw_device *dev,
+ struct audio_stream_in *stream_in);
+
+ /** This method dumps the state of the audio hardware */
+ int (*dump)(const struct audio_hw_device *dev, int fd);
+
+ /**
+ * set the audio mute status for all audio activities. If any value other
+ * than 0 is returned, the software mixer will emulate this capability.
+ */
+ int (*set_master_mute)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, bool mute);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the current master mute status for the HAL, if the HAL supports
+ * master mute control. AudioFlinger will query this value from the primary
+ * audio HAL when the service starts and use the value for setting the
+ * initial master mute across all HALs. HALs which do not support this
+ * method may leave it set to NULL.
+ */
+ int (*get_master_mute)(struct audio_hw_device *dev, bool *mute);
+};
+typedef struct audio_hw_device audio_hw_device_t;
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a supported device */
+
+static inline int audio_hw_device_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ struct audio_hw_device** device)
+{
+ return module->methods->open(module, AUDIO_HARDWARE_INTERFACE,
+ (struct hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int audio_hw_device_close(struct audio_hw_device* device)
+{
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_AUDIO_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_EFFECT_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_EFFECT_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <cutils/bitops.h>
+
+#include <system/audio.h>
+
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Common Definitions
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//
+//--- Effect descriptor structure effect_descriptor_t
+//
+
+// Unique effect ID (can be generated from the following site:
+// http://www.itu.int/ITU-T/asn1/uuid.html)
+// This format is used for both "type" and "uuid" fields of the effect descriptor structure.
+// - When used for effect type and the engine is implementing and effect corresponding to a standard
+// OpenSL ES interface, this ID must be the one defined in OpenSLES_IID.h for that interface.
+// - When used as uuid, it should be a unique UUID for this particular implementation.
+typedef struct effect_uuid_s {
+ uint32_t timeLow;
+ uint16_t timeMid;
+ uint16_t timeHiAndVersion;
+ uint16_t clockSeq;
+ uint8_t node[6];
+} effect_uuid_t;
+
+// Maximum length of character strings in structures defines by this API.
+#define EFFECT_STRING_LEN_MAX 64
+
+// NULL UUID definition (matches SL_IID_NULL_)
+#define EFFECT_UUID_INITIALIZER { 0xec7178ec, 0xe5e1, 0x4432, 0xa3f4, \
+ { 0x46, 0x57, 0xe6, 0x79, 0x52, 0x10 } }
+static const effect_uuid_t EFFECT_UUID_NULL_ = EFFECT_UUID_INITIALIZER;
+const effect_uuid_t * const EFFECT_UUID_NULL = &EFFECT_UUID_NULL_;
+const char * const EFFECT_UUID_NULL_STR = "ec7178ec-e5e1-4432-a3f4-4657e6795210";
+
+// The effect descriptor contains necessary information to facilitate the enumeration of the effect
+// engines present in a library.
+typedef struct effect_descriptor_s {
+ effect_uuid_t type; // UUID of to the OpenSL ES interface implemented by this effect
+ effect_uuid_t uuid; // UUID for this particular implementation
+ uint32_t apiVersion; // Version of the effect control API implemented
+ uint32_t flags; // effect engine capabilities/requirements flags (see below)
+ uint16_t cpuLoad; // CPU load indication (see below)
+ uint16_t memoryUsage; // Data Memory usage (see below)
+ char name[EFFECT_STRING_LEN_MAX]; // human readable effect name
+ char implementor[EFFECT_STRING_LEN_MAX]; // human readable effect implementor name
+} effect_descriptor_t;
+
+// CPU load and memory usage indication: each effect implementation must provide an indication of
+// its CPU and memory usage for the audio effect framework to limit the number of effects
+// instantiated at a given time on a given platform.
+// The CPU load is expressed in 0.1 MIPS units as estimated on an ARM9E core (ARMv5TE) with 0 WS.
+// The memory usage is expressed in KB and includes only dynamically allocated memory
+
+// Definitions for flags field of effect descriptor.
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | description | bits | values
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | connection mode | 0..2 | 0 insert: after track process
+// | | | 1 auxiliary: connect to track auxiliary
+// | | | output and use send level
+// | | | 2 replace: replaces track process function;
+// | | | must implement SRC, volume and mono to stereo.
+// | | | 3 pre processing: applied below audio HAL on input
+// | | | 4 post processing: applied below audio HAL on output
+// | | | 5 - 7 reserved
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | insertion preference | 3..5 | 0 none
+// | | | 1 first of the chain
+// | | | 2 last of the chain
+// | | | 3 exclusive (only effect in the insert chain)
+// | | | 4..7 reserved
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | Volume management | 6..8 | 0 none
+// | | | 1 implements volume control
+// | | | 2 requires volume indication
+// | | | 4 reserved
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | Device indication | 9..11 | 0 none
+// | | | 1 requires device updates
+// | | | 2, 4 reserved
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | Sample input mode | 12..13 | 1 direct: process() function or EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG
+// | | | command must specify a buffer descriptor
+// | | | 2 provider: process() function uses the
+// | | | bufferProvider indicated by the
+// | | | EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG command to request input.
+// | | | buffers.
+// | | | 3 both: both input modes are supported
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | Sample output mode | 14..15 | 1 direct: process() function or EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG
+// | | | command must specify a buffer descriptor
+// | | | 2 provider: process() function uses the
+// | | | bufferProvider indicated by the
+// | | | EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG command to request output
+// | | | buffers.
+// | | | 3 both: both output modes are supported
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | Hardware acceleration | 16..17 | 0 No hardware acceleration
+// | | | 1 non tunneled hw acceleration: the process() function
+// | | | reads the samples, send them to HW accelerated
+// | | | effect processor, reads back the processed samples
+// | | | and returns them to the output buffer.
+// | | | 2 tunneled hw acceleration: the process() function is
+// | | | transparent. The effect interface is only used to
+// | | | control the effect engine. This mode is relevant for
+// | | | global effects actually applied by the audio
+// | | | hardware on the output stream.
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | Audio Mode indication | 18..19 | 0 none
+// | | | 1 requires audio mode updates
+// | | | 2..3 reserved
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+// | Audio source indication | 20..21 | 0 none
+// | | | 1 requires audio source updates
+// | | | 2..3 reserved
+// +---------------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------
+
+// Insert mode
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT 0
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SIZE 3
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_INSERT (0 << EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_AUXILIARY (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_REPLACE (2 << EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_PRE_PROC (3 << EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_POST_PROC (4 << EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+
+// Insert preference
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_TYPE_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SIZE 3
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_ANY (0 << EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_FIRST (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_LAST (2 << EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_EXCLUSIVE (3 << EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SHIFT)
+
+
+// Volume control
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_INSERT_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SIZE 3
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_CTRL (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_IND (2 << EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_NONE (0 << EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SHIFT)
+
+// Device indication
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SIZE 3
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_IND (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_NONE (0 << EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SHIFT)
+
+// Sample input modes
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SIZE 2
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_DIRECT (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_PROVIDER (2 << EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_BOTH (3 << EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SHIFT)
+
+// Sample output modes
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_INPUT_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SIZE 2
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_DIRECT (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_PROVIDER (2 << EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_BOTH (3 << EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SHIFT)
+
+// Hardware acceleration mode
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_OUTPUT_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SIZE 2
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SIMPLE (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_TUNNEL (2 << EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SHIFT)
+
+// Audio mode indication
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_HW_ACC_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SIZE 2
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_IND (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_NONE (0 << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SHIFT)
+
+// Audio source indication
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_SHIFT (EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SHIFT + EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_SIZE)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_SIZE 2
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_MASK (((1 << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_SIZE) -1) \
+ << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_IND (1 << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_SHIFT)
+#define EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_NONE (0 << EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_SOURCE_SHIFT)
+
+#define EFFECT_MAKE_API_VERSION(M, m) (((M)<<16) | ((m) & 0xFFFF))
+#define EFFECT_API_VERSION_MAJOR(v) ((v)>>16)
+#define EFFECT_API_VERSION_MINOR(v) ((m) & 0xFFFF)
+
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Effect control interface
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Effect control interface version 2.0
+#define EFFECT_CONTROL_API_VERSION EFFECT_MAKE_API_VERSION(2,0)
+
+// Effect control interface structure: effect_interface_s
+// The effect control interface is exposed by each effect engine implementation. It consists of
+// a set of functions controlling the configuration, activation and process of the engine.
+// The functions are grouped in a structure of type effect_interface_s.
+//
+// Effect control interface handle: effect_handle_t
+// The effect_handle_t serves two purposes regarding the implementation of the effect engine:
+// - 1 it is the address of a pointer to an effect_interface_s structure where the functions
+// of the effect control API for a particular effect are located.
+// - 2 it is the address of the context of a particular effect instance.
+// A typical implementation in the effect library would define a structure as follows:
+// struct effect_module_s {
+// const struct effect_interface_s *itfe;
+// effect_config_t config;
+// effect_context_t context;
+// }
+// The implementation of EffectCreate() function would then allocate a structure of this
+// type and return its address as effect_handle_t
+typedef struct effect_interface_s **effect_handle_t;
+
+
+// Forward definition of type audio_buffer_t
+typedef struct audio_buffer_s audio_buffer_t;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// Effect control interface definition
+struct effect_interface_s {
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: process
+ //
+ // Description: Effect process function. Takes input samples as specified
+ // (count and location) in input buffer descriptor and output processed
+ // samples as specified in output buffer descriptor. If the buffer descriptor
+ // is not specified the function must use either the buffer or the
+ // buffer provider function installed by the EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG command.
+ // The effect framework will call the process() function after the EFFECT_CMD_ENABLE
+ // command is received and until the EFFECT_CMD_DISABLE is received. When the engine
+ // receives the EFFECT_CMD_DISABLE command it should turn off the effect gracefully
+ // and when done indicate that it is OK to stop calling the process() function by
+ // returning the -ENODATA status.
+ //
+ // NOTE: the process() function implementation should be "real-time safe" that is
+ // it should not perform blocking calls: malloc/free, sleep, read/write/open/close,
+ // pthread_cond_wait/pthread_mutex_lock...
+ //
+ // Input:
+ // self: handle to the effect interface this function
+ // is called on.
+ // inBuffer: buffer descriptor indicating where to read samples to process.
+ // If NULL, use the configuration passed by EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG command.
+ //
+ // outBuffer: buffer descriptor indicating where to write processed samples.
+ // If NULL, use the configuration passed by EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG command.
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation
+ // -ENODATA the engine has finished the disable phase and the framework
+ // can stop calling process()
+ // -EINVAL invalid interface handle or
+ // invalid input/output buffer description
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*process)(effect_handle_t self,
+ audio_buffer_t *inBuffer,
+ audio_buffer_t *outBuffer);
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: command
+ //
+ // Description: Send a command and receive a response to/from effect engine.
+ //
+ // Input:
+ // self: handle to the effect interface this function
+ // is called on.
+ // cmdCode: command code: the command can be a standardized command defined in
+ // effect_command_e (see below) or a proprietary command.
+ // cmdSize: size of command in bytes
+ // pCmdData: pointer to command data
+ // pReplyData: pointer to reply data
+ //
+ // Input/Output:
+ // replySize: maximum size of reply data as input
+ // actual size of reply data as output
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation
+ // -EINVAL invalid interface handle or
+ // invalid command/reply size or format according to command code
+ // The return code should be restricted to indicate problems related to the this
+ // API specification. Status related to the execution of a particular command should be
+ // indicated as part of the reply field.
+ //
+ // *pReplyData updated with command response
+ //
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*command)(effect_handle_t self,
+ uint32_t cmdCode,
+ uint32_t cmdSize,
+ void *pCmdData,
+ uint32_t *replySize,
+ void *pReplyData);
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: get_descriptor
+ //
+ // Description: Returns the effect descriptor
+ //
+ // Input:
+ // self: handle to the effect interface this function
+ // is called on.
+ //
+ // Input/Output:
+ // pDescriptor: address where to return the effect descriptor.
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation.
+ // -EINVAL invalid interface handle or invalid pDescriptor
+ // *pDescriptor: updated with the effect descriptor.
+ //
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*get_descriptor)(effect_handle_t self,
+ effect_descriptor_t *pDescriptor);
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: process_reverse
+ //
+ // Description: Process reverse stream function. This function is used to pass
+ // a reference stream to the effect engine. If the engine does not need a reference
+ // stream, this function pointer can be set to NULL.
+ // This function would typically implemented by an Echo Canceler.
+ //
+ // Input:
+ // self: handle to the effect interface this function
+ // is called on.
+ // inBuffer: buffer descriptor indicating where to read samples to process.
+ // If NULL, use the configuration passed by EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG_REVERSE command.
+ //
+ // outBuffer: buffer descriptor indicating where to write processed samples.
+ // If NULL, use the configuration passed by EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG_REVERSE command.
+ // If the buffer and buffer provider in the configuration received by
+ // EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG_REVERSE are also NULL, do not return modified reverse
+ // stream data
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation
+ // -ENODATA the engine has finished the disable phase and the framework
+ // can stop calling process_reverse()
+ // -EINVAL invalid interface handle or
+ // invalid input/output buffer description
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*process_reverse)(effect_handle_t self,
+ audio_buffer_t *inBuffer,
+ audio_buffer_t *outBuffer);
+};
+
+
+//
+//--- Standardized command codes for command() function
+//
+enum effect_command_e {
+ EFFECT_CMD_INIT, // initialize effect engine
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG, // configure effect engine (see effect_config_t)
+ EFFECT_CMD_RESET, // reset effect engine
+ EFFECT_CMD_ENABLE, // enable effect process
+ EFFECT_CMD_DISABLE, // disable effect process
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM, // set parameter immediately (see effect_param_t)
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM_DEFERRED, // set parameter deferred
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM_COMMIT, // commit previous set parameter deferred
+ EFFECT_CMD_GET_PARAM, // get parameter
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_DEVICE, // set audio device (see audio.h, audio_devices_t)
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_VOLUME, // set volume
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_AUDIO_MODE, // set the audio mode (normal, ring, ...)
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG_REVERSE, // configure effect engine reverse stream(see effect_config_t)
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_INPUT_DEVICE, // set capture device (see audio.h, audio_devices_t)
+ EFFECT_CMD_GET_CONFIG, // read effect engine configuration
+ EFFECT_CMD_GET_CONFIG_REVERSE, // read configure effect engine reverse stream configuration
+ EFFECT_CMD_GET_FEATURE_SUPPORTED_CONFIGS,// get all supported configurations for a feature.
+ EFFECT_CMD_GET_FEATURE_CONFIG, // get current feature configuration
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_FEATURE_CONFIG, // set current feature configuration
+ EFFECT_CMD_SET_AUDIO_SOURCE, // set the audio source (see audio.h, audio_source_t)
+ EFFECT_CMD_FIRST_PROPRIETARY = 0x10000 // first proprietary command code
+};
+
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_INIT
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Initialize effect engine: All configurations return to default
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(int)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Apply new audio parameters configurations for input and output buffers
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_config_t)
+// data: effect_config_t
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(int)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_RESET
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Reset the effect engine. Keep configuration but resets state and buffer content
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_ENABLE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Enable the process. Called by the framework before the first call to process()
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(int)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_DISABLE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Disable the process. Called by the framework after the last call to process()
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(int)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Set a parameter and apply it immediately
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_param_t) + size of param and value
+// data: effect_param_t + param + value. See effect_param_t definition below for value offset
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(int)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM_DEFERRED
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Set a parameter but apply it only when receiving EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM_COMMIT command
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_param_t) + size of param and value
+// data: effect_param_t + param + value. See effect_param_t definition below for value offset
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM_COMMIT
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Apply all previously received EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM_DEFERRED commands
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(int)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_GET_PARAM
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Get a parameter value
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_param_t) + size of param
+// data: effect_param_t + param
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_param_t) + size of param and value
+// data: effect_param_t + param + value. See effect_param_t definition below for value offset
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_DEVICE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Set the rendering device the audio output path is connected to. See audio.h, audio_devices_t
+// for device values.
+// The effect implementation must set EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_IND flag in its descriptor to receive this
+// command when the device changes
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: uint32_t
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_VOLUME
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Set and get volume. Used by audio framework to delegate volume control to effect engine.
+// The effect implementation must set EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_IND or EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_CTRL flag in
+// its descriptor to receive this command before every call to process() function
+// If EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_CTRL flag is set in the effect descriptor, the effect engine must return
+// the volume that should be applied before the effect is processed. The overall volume (the volume
+// actually applied by the effect engine multiplied by the returned value) should match the value
+// indicated in the command.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: n * sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: volume for each channel defined in effect_config_t for output buffer expressed in
+// 8.24 fixed point format
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: n * sizeof(uint32_t) / 0
+// data: - if EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_CTRL is set in effect descriptor:
+// volume for each channel defined in effect_config_t for output buffer expressed in
+// 8.24 fixed point format
+// - if EFFECT_FLAG_VOLUME_CTRL is not set in effect descriptor:
+// N/A
+// It is legal to receive a null pointer as pReplyData in which case the effect framework has
+// delegated volume control to another effect
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_AUDIO_MODE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Set the audio mode. The effect implementation must set EFFECT_FLAG_AUDIO_MODE_IND flag in its
+// descriptor to receive this command when the audio mode changes.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: audio_mode_t
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG_REVERSE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Apply new audio parameters configurations for input and output buffers of reverse stream.
+// An example of reverse stream is the echo reference supplied to an Acoustic Echo Canceler.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_config_t)
+// data: effect_config_t
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(int)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_INPUT_DEVICE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Set the capture device the audio input path is connected to. See audio.h, audio_devices_t
+// for device values.
+// The effect implementation must set EFFECT_FLAG_DEVICE_IND flag in its descriptor to receive this
+// command when the device changes
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: uint32_t
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_GET_CONFIG
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Read audio parameters configurations for input and output buffers
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_config_t)
+// data: effect_config_t
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_GET_CONFIG_REVERSE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Read audio parameters configurations for input and output buffers of reverse stream
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(effect_config_t)
+// data: effect_config_t
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_GET_FEATURE_SUPPORTED_CONFIGS
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Queries for supported configurations for a particular feature (e.g. get the supported
+// combinations of main and auxiliary channels for a noise suppressor).
+// The command parameter is the feature identifier (See effect_feature_e for a list of defined
+// features) followed by the maximum number of configuration descriptor to return.
+// The reply is composed of:
+// - status (uint32_t):
+// - 0 if feature is supported
+// - -ENOSYS if the feature is not supported,
+// - -ENOMEM if the feature is supported but the total number of supported configurations
+// exceeds the maximum number indicated by the caller.
+// - total number of supported configurations (uint32_t)
+// - an array of configuration descriptors.
+// The actual number of descriptors returned must not exceed the maximum number indicated by
+// the caller.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: 2 x sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: effect_feature_e + maximum number of configurations to return
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: 2 x sizeof(uint32_t) + n x sizeof (<config descriptor>)
+// data: status + total number of configurations supported + array of n config descriptors
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_GET_FEATURE_CONFIG
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Retrieves current configuration for a given feature.
+// The reply status is:
+// - 0 if feature is supported
+// - -ENOSYS if the feature is not supported,
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: effect_feature_e
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t) + sizeof (<config descriptor>)
+// data: status + config descriptor
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_FEATURE_CONFIG
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Sets current configuration for a given feature.
+// The reply status is:
+// - 0 if feature is supported
+// - -ENOSYS if the feature is not supported,
+// - -EINVAL if the configuration is invalid
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t) + sizeof (<config descriptor>)
+// data: effect_feature_e + config descriptor
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: status
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_SET_AUDIO_SOURCE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// Set the audio source the capture path is configured for (Camcorder, voice recognition...).
+// See audio.h, audio_source_t for values.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command format:
+// size: sizeof(uint32_t)
+// data: uint32_t
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// reply format:
+// size: 0
+// data: N/A
+//==================================================================================================
+// command: EFFECT_CMD_FIRST_PROPRIETARY
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// description:
+// All proprietary effect commands must use command codes above this value. The size and format of
+// command and response fields is free in this case
+//==================================================================================================
+
+
+// Audio buffer descriptor used by process(), bufferProvider() functions and buffer_config_t
+// structure. Multi-channel audio is always interleaved. The channel order is from LSB to MSB with
+// regard to the channel mask definition in audio.h, audio_channel_mask_t e.g :
+// Stereo: left, right
+// 5 point 1: front left, front right, front center, low frequency, back left, back right
+// The buffer size is expressed in frame count, a frame being composed of samples for all
+// channels at a given time. Frame size for unspecified format (AUDIO_FORMAT_OTHER) is 8 bit by
+// definition
+struct audio_buffer_s {
+ size_t frameCount; // number of frames in buffer
+ union {
+ void* raw; // raw pointer to start of buffer
+ int32_t* s32; // pointer to signed 32 bit data at start of buffer
+ int16_t* s16; // pointer to signed 16 bit data at start of buffer
+ uint8_t* u8; // pointer to unsigned 8 bit data at start of buffer
+ };
+};
+
+// The buffer_provider_s structure contains functions that can be used
+// by the effect engine process() function to query and release input
+// or output audio buffer.
+// The getBuffer() function is called to retrieve a buffer where data
+// should read from or written to by process() function.
+// The releaseBuffer() function MUST be called when the buffer retrieved
+// with getBuffer() is not needed anymore.
+// The process function should use the buffer provider mechanism to retrieve
+// input or output buffer if the inBuffer or outBuffer passed as argument is NULL
+// and the buffer configuration (buffer_config_t) given by the EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG
+// command did not specify an audio buffer.
+
+typedef int32_t (* buffer_function_t)(void *cookie, audio_buffer_t *buffer);
+
+typedef struct buffer_provider_s {
+ buffer_function_t getBuffer; // retrieve next buffer
+ buffer_function_t releaseBuffer; // release used buffer
+ void *cookie; // for use by client of buffer provider functions
+} buffer_provider_t;
+
+
+// The buffer_config_s structure specifies the input or output audio format
+// to be used by the effect engine. It is part of the effect_config_t
+// structure that defines both input and output buffer configurations and is
+// passed by the EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG or EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG_REVERSE command.
+typedef struct buffer_config_s {
+ audio_buffer_t buffer; // buffer for use by process() function if not passed explicitly
+ uint32_t samplingRate; // sampling rate
+ uint32_t channels; // channel mask (see audio_channel_mask_t in audio.h)
+ buffer_provider_t bufferProvider; // buffer provider
+ uint8_t format; // Audio format (see see audio_format_t in audio.h)
+ uint8_t accessMode; // read/write or accumulate in buffer (effect_buffer_access_e)
+ uint16_t mask; // indicates which of the above fields is valid
+} buffer_config_t;
+
+// Values for "accessMode" field of buffer_config_t:
+// overwrite, read only, accumulate (read/modify/write)
+enum effect_buffer_access_e {
+ EFFECT_BUFFER_ACCESS_WRITE,
+ EFFECT_BUFFER_ACCESS_READ,
+ EFFECT_BUFFER_ACCESS_ACCUMULATE
+
+};
+
+// feature identifiers for EFFECT_CMD_GET_FEATURE_SUPPORTED_CONFIGS command
+enum effect_feature_e {
+ EFFECT_FEATURE_AUX_CHANNELS, // supports auxiliary channels (e.g. dual mic noise suppressor)
+ EFFECT_FEATURE_CNT
+};
+
+// EFFECT_FEATURE_AUX_CHANNELS feature configuration descriptor. Describe a combination
+// of main and auxiliary channels supported
+typedef struct channel_config_s {
+ audio_channel_mask_t main_channels; // channel mask for main channels
+ audio_channel_mask_t aux_channels; // channel mask for auxiliary channels
+} channel_config_t;
+
+
+// Values for bit field "mask" in buffer_config_t. If a bit is set, the corresponding field
+// in buffer_config_t must be taken into account when executing the EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG command
+#define EFFECT_CONFIG_BUFFER 0x0001 // buffer field must be taken into account
+#define EFFECT_CONFIG_SMP_RATE 0x0002 // samplingRate field must be taken into account
+#define EFFECT_CONFIG_CHANNELS 0x0004 // channels field must be taken into account
+#define EFFECT_CONFIG_FORMAT 0x0008 // format field must be taken into account
+#define EFFECT_CONFIG_ACC_MODE 0x0010 // accessMode field must be taken into account
+#define EFFECT_CONFIG_PROVIDER 0x0020 // bufferProvider field must be taken into account
+#define EFFECT_CONFIG_ALL (EFFECT_CONFIG_BUFFER | EFFECT_CONFIG_SMP_RATE | \
+ EFFECT_CONFIG_CHANNELS | EFFECT_CONFIG_FORMAT | \
+ EFFECT_CONFIG_ACC_MODE | EFFECT_CONFIG_PROVIDER)
+
+
+// effect_config_s structure describes the format of the pCmdData argument of EFFECT_CMD_SET_CONFIG
+// command to configure audio parameters and buffers for effect engine input and output.
+typedef struct effect_config_s {
+ buffer_config_t inputCfg;
+ buffer_config_t outputCfg;
+} effect_config_t;
+
+
+// effect_param_s structure describes the format of the pCmdData argument of EFFECT_CMD_SET_PARAM
+// command and pCmdData and pReplyData of EFFECT_CMD_GET_PARAM command.
+// psize and vsize represent the actual size of parameter and value.
+//
+// NOTE: the start of value field inside the data field is always on a 32 bit boundary:
+//
+// +-----------+
+// | status | sizeof(int)
+// +-----------+
+// | psize | sizeof(int)
+// +-----------+
+// | vsize | sizeof(int)
+// +-----------+
+// | | | |
+// ~ parameter ~ > psize |
+// | | | > ((psize - 1)/sizeof(int) + 1) * sizeof(int)
+// +-----------+ |
+// | padding | |
+// +-----------+
+// | | |
+// ~ value ~ > vsize
+// | | |
+// +-----------+
+
+typedef struct effect_param_s {
+ int32_t status; // Transaction status (unused for command, used for reply)
+ uint32_t psize; // Parameter size
+ uint32_t vsize; // Value size
+ char data[]; // Start of Parameter + Value data
+} effect_param_t;
+
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Effect library interface
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// Effect library interface version 2.0
+#define EFFECT_LIBRARY_API_VERSION EFFECT_MAKE_API_VERSION(2,0)
+
+#define AUDIO_EFFECT_LIBRARY_TAG ((('A') << 24) | (('E') << 16) | (('L') << 8) | ('T'))
+
+// Every effect library must have a data structure named AUDIO_EFFECT_LIBRARY_INFO_SYM
+// and the fields of this data structure must begin with audio_effect_library_t
+
+typedef struct audio_effect_library_s {
+ // tag must be initialized to AUDIO_EFFECT_LIBRARY_TAG
+ uint32_t tag;
+ // Version of the effect library API : 0xMMMMmmmm MMMM: Major, mmmm: minor
+ uint32_t version;
+ // Name of this library
+ const char *name;
+ // Author/owner/implementor of the library
+ const char *implementor;
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: query_num_effects
+ //
+ // Description: Returns the number of different effects exposed by the
+ // library. Each effect must have a unique effect uuid (see
+ // effect_descriptor_t). This function together with EffectQueryEffect()
+ // is used to enumerate all effects present in the library.
+ //
+ // Input/Output:
+ // pNumEffects: address where the number of effects should be returned.
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation.
+ // -ENODEV library failed to initialize
+ // -EINVAL invalid pNumEffects
+ // *pNumEffects: updated with number of effects in library
+ //
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*query_num_effects)(uint32_t *pNumEffects);
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: query_effect
+ //
+ // Description: Returns the descriptor of the effect engine which index is
+ // given as argument.
+ // See effect_descriptor_t for details on effect descriptors.
+ // This function together with EffectQueryNumberEffects() is used to enumerate all
+ // effects present in the library. The enumeration sequence is:
+ // EffectQueryNumberEffects(&num_effects);
+ // for (i = 0; i < num_effects; i++)
+ // EffectQueryEffect(i,...);
+ //
+ // Input/Output:
+ // index: index of the effect
+ // pDescriptor: address where to return the effect descriptor.
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation.
+ // -ENODEV library failed to initialize
+ // -EINVAL invalid pDescriptor or index
+ // -ENOSYS effect list has changed since last execution of
+ // EffectQueryNumberEffects()
+ // -ENOENT no more effect available
+ // *pDescriptor: updated with the effect descriptor.
+ //
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*query_effect)(uint32_t index,
+ effect_descriptor_t *pDescriptor);
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: create_effect
+ //
+ // Description: Creates an effect engine of the specified implementation uuid and
+ // returns an effect control interface on this engine. The function will allocate the
+ // resources for an instance of the requested effect engine and return
+ // a handle on the effect control interface.
+ //
+ // Input:
+ // uuid: pointer to the effect uuid.
+ // sessionId: audio session to which this effect instance will be attached. All effects
+ // created with the same session ID are connected in series and process the same signal
+ // stream. Knowing that two effects are part of the same effect chain can help the
+ // library implement some kind of optimizations.
+ // ioId: identifies the output or input stream this effect is directed to at audio HAL.
+ // For future use especially with tunneled HW accelerated effects
+ //
+ // Input/Output:
+ // pHandle: address where to return the effect interface handle.
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation.
+ // -ENODEV library failed to initialize
+ // -EINVAL invalid pEffectUuid or pHandle
+ // -ENOENT no effect with this uuid found
+ // *pHandle: updated with the effect interface handle.
+ //
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*create_effect)(const effect_uuid_t *uuid,
+ int32_t sessionId,
+ int32_t ioId,
+ effect_handle_t *pHandle);
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: release_effect
+ //
+ // Description: Releases the effect engine whose handle is given as argument.
+ // All resources allocated to this particular instance of the effect are
+ // released.
+ //
+ // Input:
+ // handle: handle on the effect interface to be released.
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation.
+ // -ENODEV library failed to initialize
+ // -EINVAL invalid interface handle
+ //
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*release_effect)(effect_handle_t handle);
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ //
+ // Function: get_descriptor
+ //
+ // Description: Returns the descriptor of the effect engine which implementation UUID is
+ // given as argument.
+ //
+ // Input/Output:
+ // uuid: pointer to the effect uuid.
+ // pDescriptor: address where to return the effect descriptor.
+ //
+ // Output:
+ // returned value: 0 successful operation.
+ // -ENODEV library failed to initialize
+ // -EINVAL invalid pDescriptor or uuid
+ // *pDescriptor: updated with the effect descriptor.
+ //
+ ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ int32_t (*get_descriptor)(const effect_uuid_t *uuid,
+ effect_descriptor_t *pDescriptor);
+} audio_effect_library_t;
+
+// Name of the hal_module_info
+#define AUDIO_EFFECT_LIBRARY_INFO_SYM AELI
+
+// Name of the hal_module_info as a string
+#define AUDIO_EFFECT_LIBRARY_INFO_SYM_AS_STR "AELI"
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_AUDIO_EFFECT_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+#include <system/audio.h>
+#include <system/audio_policy.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define AUDIO_POLICY_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "audio_policy"
+
+/**
+ * Name of the audio devices to open
+ */
+#define AUDIO_POLICY_INTERFACE "policy"
+
+/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * The audio_policy and audio_policy_service_ops structs define the
+ * communication interfaces between the platform specific audio policy manager
+ * and Android generic audio policy manager.
+ * The platform specific audio policy manager must implement methods of the
+ * audio_policy struct.
+ * This implementation makes use of the audio_policy_service_ops to control
+ * the activity and configuration of audio input and output streams.
+ *
+ * The platform specific audio policy manager is in charge of the audio
+ * routing and volume control policies for a given platform.
+ * The main roles of this module are:
+ * - keep track of current system state (removable device connections, phone
+ * state, user requests...).
+ * System state changes and user actions are notified to audio policy
+ * manager with methods of the audio_policy.
+ *
+ * - process get_output() queries received when AudioTrack objects are
+ * created: Those queries return a handler on an output that has been
+ * selected, configured and opened by the audio policy manager and that
+ * must be used by the AudioTrack when registering to the AudioFlinger
+ * with the createTrack() method.
+ * When the AudioTrack object is released, a release_output() query
+ * is received and the audio policy manager can decide to close or
+ * reconfigure the output depending on other streams using this output and
+ * current system state.
+ *
+ * - similarly process get_input() and release_input() queries received from
+ * AudioRecord objects and configure audio inputs.
+ * - process volume control requests: the stream volume is converted from
+ * an index value (received from UI) to a float value applicable to each
+ * output as a function of platform specific settings and current output
+ * route (destination device). It also make sure that streams are not
+ * muted if not allowed (e.g. camera shutter sound in some countries).
+ */
+
+/* XXX: this should be defined OUTSIDE of frameworks/base */
+struct effect_descriptor_s;
+
+struct audio_policy {
+ /*
+ * configuration functions
+ */
+
+ /* indicate a change in device connection status */
+ int (*set_device_connection_state)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_devices_t device,
+ audio_policy_dev_state_t state,
+ const char *device_address);
+
+ /* retrieve a device connection status */
+ audio_policy_dev_state_t (*get_device_connection_state)(
+ const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_devices_t device,
+ const char *device_address);
+
+ /* indicate a change in phone state. Valid phones states are defined
+ * by audio_mode_t */
+ void (*set_phone_state)(struct audio_policy *pol, audio_mode_t state);
+
+ /* deprecated, never called (was "indicate a change in ringer mode") */
+ void (*set_ringer_mode)(struct audio_policy *pol, uint32_t mode,
+ uint32_t mask);
+
+ /* force using a specific device category for the specified usage */
+ void (*set_force_use)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_policy_force_use_t usage,
+ audio_policy_forced_cfg_t config);
+
+ /* retrieve current device category forced for a given usage */
+ audio_policy_forced_cfg_t (*get_force_use)(const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_policy_force_use_t usage);
+
+ /* if can_mute is true, then audio streams that are marked ENFORCED_AUDIBLE
+ * can still be muted. */
+ void (*set_can_mute_enforced_audible)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ bool can_mute);
+
+ /* check proper initialization */
+ int (*init_check)(const struct audio_policy *pol);
+
+ /*
+ * Audio routing query functions
+ */
+
+ /* request an output appropriate for playback of the supplied stream type and
+ * parameters */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*get_output)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ uint32_t samplingRate,
+ audio_format_t format,
+ audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+ audio_output_flags_t flags);
+
+ /* indicates to the audio policy manager that the output starts being used
+ * by corresponding stream. */
+ int (*start_output)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_io_handle_t output,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ int session);
+
+ /* indicates to the audio policy manager that the output stops being used
+ * by corresponding stream. */
+ int (*stop_output)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_io_handle_t output,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ int session);
+
+ /* releases the output. */
+ void (*release_output)(struct audio_policy *pol, audio_io_handle_t output);
+
+ /* request an input appropriate for record from the supplied device with
+ * supplied parameters. */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*get_input)(struct audio_policy *pol, audio_source_t inputSource,
+ uint32_t samplingRate,
+ audio_format_t format,
+ audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+ audio_in_acoustics_t acoustics);
+
+ /* indicates to the audio policy manager that the input starts being used */
+ int (*start_input)(struct audio_policy *pol, audio_io_handle_t input);
+
+ /* indicates to the audio policy manager that the input stops being used. */
+ int (*stop_input)(struct audio_policy *pol, audio_io_handle_t input);
+
+ /* releases the input. */
+ void (*release_input)(struct audio_policy *pol, audio_io_handle_t input);
+
+ /*
+ * volume control functions
+ */
+
+ /* initialises stream volume conversion parameters by specifying volume
+ * index range. The index range for each stream is defined by AudioService. */
+ void (*init_stream_volume)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ int index_min,
+ int index_max);
+
+ /* sets the new stream volume at a level corresponding to the supplied
+ * index. The index is within the range specified by init_stream_volume() */
+ int (*set_stream_volume_index)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ int index);
+
+ /* retrieve current volume index for the specified stream */
+ int (*get_stream_volume_index)(const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ int *index);
+
+ /* sets the new stream volume at a level corresponding to the supplied
+ * index for the specified device.
+ * The index is within the range specified by init_stream_volume() */
+ int (*set_stream_volume_index_for_device)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ int index,
+ audio_devices_t device);
+
+ /* retrieve current volume index for the specified stream for the specified device */
+ int (*get_stream_volume_index_for_device)(const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ int *index,
+ audio_devices_t device);
+
+ /* return the strategy corresponding to a given stream type */
+ uint32_t (*get_strategy_for_stream)(const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream);
+
+ /* return the enabled output devices for the given stream type */
+ audio_devices_t (*get_devices_for_stream)(const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream);
+
+ /* Audio effect management */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*get_output_for_effect)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ const struct effect_descriptor_s *desc);
+
+ int (*register_effect)(struct audio_policy *pol,
+ const struct effect_descriptor_s *desc,
+ audio_io_handle_t output,
+ uint32_t strategy,
+ int session,
+ int id);
+
+ int (*unregister_effect)(struct audio_policy *pol, int id);
+
+ int (*set_effect_enabled)(struct audio_policy *pol, int id, bool enabled);
+
+ bool (*is_stream_active)(const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ uint32_t in_past_ms);
+
+ bool (*is_source_active)(const struct audio_policy *pol,
+ audio_source_t source);
+
+ /* dump state */
+ int (*dump)(const struct audio_policy *pol, int fd);
+};
+
+/* audio hw module handle used by load_hw_module(), open_output_on_module()
+ * and open_input_on_module() */
+typedef int audio_module_handle_t;
+
+struct audio_policy_service_ops {
+ /*
+ * Audio output Control functions
+ */
+
+ /* Opens an audio output with the requested parameters.
+ *
+ * The parameter values can indicate to use the default values in case the
+ * audio policy manager has no specific requirements for the output being
+ * opened.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, the parameter values reflect the actual
+ * values used by the audio hardware output stream.
+ *
+ * The audio policy manager can check if the proposed parameters are
+ * suitable or not and act accordingly.
+ */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*open_output)(void *service,
+ audio_devices_t *pDevices,
+ uint32_t *pSamplingRate,
+ audio_format_t *pFormat,
+ audio_channel_mask_t *pChannelMask,
+ uint32_t *pLatencyMs,
+ audio_output_flags_t flags);
+
+ /* creates a special output that is duplicated to the two outputs passed as
+ * arguments. The duplication is performed by
+ * a special mixer thread in the AudioFlinger.
+ */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*open_duplicate_output)(void *service,
+ audio_io_handle_t output1,
+ audio_io_handle_t output2);
+
+ /* closes the output stream */
+ int (*close_output)(void *service, audio_io_handle_t output);
+
+ /* suspends the output.
+ *
+ * When an output is suspended, the corresponding audio hardware output
+ * stream is placed in standby and the AudioTracks attached to the mixer
+ * thread are still processed but the output mix is discarded.
+ */
+ int (*suspend_output)(void *service, audio_io_handle_t output);
+
+ /* restores a suspended output. */
+ int (*restore_output)(void *service, audio_io_handle_t output);
+
+ /* */
+ /* Audio input Control functions */
+ /* */
+
+ /* opens an audio input
+ * deprecated - new implementations should use open_input_on_module,
+ * and the acoustics parameter is ignored
+ */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*open_input)(void *service,
+ audio_devices_t *pDevices,
+ uint32_t *pSamplingRate,
+ audio_format_t *pFormat,
+ audio_channel_mask_t *pChannelMask,
+ audio_in_acoustics_t acoustics);
+
+ /* closes an audio input */
+ int (*close_input)(void *service, audio_io_handle_t input);
+
+ /* */
+ /* misc control functions */
+ /* */
+
+ /* set a stream volume for a particular output.
+ *
+ * For the same user setting, a given stream type can have different
+ * volumes for each output (destination device) it is attached to.
+ */
+ int (*set_stream_volume)(void *service,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ float volume,
+ audio_io_handle_t output,
+ int delay_ms);
+
+ /* reroute a given stream type to the specified output */
+ int (*set_stream_output)(void *service,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream,
+ audio_io_handle_t output);
+
+ /* function enabling to send proprietary informations directly from audio
+ * policy manager to audio hardware interface. */
+ void (*set_parameters)(void *service,
+ audio_io_handle_t io_handle,
+ const char *kv_pairs,
+ int delay_ms);
+
+ /* function enabling to receive proprietary informations directly from
+ * audio hardware interface to audio policy manager.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to a heap allocated string. The caller is responsible
+ * for freeing the memory for it using free().
+ */
+
+ char * (*get_parameters)(void *service, audio_io_handle_t io_handle,
+ const char *keys);
+
+ /* request the playback of a tone on the specified stream.
+ * used for instance to replace notification sounds when playing over a
+ * telephony device during a phone call.
+ */
+ int (*start_tone)(void *service,
+ audio_policy_tone_t tone,
+ audio_stream_type_t stream);
+
+ int (*stop_tone)(void *service);
+
+ /* set down link audio volume. */
+ int (*set_voice_volume)(void *service,
+ float volume,
+ int delay_ms);
+
+ /* move effect to the specified output */
+ int (*move_effects)(void *service,
+ int session,
+ audio_io_handle_t src_output,
+ audio_io_handle_t dst_output);
+
+ /* loads an audio hw module.
+ *
+ * The module name passed is the base name of the HW module library, e.g "primary" or "a2dp".
+ * The function returns a handle on the module that will be used to specify a particular
+ * module when calling open_output_on_module() or open_input_on_module()
+ */
+ audio_module_handle_t (*load_hw_module)(void *service,
+ const char *name);
+
+ /* Opens an audio output on a particular HW module.
+ *
+ * Same as open_output() but specifying a specific HW module on which the output must be opened.
+ */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*open_output_on_module)(void *service,
+ audio_module_handle_t module,
+ audio_devices_t *pDevices,
+ uint32_t *pSamplingRate,
+ audio_format_t *pFormat,
+ audio_channel_mask_t *pChannelMask,
+ uint32_t *pLatencyMs,
+ audio_output_flags_t flags);
+
+ /* Opens an audio input on a particular HW module.
+ *
+ * Same as open_input() but specifying a specific HW module on which the input must be opened.
+ * Also removed deprecated acoustics parameter
+ */
+ audio_io_handle_t (*open_input_on_module)(void *service,
+ audio_module_handle_t module,
+ audio_devices_t *pDevices,
+ uint32_t *pSamplingRate,
+ audio_format_t *pFormat,
+ audio_channel_mask_t *pChannelMask);
+
+};
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM
+ * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t
+ * followed by module specific information.
+ */
+typedef struct audio_policy_module {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+} audio_policy_module_t;
+
+struct audio_policy_device {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ int (*create_audio_policy)(const struct audio_policy_device *device,
+ struct audio_policy_service_ops *aps_ops,
+ void *service,
+ struct audio_policy **ap);
+
+ int (*destroy_audio_policy)(const struct audio_policy_device *device,
+ struct audio_policy *ap);
+};
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a supported device */
+
+static inline int audio_policy_dev_open(const hw_module_t* module,
+ struct audio_policy_device** device)
+{
+ return module->methods->open(module, AUDIO_POLICY_INTERFACE,
+ (hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int audio_policy_dev_close(struct audio_policy_device* device)
+{
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_BLUETOOTH_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_BLUETOOTH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The Bluetooth Hardware Module ID
+ */
+
+#define BT_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "bluetooth"
+#define BT_STACK_MODULE_ID "bluetooth"
+#define BT_STACK_TEST_MODULE_ID "bluetooth_test"
+
+
+/* Bluetooth profile interface IDs */
+
+#define BT_PROFILE_HANDSFREE_ID "handsfree"
+#define BT_PROFILE_ADVANCED_AUDIO_ID "a2dp"
+#define BT_PROFILE_HEALTH_ID "health"
+#define BT_PROFILE_SOCKETS_ID "socket"
+#define BT_PROFILE_HIDHOST_ID "hidhost"
+#define BT_PROFILE_PAN_ID "pan"
+
+
+/** Bluetooth Address */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t address[6];
+} __attribute__((packed))bt_bdaddr_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth Device Name */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t name[248];
+} __attribute__((packed))bt_bdname_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth Adapter Visibility Modes*/
+typedef enum {
+ BT_SCAN_MODE_NONE,
+ BT_SCAN_MODE_CONNECTABLE,
+ BT_SCAN_MODE_CONNECTABLE_DISCOVERABLE
+} bt_scan_mode_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth Adapter State */
+typedef enum {
+ BT_STATE_OFF,
+ BT_STATE_ON
+} bt_state_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth Error Status */
+/** We need to build on this */
+
+typedef enum {
+ BT_STATUS_SUCCESS,
+ BT_STATUS_FAIL,
+ BT_STATUS_NOT_READY,
+ BT_STATUS_NOMEM,
+ BT_STATUS_BUSY,
+ BT_STATUS_DONE, /* request already completed */
+ BT_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED,
+ BT_STATUS_PARM_INVALID,
+ BT_STATUS_UNHANDLED,
+ BT_STATUS_AUTH_FAILURE,
+ BT_STATUS_RMT_DEV_DOWN
+
+} bt_status_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth PinKey Code */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t pin[16];
+} __attribute__((packed))bt_pin_code_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth Adapter Discovery state */
+typedef enum {
+ BT_DISCOVERY_STOPPED,
+ BT_DISCOVERY_STARTED
+} bt_discovery_state_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth ACL connection state */
+typedef enum {
+ BT_ACL_STATE_CONNECTED,
+ BT_ACL_STATE_DISCONNECTED
+} bt_acl_state_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth 128-bit UUID */
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t uu[16];
+} bt_uuid_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth SDP service record */
+typedef struct
+{
+ bt_uuid_t uuid;
+ uint16_t channel;
+ char name[256]; // what's the maximum length
+} bt_service_record_t;
+
+/* Bluetooth Adapter and Remote Device property types */
+typedef enum {
+ /* Properties common to both adapter and remote device */
+ /**
+ * Description - Bluetooth Device Name
+ * Access mode - Adapter name can be GET/SET. Remote device can be GET
+ * Data type - bt_bdname_t
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_BDNAME = 0x1,
+ /**
+ * Description - Bluetooth Device Address
+ * Access mode - Only GET.
+ * Data type - bt_bdaddr_t
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_BDADDR,
+ /**
+ * Description - Bluetooth Service 128-bit UUIDs
+ * Access mode - Only GET.
+ * Data type - Array of bt_uuid_t (Array size inferred from property length).
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_UUIDS,
+ /**
+ * Description - Bluetooth Class of Device as found in Assigned Numbers
+ * Access mode - Only GET.
+ * Data type - uint32_t.
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_CLASS_OF_DEVICE,
+ /**
+ * Description - Device Type - BREDR, BLE or DUAL Mode
+ * Access mode - Only GET.
+ * Data type - bt_device_type_t
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_TYPE_OF_DEVICE,
+ /**
+ * Description - Bluetooth Service Record
+ * Access mode - Only GET.
+ * Data type - bt_service_record_t
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_SERVICE_RECORD,
+
+ /* Properties unique to adapter */
+ /**
+ * Description - Bluetooth Adapter scan mode
+ * Access mode - GET and SET
+ * Data type - bt_scan_mode_t.
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_ADAPTER_SCAN_MODE,
+ /**
+ * Description - List of bonded devices
+ * Access mode - Only GET.
+ * Data type - Array of bt_bdaddr_t of the bonded remote devices
+ * (Array size inferred from property length).
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_ADAPTER_BONDED_DEVICES,
+ /**
+ * Description - Bluetooth Adapter Discovery timeout (in seconds)
+ * Access mode - GET and SET
+ * Data type - uint32_t
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_ADAPTER_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
+
+ /* Properties unique to remote device */
+ /**
+ * Description - User defined friendly name of the remote device
+ * Access mode - GET and SET
+ * Data type - bt_bdname_t.
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_REMOTE_FRIENDLY_NAME,
+ /**
+ * Description - RSSI value of the inquired remote device
+ * Access mode - Only GET.
+ * Data type - int32_t.
+ */
+ BT_PROPERTY_REMOTE_RSSI,
+
+ BT_PROPERTY_REMOTE_DEVICE_TIMESTAMP = 0xFF,
+} bt_property_type_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth Adapter Property data structure */
+typedef struct
+{
+ bt_property_type_t type;
+ int len;
+ void *val;
+} bt_property_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth Device Type */
+typedef enum {
+ BT_DEVICE_DEVTYPE_BREDR = 0x1,
+ BT_DEVICE_DEVTYPE_BLE,
+ BT_DEVICE_DEVTYPE_DUAL
+} bt_device_type_t;
+/** Bluetooth Bond state */
+typedef enum {
+ BT_BOND_STATE_NONE,
+ BT_BOND_STATE_BONDING,
+ BT_BOND_STATE_BONDED
+} bt_bond_state_t;
+
+/** Bluetooth SSP Bonding Variant */
+typedef enum {
+ BT_SSP_VARIANT_PASSKEY_CONFIRMATION,
+ BT_SSP_VARIANT_PASSKEY_ENTRY,
+ BT_SSP_VARIANT_CONSENT,
+ BT_SSP_VARIANT_PASSKEY_NOTIFICATION
+} bt_ssp_variant_t;
+
+#define BT_MAX_NUM_UUIDS 32
+
+/** Bluetooth Interface callbacks */
+
+/** Bluetooth Enable/Disable Callback. */
+typedef void (*adapter_state_changed_callback)(bt_state_t state);
+
+/** GET/SET Adapter Properties callback */
+/* TODO: For the GET/SET property APIs/callbacks, we may need a session
+ * identifier to associate the call with the callback. This would be needed
+ * whenever more than one simultaneous instance of the same adapter_type
+ * is get/set.
+ *
+ * If this is going to be handled in the Java framework, then we do not need
+ * to manage sessions here.
+ */
+typedef void (*adapter_properties_callback)(bt_status_t status,
+ int num_properties,
+ bt_property_t *properties);
+
+/** GET/SET Remote Device Properties callback */
+/** TODO: For remote device properties, do not see a need to get/set
+ * multiple properties - num_properties shall be 1
+ */
+typedef void (*remote_device_properties_callback)(bt_status_t status,
+ bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr,
+ int num_properties,
+ bt_property_t *properties);
+
+/** New device discovered callback */
+/** If EIR data is not present, then BD_NAME and RSSI shall be NULL and -1
+ * respectively */
+typedef void (*device_found_callback)(int num_properties,
+ bt_property_t *properties);
+
+/** Discovery state changed callback */
+typedef void (*discovery_state_changed_callback)(bt_discovery_state_t state);
+
+/** Bluetooth Legacy PinKey Request callback */
+typedef void (*pin_request_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *remote_bd_addr,
+ bt_bdname_t *bd_name, uint32_t cod);
+
+/** Bluetooth SSP Request callback - Just Works & Numeric Comparison*/
+/** pass_key - Shall be 0 for BT_SSP_PAIRING_VARIANT_CONSENT &
+ * BT_SSP_PAIRING_PASSKEY_ENTRY */
+/* TODO: Passkey request callback shall not be needed for devices with display
+ * capability. We still need support this in the stack for completeness */
+typedef void (*ssp_request_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *remote_bd_addr,
+ bt_bdname_t *bd_name,
+ uint32_t cod,
+ bt_ssp_variant_t pairing_variant,
+ uint32_t pass_key);
+
+/** Bluetooth Bond state changed callback */
+/* Invoked in response to create_bond, cancel_bond or remove_bond */
+typedef void (*bond_state_changed_callback)(bt_status_t status,
+ bt_bdaddr_t *remote_bd_addr,
+ bt_bond_state_t state);
+
+/** Bluetooth ACL connection state changed callback */
+typedef void (*acl_state_changed_callback)(bt_status_t status, bt_bdaddr_t *remote_bd_addr,
+ bt_acl_state_t state);
+
+typedef enum {
+ ASSOCIATE_JVM,
+ DISASSOCIATE_JVM
+} bt_cb_thread_evt;
+
+/** Thread Associate/Disassociate JVM Callback */
+/* Callback that is invoked by the callback thread to allow upper layer to attach/detach to/from
+ * the JVM */
+typedef void (*callback_thread_event)(bt_cb_thread_evt evt);
+
+/** Bluetooth Test Mode Callback */
+/* Receive any HCI event from controller. Must be in DUT Mode for this callback to be received */
+typedef void (*dut_mode_recv_callback)(uint16_t opcode, uint8_t *buf, uint8_t len);
+
+/** TODO: Add callbacks for Link Up/Down and other generic
+ * notifications/callbacks */
+
+/** Bluetooth DM callback structure. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(bt_callbacks_t) */
+ size_t size;
+ adapter_state_changed_callback adapter_state_changed_cb;
+ adapter_properties_callback adapter_properties_cb;
+ remote_device_properties_callback remote_device_properties_cb;
+ device_found_callback device_found_cb;
+ discovery_state_changed_callback discovery_state_changed_cb;
+ pin_request_callback pin_request_cb;
+ ssp_request_callback ssp_request_cb;
+ bond_state_changed_callback bond_state_changed_cb;
+ acl_state_changed_callback acl_state_changed_cb;
+ callback_thread_event thread_evt_cb;
+ dut_mode_recv_callback dut_mode_recv_cb;
+} bt_callbacks_t;
+
+/** NOTE: By default, no profiles are initialized at the time of init/enable.
+ * Whenever the application invokes the 'init' API of a profile, then one of
+ * the following shall occur:
+ *
+ * 1.) If Bluetooth is not enabled, then the Bluetooth core shall mark the
+ * profile as enabled. Subsequently, when the application invokes the
+ * Bluetooth 'enable', as part of the enable sequence the profile that were
+ * marked shall be enabled by calling appropriate stack APIs. The
+ * 'adapter_properties_cb' shall return the list of UUIDs of the
+ * enabled profiles.
+ *
+ * 2.) If Bluetooth is enabled, then the Bluetooth core shall invoke the stack
+ * profile API to initialize the profile and trigger a
+ * 'adapter_properties_cb' with the current list of UUIDs including the
+ * newly added profile's UUID.
+ *
+ * The reverse shall occur whenever the profile 'cleanup' APIs are invoked
+ */
+
+/** Represents the standard Bluetooth DM interface. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(bt_interface_t) */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Opens the interface and provides the callback routines
+ * to the implemenation of this interface.
+ */
+ int (*init)(bt_callbacks_t* callbacks );
+
+ /** Enable Bluetooth. */
+ int (*enable)(void);
+
+ /** Disable Bluetooth. */
+ int (*disable)(void);
+
+ /** Closes the interface. */
+ void (*cleanup)(void);
+
+ /** Get all Bluetooth Adapter properties at init */
+ int (*get_adapter_properties)(void);
+
+ /** Get Bluetooth Adapter property of 'type' */
+ int (*get_adapter_property)(bt_property_type_t type);
+
+ /** Set Bluetooth Adapter property of 'type' */
+ /* Based on the type, val shall be one of
+ * bt_bdaddr_t or bt_bdname_t or bt_scanmode_t etc
+ */
+ int (*set_adapter_property)(const bt_property_t *property);
+
+ /** Get all Remote Device properties */
+ int (*get_remote_device_properties)(bt_bdaddr_t *remote_addr);
+
+ /** Get Remote Device property of 'type' */
+ int (*get_remote_device_property)(bt_bdaddr_t *remote_addr,
+ bt_property_type_t type);
+
+ /** Set Remote Device property of 'type' */
+ int (*set_remote_device_property)(bt_bdaddr_t *remote_addr,
+ const bt_property_t *property);
+
+ /** Get Remote Device's service record for the given UUID */
+ int (*get_remote_service_record)(bt_bdaddr_t *remote_addr,
+ bt_uuid_t *uuid);
+
+ /** Start SDP to get remote services */
+ int (*get_remote_services)(bt_bdaddr_t *remote_addr);
+
+ /** Start Discovery */
+ int (*start_discovery)(void);
+
+ /** Cancel Discovery */
+ int (*cancel_discovery)(void);
+
+ /** Create Bluetooth Bonding */
+ int (*create_bond)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+ /** Remove Bond */
+ int (*remove_bond)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+ /** Cancel Bond */
+ int (*cancel_bond)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+ /** BT Legacy PinKey Reply */
+ /** If accept==FALSE, then pin_len and pin_code shall be 0x0 */
+ int (*pin_reply)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, uint8_t accept,
+ uint8_t pin_len, bt_pin_code_t *pin_code);
+
+ /** BT SSP Reply - Just Works, Numeric Comparison and Passkey
+ * passkey shall be zero for BT_SSP_VARIANT_PASSKEY_COMPARISON &
+ * BT_SSP_VARIANT_CONSENT
+ * For BT_SSP_VARIANT_PASSKEY_ENTRY, if accept==FALSE, then passkey
+ * shall be zero */
+ int (*ssp_reply)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bt_ssp_variant_t variant,
+ uint8_t accept, uint32_t passkey);
+
+ /** Get Bluetooth profile interface */
+ const void* (*get_profile_interface) (const char *profile_id);
+
+ /** Bluetooth Test Mode APIs - Bluetooth must be enabled for these APIs */
+ /* Configure DUT Mode - Use this mode to enter/exit DUT mode */
+ int (*dut_mode_configure)(uint8_t enable);
+
+ /* Send any test HCI (vendor-specific) command to the controller. Must be in DUT Mode */
+ int (*dut_mode_send)(uint16_t opcode, uint8_t *buf, uint8_t len);
+} bt_interface_t;
+
+/** TODO: Need to add APIs for Service Discovery, Service authorization and
+ * connection management. Also need to add APIs for configuring
+ * properties of remote bonded devices such as name, UUID etc. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+ const bt_interface_t* (*get_bluetooth_interface)();
+} bluetooth_device_t;
+
+typedef bluetooth_device_t bluetooth_module_t;
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_BLUETOOTH_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_AV_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_AV_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Bluetooth AV connection states */
+typedef enum {
+ BTAV_CONNECTION_STATE_DISCONNECTED = 0,
+ BTAV_CONNECTION_STATE_CONNECTING,
+ BTAV_CONNECTION_STATE_CONNECTED,
+ BTAV_CONNECTION_STATE_DISCONNECTING
+} btav_connection_state_t;
+
+/* Bluetooth AV datapath states */
+typedef enum {
+ BTAV_AUDIO_STATE_REMOTE_SUSPEND = 0,
+ BTAV_AUDIO_STATE_STOPPED,
+ BTAV_AUDIO_STATE_STARTED,
+} btav_audio_state_t;
+
+
+/** Callback for connection state change.
+ * state will have one of the values from btav_connection_state_t
+ */
+typedef void (* btav_connection_state_callback)(btav_connection_state_t state,
+ bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+/** Callback for audiopath state change.
+ * state will have one of the values from btav_audio_state_t
+ */
+typedef void (* btav_audio_state_callback)(btav_audio_state_t state,
+ bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+/** BT-AV callback structure. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(btav_callbacks_t) */
+ size_t size;
+ btav_connection_state_callback connection_state_cb;
+ btav_audio_state_callback audio_state_cb;
+} btav_callbacks_t;
+
+/**
+ * NOTE:
+ *
+ * 1. AVRCP 1.0 shall be supported initially. AVRCP passthrough commands
+ * shall be handled internally via uinput
+ *
+ * 2. A2DP data path shall be handled via a socket pipe between the AudioFlinger
+ * android_audio_hw library and the Bluetooth stack.
+ *
+ */
+/** Represents the standard BT-AV interface. */
+typedef struct {
+
+ /** set to sizeof(btav_interface_t) */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Register the BtAv callbacks
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*init)( btav_callbacks_t* callbacks );
+
+ /** connect to headset */
+ bt_status_t (*connect)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr );
+
+ /** dis-connect from headset */
+ bt_status_t (*disconnect)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr );
+
+ /** Closes the interface. */
+ void (*cleanup)( void );
+} btav_interface_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_AV_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HF_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HF_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* AT response code - OK/Error */
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_AT_RESPONSE_ERROR = 0,
+ BTHF_AT_RESPONSE_OK
+} bthf_at_response_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_CONNECTION_STATE_DISCONNECTED = 0,
+ BTHF_CONNECTION_STATE_CONNECTING,
+ BTHF_CONNECTION_STATE_CONNECTED,
+ BTHF_CONNECTION_STATE_SLC_CONNECTED,
+ BTHF_CONNECTION_STATE_DISCONNECTING
+} bthf_connection_state_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_AUDIO_STATE_DISCONNECTED = 0,
+ BTHF_AUDIO_STATE_CONNECTING,
+ BTHF_AUDIO_STATE_CONNECTED,
+ BTHF_AUDIO_STATE_DISCONNECTING
+} bthf_audio_state_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_VR_STATE_STOPPED = 0,
+ BTHF_VR_STATE_STARTED
+} bthf_vr_state_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_VOLUME_TYPE_SPK = 0,
+ BTHF_VOLUME_TYPE_MIC
+} bthf_volume_type_t;
+
+/* Noise Reduction and Echo Cancellation */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHF_NREC_STOP,
+ BTHF_NREC_START
+} bthf_nrec_t;
+
+/* CHLD - Call held handling */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHF_CHLD_TYPE_RELEASEHELD, // Terminate all held or set UDUB("busy") to a waiting call
+ BTHF_CHLD_TYPE_RELEASEACTIVE_ACCEPTHELD, // Terminate all active calls and accepts a waiting/held call
+ BTHF_CHLD_TYPE_HOLDACTIVE_ACCEPTHELD, // Hold all active calls and accepts a waiting/held call
+ BTHF_CHLD_TYPE_ADDHELDTOCONF, // Add all held calls to a conference
+} bthf_chld_type_t;
+
+/** Callback for connection state change.
+ * state will have one of the values from BtHfConnectionState
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_connection_state_callback)(bthf_connection_state_t state, bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+/** Callback for audio connection state change.
+ * state will have one of the values from BtHfAudioState
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_audio_state_callback)(bthf_audio_state_t state, bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+/** Callback for VR connection state change.
+ * state will have one of the values from BtHfVRState
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_vr_cmd_callback)(bthf_vr_state_t state);
+
+/** Callback for answer incoming call (ATA)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_answer_call_cmd_callback)();
+
+/** Callback for disconnect call (AT+CHUP)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_hangup_call_cmd_callback)();
+
+/** Callback for disconnect call (AT+CHUP)
+ * type will denote Speaker/Mic gain (BtHfVolumeControl).
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_volume_cmd_callback)(bthf_volume_type_t type, int volume);
+
+/** Callback for dialing an outgoing call
+ * If number is NULL, redial
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_dial_call_cmd_callback)(char *number);
+
+/** Callback for sending DTMF tones
+ * tone contains the dtmf character to be sent
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_dtmf_cmd_callback)(char tone);
+
+/** Callback for enabling/disabling noise reduction/echo cancellation
+ * value will be 1 to enable, 0 to disable
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_nrec_cmd_callback)(bthf_nrec_t nrec);
+
+/** Callback for call hold handling (AT+CHLD)
+ * value will contain the call hold command (0, 1, 2, 3)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_chld_cmd_callback)(bthf_chld_type_t chld);
+
+/** Callback for CNUM (subscriber number)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_cnum_cmd_callback)();
+
+/** Callback for indicators (CIND)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_cind_cmd_callback)();
+
+/** Callback for operator selection (COPS)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_cops_cmd_callback)();
+
+/** Callback for call list (AT+CLCC)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_clcc_cmd_callback) ();
+
+/** Callback for unknown AT command recd from HF
+ * at_string will contain the unparsed AT string
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_unknown_at_cmd_callback)(char *at_string);
+
+/** Callback for keypressed (HSP) event.
+ */
+typedef void (* bthf_key_pressed_cmd_callback)();
+
+/** BT-HF callback structure. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(BtHfCallbacks) */
+ size_t size;
+ bthf_connection_state_callback connection_state_cb;
+ bthf_audio_state_callback audio_state_cb;
+ bthf_vr_cmd_callback vr_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_answer_call_cmd_callback answer_call_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_hangup_call_cmd_callback hangup_call_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_volume_cmd_callback volume_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_dial_call_cmd_callback dial_call_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_dtmf_cmd_callback dtmf_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_nrec_cmd_callback nrec_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_chld_cmd_callback chld_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_cnum_cmd_callback cnum_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_cind_cmd_callback cind_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_cops_cmd_callback cops_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_clcc_cmd_callback clcc_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_unknown_at_cmd_callback unknown_at_cmd_cb;
+ bthf_key_pressed_cmd_callback key_pressed_cmd_cb;
+} bthf_callbacks_t;
+
+/** Network Status */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHF_NETWORK_STATE_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0,
+ BTHF_NETWORK_STATE_AVAILABLE
+} bthf_network_state_t;
+
+/** Service type */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHF_SERVICE_TYPE_HOME = 0,
+ BTHF_SERVICE_TYPE_ROAMING
+} bthf_service_type_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_CALL_STATE_ACTIVE = 0,
+ BTHF_CALL_STATE_HELD,
+ BTHF_CALL_STATE_DIALING,
+ BTHF_CALL_STATE_ALERTING,
+ BTHF_CALL_STATE_INCOMING,
+ BTHF_CALL_STATE_WAITING,
+ BTHF_CALL_STATE_IDLE
+} bthf_call_state_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_CALL_DIRECTION_OUTGOING = 0,
+ BTHF_CALL_DIRECTION_INCOMING
+} bthf_call_direction_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_CALL_TYPE_VOICE = 0,
+ BTHF_CALL_TYPE_DATA,
+ BTHF_CALL_TYPE_FAX
+} bthf_call_mode_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_CALL_MPTY_TYPE_SINGLE = 0,
+ BTHF_CALL_MPTY_TYPE_MULTI
+} bthf_call_mpty_type_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHF_CALL_ADDRTYPE_UNKNOWN = 0x81,
+ BTHF_CALL_ADDRTYPE_INTERNATIONAL = 0x91
+} bthf_call_addrtype_t;
+/** Represents the standard BT-HF interface. */
+typedef struct {
+
+ /** set to sizeof(BtHfInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Register the BtHf callbacks
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*init)( bthf_callbacks_t* callbacks );
+
+ /** connect to headset */
+ bt_status_t (*connect)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr );
+
+ /** dis-connect from headset */
+ bt_status_t (*disconnect)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr );
+
+ /** create an audio connection */
+ bt_status_t (*connect_audio)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr );
+
+ /** close the audio connection */
+ bt_status_t (*disconnect_audio)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr );
+
+ /** start voice recognition */
+ bt_status_t (*start_voice_recognition)();
+
+ /** stop voice recognition */
+ bt_status_t (*stop_voice_recognition)();
+
+ /** volume control */
+ bt_status_t (*volume_control) (bthf_volume_type_t type, int volume);
+
+ /** Combined device status change notification */
+ bt_status_t (*device_status_notification)(bthf_network_state_t ntk_state, bthf_service_type_t svc_type, int signal,
+ int batt_chg);
+
+ /** Response for COPS command */
+ bt_status_t (*cops_response)(const char *cops);
+
+ /** Response for CIND command */
+ bt_status_t (*cind_response)(int svc, int num_active, int num_held, bthf_call_state_t call_setup_state,
+ int signal, int roam, int batt_chg);
+
+ /** Pre-formatted AT response, typically in response to unknown AT cmd */
+ bt_status_t (*formatted_at_response)(const char *rsp);
+
+ /** ok/error response
+ * ERROR (0)
+ * OK (1)
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*at_response) (bthf_at_response_t response_code, int error_code);
+
+ /** response for CLCC command
+ * Can be iteratively called for each call index
+ * Call index of 0 will be treated as NULL termination (Completes response)
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*clcc_response) (int index, bthf_call_direction_t dir,
+ bthf_call_state_t state, bthf_call_mode_t mode,
+ bthf_call_mpty_type_t mpty, const char *number,
+ bthf_call_addrtype_t type);
+
+ /** notify of a call state change
+ * Each update notifies
+ * 1. Number of active/held/ringing calls
+ * 2. call_state: This denotes the state change that triggered this msg
+ * This will take one of the values from BtHfCallState
+ * 3. number & type: valid only for incoming & waiting call
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*phone_state_change) (int num_active, int num_held, bthf_call_state_t call_setup_state,
+ const char *number, bthf_call_addrtype_t type);
+
+ /** Closes the interface. */
+ void (*cleanup)( void );
+} bthf_interface_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HF_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HH_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define BTHH_MAX_DSC_LEN 884
+
+/* HH connection states */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_CONNECTED = 0,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_CONNECTING,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_DISCONNECTED,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_DISCONNECTING,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_FAILED_MOUSE_FROM_HOST,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_FAILED_KBD_FROM_HOST,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_FAILED_TOO_MANY_DEVICES,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_FAILED_NO_BTHID_DRIVER,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_FAILED_GENERIC,
+ BTHH_CONN_STATE_UNKNOWN
+} bthh_connection_state_t;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHH_OK = 0,
+ BTHH_HS_HID_NOT_READY, /* handshake error : device not ready */
+ BTHH_HS_INVALID_RPT_ID, /* handshake error : invalid report ID */
+ BTHH_HS_TRANS_NOT_SPT, /* handshake error : transaction not spt */
+ BTHH_HS_INVALID_PARAM, /* handshake error : invalid paremter */
+ BTHH_HS_ERROR, /* handshake error : unspecified HS error */
+ BTHH_ERR, /* general BTA HH error */
+ BTHH_ERR_SDP, /* SDP error */
+ BTHH_ERR_PROTO, /* SET_Protocol error,
+ only used in BTA_HH_OPEN_EVT callback */
+ BTHH_ERR_DB_FULL, /* device database full error, used */
+ BTHH_ERR_TOD_UNSPT, /* type of device not supported */
+ BTHH_ERR_NO_RES, /* out of system resources */
+ BTHH_ERR_AUTH_FAILED, /* authentication fail */
+ BTHH_ERR_HDL
+}bthh_status_t;
+
+/* Protocol modes */
+typedef enum {
+ BTHH_REPORT_MODE = 0x00,
+ BTHH_BOOT_MODE = 0x01,
+ BTHH_UNSUPPORTED_MODE = 0xff
+}bthh_protocol_mode_t;
+
+/* Report types */
+typedef enum {
+ BTHH_INPUT_REPORT = 1,
+ BTHH_OUTPUT_REPORT,
+ BTHH_FEATURE_REPORT
+}bthh_report_type_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int attr_mask;
+ uint8_t sub_class;
+ uint8_t app_id;
+ int vendor_id;
+ int product_id;
+ int version;
+ uint8_t ctry_code;
+ int dl_len;
+ uint8_t dsc_list[BTHH_MAX_DSC_LEN];
+} bthh_hid_info_t;
+
+/** Callback for connection state change.
+ * state will have one of the values from bthh_connection_state_t
+ */
+typedef void (* bthh_connection_state_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_connection_state_t state);
+
+/** Callback for vitual unplug api.
+ * the status of the vitual unplug
+ */
+typedef void (* bthh_virtual_unplug_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_status_t hh_status);
+
+/** Callback for get hid info
+ * hid_info will contain attr_mask, sub_class, app_id, vendor_id, product_id, version, ctry_code, len
+ */
+typedef void (* bthh_hid_info_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_hid_info_t hid_info);
+
+/** Callback for get/set protocal api.
+ * the protocol mode is one of the value from bthh_protocol_mode_t
+ */
+typedef void (* bthh_protocol_mode_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_status_t hh_status,bthh_protocol_mode_t mode);
+
+/** Callback for get/set_idle_time api.
+ */
+typedef void (* bthh_idle_time_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_status_t hh_status, int idle_rate);
+
+
+/** Callback for get report api.
+ * if staus is ok rpt_data contains the report data
+ */
+typedef void (* bthh_get_report_callback)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_status_t hh_status, uint8_t* rpt_data, int rpt_size);
+
+
+/** BT-HH callback structure. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(BtHfCallbacks) */
+ size_t size;
+ bthh_connection_state_callback connection_state_cb;
+ bthh_hid_info_callback hid_info_cb;
+ bthh_protocol_mode_callback protocol_mode_cb;
+ bthh_idle_time_callback idle_time_cb;
+ bthh_get_report_callback get_report_cb;
+ bthh_virtual_unplug_callback virtual_unplug_cb;
+
+} bthh_callbacks_t;
+
+
+
+/** Represents the standard BT-HH interface. */
+typedef struct {
+
+ /** set to sizeof(BtHhInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ /**
+ * Register the BtHh callbacks
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*init)( bthh_callbacks_t* callbacks );
+
+ /** connect to hid device */
+ bt_status_t (*connect)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+ /** dis-connect from hid device */
+ bt_status_t (*disconnect)( bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr );
+
+ /** Virtual UnPlug (VUP) the specified HID device */
+ bt_status_t (*virtual_unplug)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+ /** Set the HID device descriptor for the specified HID device. */
+ bt_status_t (*set_info)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_hid_info_t hid_info );
+
+ /** Get the HID proto mode. */
+ bt_status_t (*get_protocol) (bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_protocol_mode_t protocolMode);
+
+ /** Set the HID proto mode. */
+ bt_status_t (*set_protocol)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_protocol_mode_t protocolMode);
+
+ /** Send a GET_REPORT to HID device. */
+ bt_status_t (*get_report)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_report_type_t reportType, uint8_t reportId, int bufferSize);
+
+ /** Send a SET_REPORT to HID device. */
+ bt_status_t (*set_report)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, bthh_report_type_t reportType, char* report);
+
+ /** Send data to HID device. */
+ bt_status_t (*send_data)(bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, char* data);
+
+ /** Closes the interface. */
+ void (*cleanup)( void );
+
+} bthh_interface_t;
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HH_H */
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HL_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HL_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* HL connection states */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHL_MDEP_ROLE_SOURCE,
+ BTHL_MDEP_ROLE_SINK
+} bthl_mdep_role_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTHL_APP_REG_STATE_REG_SUCCESS,
+ BTHL_APP_REG_STATE_REG_FAILED,
+ BTHL_APP_REG_STATE_DEREG_SUCCESS,
+ BTHL_APP_REG_STATE_DEREG_FAILED
+} bthl_app_reg_state_t;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ BTHL_CHANNEL_TYPE_RELIABLE,
+ BTHL_CHANNEL_TYPE_STREAMING,
+ BTHL_CHANNEL_TYPE_ANY
+} bthl_channel_type_t;
+
+
+/* HL connection states */
+typedef enum {
+ BTHL_CONN_STATE_CONNECTING,
+ BTHL_CONN_STATE_CONNECTED,
+ BTHL_CONN_STATE_DISCONNECTING,
+ BTHL_CONN_STATE_DISCONNECTED,
+ BTHL_CONN_STATE_DESTROYED
+} bthl_channel_state_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ bthl_mdep_role_t mdep_role;
+ int data_type;
+ bthl_channel_type_t channel_type;
+ const char *mdep_description; /* MDEP description to be used in the SDP (optional); null terminated */
+} bthl_mdep_cfg_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ const char *application_name;
+ const char *provider_name; /* provider name to be used in the SDP (optional); null terminated */
+ const char *srv_name; /* service name to be used in the SDP (optional); null terminated*/
+ const char *srv_desp; /* service description to be used in the SDP (optional); null terminated */
+ int number_of_mdeps;
+ bthl_mdep_cfg_t *mdep_cfg; /* Dynamic array */
+} bthl_reg_param_t;
+
+/** Callback for application registration status.
+ * state will have one of the values from bthl_app_reg_state_t
+ */
+typedef void (* bthl_app_reg_state_callback)(int app_id, bthl_app_reg_state_t state);
+
+/** Callback for channel connection state change.
+ * state will have one of the values from
+ * bthl_connection_state_t and fd (file descriptor)
+ */
+typedef void (* bthl_channel_state_callback)(int app_id, bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, int mdep_cfg_index, int channel_id, bthl_channel_state_t state, int fd);
+
+/** BT-HL callback structure. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(bthl_callbacks_t) */
+ size_t size;
+ bthl_app_reg_state_callback app_reg_state_cb;
+ bthl_channel_state_callback channel_state_cb;
+} bthl_callbacks_t;
+
+
+/** Represents the standard BT-HL interface. */
+typedef struct {
+
+ /** set to sizeof(bthl_interface_t) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ /**
+ * Register the Bthl callbacks
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*init)( bthl_callbacks_t* callbacks );
+
+ /** Register HL application */
+ bt_status_t (*register_application) ( bthl_reg_param_t *p_reg_param, int *app_id);
+
+ /** Unregister HL application */
+ bt_status_t (*unregister_application) (int app_id);
+
+ /** connect channel */
+ bt_status_t (*connect_channel)(int app_id, bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, int mdep_cfg_index, int *channel_id);
+
+ /** destroy channel */
+ bt_status_t (*destroy_channel)(int channel_id);
+
+ /** Close the Bthl callback **/
+ void (*cleanup)(void);
+
+} bthl_interface_t;
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_HL_H */
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_PAN_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_PAN_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define BTPAN_ROLE_NONE 0
+#define BTPAN_ROLE_PANNAP 1
+#define BTPAN_ROLE_PANU 2
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTPAN_STATE_CONNECTED = 0,
+ BTPAN_STATE_CONNECTING = 1,
+ BTPAN_STATE_DISCONNECTED = 2,
+ BTPAN_STATE_DISCONNECTING = 3
+} btpan_connection_state_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTPAN_STATE_ENABLED = 0,
+ BTPAN_STATE_DISABLED = 1
+} btpan_control_state_t;
+
+/**
+* Callback for pan connection state
+*/
+typedef void (*btpan_connection_state_callback)(btpan_connection_state_t state, bt_status_t error,
+ const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, int local_role, int remote_role);
+typedef void (*btpan_control_state_callback)(btpan_control_state_t state, bt_status_t error,
+ int local_role, const char* ifname);
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t size;
+ btpan_control_state_callback control_state_cb;
+ btpan_connection_state_callback connection_state_cb;
+} btpan_callbacks_t;
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to size of this struct*/
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Initialize the pan interface and register the btpan callbacks
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*init)(const btpan_callbacks_t* callbacks);
+ /*
+ * enable the pan service by specified role. The result state of
+ * enabl will be returned by btpan_control_state_callback. when pan-nap is enabled,
+ * the state of connecting panu device will be notified by btpan_connection_state_callback
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*enable)(int local_role);
+ /*
+ * get current pan local role
+ */
+ int (*get_local_role)(void);
+ /**
+ * start bluetooth pan connection to the remote device by specified pan role. The result state will be
+ * returned by btpan_connection_state_callback
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*connect)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, int local_role, int remote_role);
+ /**
+ * stop bluetooth pan connection. The result state will be returned by btpan_connection_state_callback
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*disconnect)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr);
+
+ /**
+ * Cleanup the pan interface
+ */
+ void (*cleanup)(void);
+
+} btpan_interface_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_PAN_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_SOCK_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_SOCK_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define BTSOCK_FLAG_ENCRYPT 1
+#define BTSOCK_FLAG_AUTH (1 << 1)
+
+typedef enum {
+ BTSOCK_RFCOMM = 1,
+ BTSOCK_SCO = 2,
+ BTSOCK_L2CAP = 3
+} btsock_type_t;
+
+/** Represents the standard BT SOCKET interface. */
+typedef struct {
+ short size;
+ bt_bdaddr_t bd_addr;
+ int channel;
+ int status;
+} __attribute__((packed)) sock_connect_signal_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+
+ /** set to size of this struct*/
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * listen to a rfcomm uuid or channel. It returns the socket fd from which
+ * btsock_connect_signal can be read out when a remote device connected
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*listen)(btsock_type_t type, const char* service_name, const uint8_t* service_uuid, int channel, int* sock_fd, int flags);
+ /*
+ * connect to a rfcomm uuid channel of remote device, It returns the socket fd from which
+ * the btsock_connect_signal and a new socket fd to be accepted can be read out when connected
+ */
+ bt_status_t (*connect)(const bt_bdaddr_t *bd_addr, btsock_type_t type, const uint8_t* uuid, int channel, int* sock_fd, int flags);
+
+} btsock_interface_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_BT_SOCK_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA_H
+
+#include "camera_common.h"
+
+/**
+ * Camera device HAL, initial version [ CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0 ]
+ *
+ * Supports the android.hardware.Camera API.
+ *
+ * Camera devices that support this version of the HAL must return a value in
+ * the range HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(0,0)-(1,FF) in
+ * camera_device_t.common.version. CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0 is the
+ * recommended value.
+ *
+ * Camera modules that implement version 2.0 or higher of camera_module_t must
+ * also return the value of camera_device_t.common.version in
+ * camera_info_t.device_version.
+ *
+ * See camera_common.h for more details.
+ */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct camera_memory;
+typedef void (*camera_release_memory)(struct camera_memory *mem);
+
+typedef struct camera_memory {
+ void *data;
+ size_t size;
+ void *handle;
+ camera_release_memory release;
+} camera_memory_t;
+
+typedef camera_memory_t* (*camera_request_memory)(int fd, size_t buf_size, unsigned int num_bufs,
+ void *user);
+
+typedef void (*camera_notify_callback)(int32_t msg_type,
+ int32_t ext1,
+ int32_t ext2,
+ void *user);
+
+typedef void (*camera_data_callback)(int32_t msg_type,
+ const camera_memory_t *data, unsigned int index,
+ camera_frame_metadata_t *metadata, void *user);
+
+typedef void (*camera_data_timestamp_callback)(int64_t timestamp,
+ int32_t msg_type,
+ const camera_memory_t *data, unsigned int index,
+ void *user);
+
+#define HAL_CAMERA_PREVIEW_WINDOW_TAG 0xcafed00d
+
+typedef struct preview_stream_ops {
+ int (*dequeue_buffer)(struct preview_stream_ops* w,
+ buffer_handle_t** buffer, int *stride);
+ int (*enqueue_buffer)(struct preview_stream_ops* w,
+ buffer_handle_t* buffer);
+ int (*cancel_buffer)(struct preview_stream_ops* w,
+ buffer_handle_t* buffer);
+ int (*set_buffer_count)(struct preview_stream_ops* w, int count);
+#ifdef HTC_3D_SUPPORT
+ int (*set_3d_mode)(const struct preview_stream_ops *w, int r1, int r2, int r3);
+#endif
+ int (*set_buffers_geometry)(struct preview_stream_ops* pw,
+ int w, int h, int format);
+ int (*set_crop)(struct preview_stream_ops *w,
+ int left, int top, int right, int bottom);
+ int (*set_usage)(struct preview_stream_ops* w, int usage);
+ int (*set_swap_interval)(struct preview_stream_ops *w, int interval);
+ int (*get_min_undequeued_buffer_count)(const struct preview_stream_ops *w,
+ int *count);
+ int (*lock_buffer)(struct preview_stream_ops* w,
+ buffer_handle_t* buffer);
+ // Timestamps are measured in nanoseconds, and must be comparable
+ // and monotonically increasing between two frames in the same
+ // preview stream. They do not need to be comparable between
+ // consecutive or parallel preview streams, cameras, or app runs.
+ int (*set_timestamp)(struct preview_stream_ops *w, int64_t timestamp);
+} preview_stream_ops_t;
+
+struct camera_device;
+typedef struct camera_device_ops {
+ /** Set the ANativeWindow to which preview frames are sent */
+ int (*set_preview_window)(struct camera_device *,
+ struct preview_stream_ops *window);
+
+ /** Set the notification and data callbacks */
+ void (*set_callbacks)(struct camera_device *,
+ camera_notify_callback notify_cb,
+ camera_data_callback data_cb,
+ camera_data_timestamp_callback data_cb_timestamp,
+ camera_request_memory get_memory,
+ void *user);
+
+ /**
+ * The following three functions all take a msg_type, which is a bitmask of
+ * the messages defined in include/ui/Camera.h
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Enable a message, or set of messages.
+ */
+ void (*enable_msg_type)(struct camera_device *, int32_t msg_type);
+
+ /**
+ * Disable a message, or a set of messages.
+ *
+ * Once received a call to disableMsgType(CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME), camera
+ * HAL should not rely on its client to call releaseRecordingFrame() to
+ * release video recording frames sent out by the cameral HAL before and
+ * after the disableMsgType(CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME) call. Camera HAL
+ * clients must not modify/access any video recording frame after calling
+ * disableMsgType(CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME).
+ */
+ void (*disable_msg_type)(struct camera_device *, int32_t msg_type);
+
+ /**
+ * Query whether a message, or a set of messages, is enabled. Note that
+ * this is operates as an AND, if any of the messages queried are off, this
+ * will return false.
+ */
+ int (*msg_type_enabled)(struct camera_device *, int32_t msg_type);
+
+ /**
+ * Start preview mode.
+ */
+ int (*start_preview)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Stop a previously started preview.
+ */
+ void (*stop_preview)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if preview is enabled.
+ */
+ int (*preview_enabled)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Request the camera HAL to store meta data or real YUV data in the video
+ * buffers sent out via CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME for a recording session. If
+ * it is not called, the default camera HAL behavior is to store real YUV
+ * data in the video buffers.
+ *
+ * This method should be called before startRecording() in order to be
+ * effective.
+ *
+ * If meta data is stored in the video buffers, it is up to the receiver of
+ * the video buffers to interpret the contents and to find the actual frame
+ * data with the help of the meta data in the buffer. How this is done is
+ * outside of the scope of this method.
+ *
+ * Some camera HALs may not support storing meta data in the video buffers,
+ * but all camera HALs should support storing real YUV data in the video
+ * buffers. If the camera HAL does not support storing the meta data in the
+ * video buffers when it is requested to do do, INVALID_OPERATION must be
+ * returned. It is very useful for the camera HAL to pass meta data rather
+ * than the actual frame data directly to the video encoder, since the
+ * amount of the uncompressed frame data can be very large if video size is
+ * large.
+ *
+ * @param enable if true to instruct the camera HAL to store
+ * meta data in the video buffers; false to instruct
+ * the camera HAL to store real YUV data in the video
+ * buffers.
+ *
+ * @return OK on success.
+ */
+ int (*store_meta_data_in_buffers)(struct camera_device *, int enable);
+
+ /**
+ * Start record mode. When a record image is available, a
+ * CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME message is sent with the corresponding
+ * frame. Every record frame must be released by a camera HAL client via
+ * releaseRecordingFrame() before the client calls
+ * disableMsgType(CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME). After the client calls
+ * disableMsgType(CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME), it is the camera HAL's
+ * responsibility to manage the life-cycle of the video recording frames,
+ * and the client must not modify/access any video recording frames.
+ */
+ int (*start_recording)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Stop a previously started recording.
+ */
+ void (*stop_recording)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns true if recording is enabled.
+ */
+ int (*recording_enabled)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Release a record frame previously returned by CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME.
+ *
+ * It is camera HAL client's responsibility to release video recording
+ * frames sent out by the camera HAL before the camera HAL receives a call
+ * to disableMsgType(CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME). After it receives the call to
+ * disableMsgType(CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME), it is the camera HAL's
+ * responsibility to manage the life-cycle of the video recording frames.
+ */
+ void (*release_recording_frame)(struct camera_device *,
+ const void *opaque);
+
+ /**
+ * Start auto focus, the notification callback routine is called with
+ * CAMERA_MSG_FOCUS once when focusing is complete. autoFocus() will be
+ * called again if another auto focus is needed.
+ */
+ int (*auto_focus)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Cancels auto-focus function. If the auto-focus is still in progress,
+ * this function will cancel it. Whether the auto-focus is in progress or
+ * not, this function will return the focus position to the default. If
+ * the camera does not support auto-focus, this is a no-op.
+ */
+ int (*cancel_auto_focus)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Take a picture.
+ */
+ int (*take_picture)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Cancel a picture that was started with takePicture. Calling this method
+ * when no picture is being taken is a no-op.
+ */
+ int (*cancel_picture)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the camera parameters. This returns BAD_VALUE if any parameter is
+ * invalid or not supported.
+ */
+ int (*set_parameters)(struct camera_device *, const char *parms);
+
+ /** Retrieve the camera parameters. The buffer returned by the camera HAL
+ must be returned back to it with put_parameters, if put_parameters
+ is not NULL.
+ */
+ char *(*get_parameters)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /** The camera HAL uses its own memory to pass us the parameters when we
+ call get_parameters. Use this function to return the memory back to
+ the camera HAL, if put_parameters is not NULL. If put_parameters
+ is NULL, then you have to use free() to release the memory.
+ */
+ void (*put_parameters)(struct camera_device *, char *);
+
+ /**
+ * Send command to camera driver.
+ */
+ int (*send_command)(struct camera_device *,
+ int32_t cmd, int32_t arg1, int32_t arg2);
+
+ /**
+ * Release the hardware resources owned by this object. Note that this is
+ * *not* done in the destructor.
+ */
+ void (*release)(struct camera_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Dump state of the camera hardware
+ */
+ int (*dump)(struct camera_device *, int fd);
+} camera_device_ops_t;
+
+typedef struct camera_device {
+ /**
+ * camera_device.common.version must be in the range
+ * HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(0,0)-(1,FF). CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0 is
+ * recommended.
+ */
+ hw_device_t common;
+ camera_device_ops_t *ops;
+ void *priv;
+} camera_device_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* #ifdef ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA2_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA2_H
+
+#include "camera_common.h"
+#include "system/camera_metadata.h"
+
+/**
+ * Camera device HAL 2.0 [ CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0 ]
+ *
+ * EXPERIMENTAL.
+ *
+ * Supports both the android.hardware.ProCamera and
+ * android.hardware.Camera APIs.
+ *
+ * Camera devices that support this version of the HAL must return
+ * CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0 in camera_device_t.common.version and in
+ * camera_info_t.device_version (from camera_module_t.get_camera_info).
+ *
+ * Camera modules that may contain version 2.0 devices must implement at least
+ * version 2.0 of the camera module interface (as defined by
+ * camera_module_t.common.module_api_version).
+ *
+ * See camera_common.h for more versioning details.
+ *
+ */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+struct camera2_device;
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Input/output stream buffer queue interface definitions
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Output image stream queue interface. A set of these methods is provided to
+ * the HAL device in allocate_stream(), and are used to interact with the
+ * gralloc buffer queue for that stream. They may not be called until after
+ * allocate_stream returns.
+ */
+typedef struct camera2_stream_ops {
+ /**
+ * Get a buffer to fill from the queue. The size and format of the buffer
+ * are fixed for a given stream (defined in allocate_stream), and the stride
+ * should be queried from the platform gralloc module. The gralloc buffer
+ * will have been allocated based on the usage flags provided by
+ * allocate_stream, and will be locked for use.
+ */
+ int (*dequeue_buffer)(const struct camera2_stream_ops* w,
+ buffer_handle_t** buffer);
+
+ /**
+ * Push a filled buffer to the stream to be used by the consumer.
+ *
+ * The timestamp represents the time at start of exposure of the first row
+ * of the image; it must be from a monotonic clock, and is measured in
+ * nanoseconds. The timestamps do not need to be comparable between
+ * different cameras, or consecutive instances of the same camera. However,
+ * they must be comparable between streams from the same camera. If one
+ * capture produces buffers for multiple streams, each stream must have the
+ * same timestamp for that buffer, and that timestamp must match the
+ * timestamp in the output frame metadata.
+ */
+ int (*enqueue_buffer)(const struct camera2_stream_ops* w,
+ int64_t timestamp,
+ buffer_handle_t* buffer);
+ /**
+ * Return a buffer to the queue without marking it as filled.
+ */
+ int (*cancel_buffer)(const struct camera2_stream_ops* w,
+ buffer_handle_t* buffer);
+ /**
+ * Set the crop window for subsequently enqueued buffers. The parameters are
+ * measured in pixels relative to the buffer width and height.
+ */
+ int (*set_crop)(const struct camera2_stream_ops *w,
+ int left, int top, int right, int bottom);
+
+} camera2_stream_ops_t;
+
+/**
+ * Temporary definition during transition.
+ *
+ * These formats will be removed and replaced with
+ * HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_IMPLEMENTATION_DEFINED. To maximize forward compatibility,
+ * HAL implementations are strongly recommended to treat FORMAT_OPAQUE and
+ * FORMAT_ZSL as equivalent to HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_IMPLEMENTATION_DEFINED, and
+ * return HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_IMPLEMENTATION_DEFINED in the format_actual output
+ * parameter of allocate_stream, allowing the gralloc module to select the
+ * specific format based on the usage flags from the camera and the stream
+ * consumer.
+ */
+enum {
+ CAMERA2_HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_OPAQUE = HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_IMPLEMENTATION_DEFINED,
+ CAMERA2_HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_ZSL = -1
+};
+
+/**
+ * Transport header for compressed JPEG buffers in output streams.
+ *
+ * To capture JPEG images, a stream is created using the pixel format
+ * HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_BLOB, and the static metadata field android.jpeg.maxSize is
+ * used as the buffer size. Since compressed JPEG images are of variable size,
+ * the HAL needs to include the final size of the compressed image using this
+ * structure inside the output stream buffer. The JPEG blob ID field must be set
+ * to CAMERA2_JPEG_BLOB_ID.
+ *
+ * Transport header should be at the end of the JPEG output stream buffer. That
+ * means the jpeg_blob_id must start at byte[android.jpeg.maxSize -
+ * sizeof(camera2_jpeg_blob)]. Any HAL using this transport header must
+ * account for it in android.jpeg.maxSize. The JPEG data itself starts at
+ * byte[0] and should be jpeg_size bytes long.
+ */
+typedef struct camera2_jpeg_blob {
+ uint16_t jpeg_blob_id;
+ uint32_t jpeg_size;
+};
+
+enum {
+ CAMERA2_JPEG_BLOB_ID = 0x00FF
+};
+
+/**
+ * Input reprocess stream queue management. A set of these methods is provided
+ * to the HAL device in allocate_reprocess_stream(); they are used to interact
+ * with the reprocess stream's input gralloc buffer queue.
+ */
+typedef struct camera2_stream_in_ops {
+ /**
+ * Get the next buffer of image data to reprocess. The width, height, and
+ * format of the buffer is fixed in allocate_reprocess_stream(), and the
+ * stride and other details should be queried from the platform gralloc
+ * module as needed. The buffer will already be locked for use.
+ */
+ int (*acquire_buffer)(const struct camera2_stream_in_ops *w,
+ buffer_handle_t** buffer);
+ /**
+ * Return a used buffer to the buffer queue for reuse.
+ */
+ int (*release_buffer)(const struct camera2_stream_in_ops *w,
+ buffer_handle_t* buffer);
+
+} camera2_stream_in_ops_t;
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Metadata queue management, used for requests sent to HAL module, and for
+ * frames produced by the HAL.
+ *
+ */
+
+enum {
+ CAMERA2_REQUEST_QUEUE_IS_BOTTOMLESS = -1
+};
+
+/**
+ * Request input queue protocol:
+ *
+ * The framework holds the queue and its contents. At start, the queue is empty.
+ *
+ * 1. When the first metadata buffer is placed into the queue, the framework
+ * signals the device by calling notify_request_queue_not_empty().
+ *
+ * 2. After receiving notify_request_queue_not_empty, the device must call
+ * dequeue() once it's ready to handle the next buffer.
+ *
+ * 3. Once the device has processed a buffer, and is ready for the next buffer,
+ * it must call dequeue() again instead of waiting for a notification. If
+ * there are no more buffers available, dequeue() will return NULL. After
+ * this point, when a buffer becomes available, the framework must call
+ * notify_request_queue_not_empty() again. If the device receives a NULL
+ * return from dequeue, it does not need to query the queue again until a
+ * notify_request_queue_not_empty() call is received from the source.
+ *
+ * 4. If the device calls buffer_count() and receives 0, this does not mean that
+ * the framework will provide a notify_request_queue_not_empty() call. The
+ * framework will only provide such a notification after the device has
+ * received a NULL from dequeue, or on initial startup.
+ *
+ * 5. The dequeue() call in response to notify_request_queue_not_empty() may be
+ * on the same thread as the notify_request_queue_not_empty() call, and may
+ * be performed from within the notify call.
+ *
+ * 6. All dequeued request buffers must be returned to the framework by calling
+ * free_request, including when errors occur, a device flush is requested, or
+ * when the device is shutting down.
+ */
+typedef struct camera2_request_queue_src_ops {
+ /**
+ * Get the count of request buffers pending in the queue. May return
+ * CAMERA2_REQUEST_QUEUE_IS_BOTTOMLESS if a repeating request (stream
+ * request) is currently configured. Calling this method has no effect on
+ * whether the notify_request_queue_not_empty() method will be called by the
+ * framework.
+ */
+ int (*request_count)(const struct camera2_request_queue_src_ops *q);
+
+ /**
+ * Get a metadata buffer from the framework. Returns OK if there is no
+ * error. If the queue is empty, returns NULL in buffer. In that case, the
+ * device must wait for a notify_request_queue_not_empty() message before
+ * attempting to dequeue again. Buffers obtained in this way must be
+ * returned to the framework with free_request().
+ */
+ int (*dequeue_request)(const struct camera2_request_queue_src_ops *q,
+ camera_metadata_t **buffer);
+ /**
+ * Return a metadata buffer to the framework once it has been used, or if
+ * an error or shutdown occurs.
+ */
+ int (*free_request)(const struct camera2_request_queue_src_ops *q,
+ camera_metadata_t *old_buffer);
+
+} camera2_request_queue_src_ops_t;
+
+/**
+ * Frame output queue protocol:
+ *
+ * The framework holds the queue and its contents. At start, the queue is empty.
+ *
+ * 1. When the device is ready to fill an output metadata frame, it must dequeue
+ * a metadata buffer of the required size.
+ *
+ * 2. It should then fill the metadata buffer, and place it on the frame queue
+ * using enqueue_frame. The framework takes ownership of the frame.
+ *
+ * 3. In case of an error, a request to flush the pipeline, or shutdown, the
+ * device must return any affected dequeued frames to the framework by
+ * calling cancel_frame.
+ */
+typedef struct camera2_frame_queue_dst_ops {
+ /**
+ * Get an empty metadata buffer to fill from the framework. The new metadata
+ * buffer will have room for entries number of metadata entries, plus
+ * data_bytes worth of extra storage. Frames dequeued here must be returned
+ * to the framework with either cancel_frame or enqueue_frame.
+ */
+ int (*dequeue_frame)(const struct camera2_frame_queue_dst_ops *q,
+ size_t entries, size_t data_bytes,
+ camera_metadata_t **buffer);
+
+ /**
+ * Return a dequeued metadata buffer to the framework for reuse; do not mark it as
+ * filled. Use when encountering errors, or flushing the internal request queue.
+ */
+ int (*cancel_frame)(const struct camera2_frame_queue_dst_ops *q,
+ camera_metadata_t *buffer);
+
+ /**
+ * Place a completed metadata frame on the frame output queue.
+ */
+ int (*enqueue_frame)(const struct camera2_frame_queue_dst_ops *q,
+ camera_metadata_t *buffer);
+
+} camera2_frame_queue_dst_ops_t;
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Notification callback and message definition, and trigger definitions
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Asynchronous notification callback from the HAL, fired for various
+ * reasons. Only for information independent of frame capture, or that require
+ * specific timing. The user pointer must be the same one that was passed to the
+ * device in set_notify_callback().
+ */
+typedef void (*camera2_notify_callback)(int32_t msg_type,
+ int32_t ext1,
+ int32_t ext2,
+ int32_t ext3,
+ void *user);
+
+/**
+ * Possible message types for camera2_notify_callback
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * An error has occurred. Argument ext1 contains the error code, and
+ * ext2 and ext3 contain any error-specific information.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_ERROR = 0x0001,
+ /**
+ * The exposure of a given request has begun. Argument ext1 contains the
+ * frame number, and ext2 and ext3 contain the low-order and high-order
+ * bytes of the timestamp for when exposure began.
+ * (timestamp = (ext3 << 32 | ext2))
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_SHUTTER = 0x0010,
+ /**
+ * The autofocus routine has changed state. Argument ext1 contains the new
+ * state; the values are the same as those for the metadata field
+ * android.control.afState. Ext2 contains the latest trigger ID passed to
+ * trigger_action(CAMERA2_TRIGGER_AUTOFOCUS) or
+ * trigger_action(CAMERA2_TRIGGER_CANCEL_AUTOFOCUS), or 0 if trigger has not
+ * been called with either of those actions.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_AUTOFOCUS = 0x0020,
+ /**
+ * The autoexposure routine has changed state. Argument ext1 contains the
+ * new state; the values are the same as those for the metadata field
+ * android.control.aeState. Ext2 contains the latest trigger ID value passed to
+ * trigger_action(CAMERA2_TRIGGER_PRECAPTURE_METERING), or 0 if that method
+ * has not been called.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_AUTOEXPOSURE = 0x0021,
+ /**
+ * The auto-whitebalance routine has changed state. Argument ext1 contains
+ * the new state; the values are the same as those for the metadata field
+ * android.control.awbState. Ext2 contains the latest trigger ID passed to
+ * trigger_action(CAMERA2_TRIGGER_PRECAPTURE_METERING), or 0 if that method
+ * has not been called.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_AUTOWB = 0x0022
+};
+
+/**
+ * Error codes for CAMERA_MSG_ERROR
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * A serious failure occured. Camera device may not work without reboot, and
+ * no further frames or buffer streams will be produced by the
+ * device. Device should be treated as closed.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_ERROR_HARDWARE = 0x0001,
+ /**
+ * A serious failure occured. No further frames or buffer streams will be
+ * produced by the device. Device should be treated as closed. The client
+ * must reopen the device to use it again.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_ERROR_DEVICE,
+ /**
+ * An error has occurred in processing a request. No output (metadata or
+ * buffers) will be produced for this request. ext2 contains the frame
+ * number of the request. Subsequent requests are unaffected, and the device
+ * remains operational.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_ERROR_REQUEST,
+ /**
+ * An error has occurred in producing an output frame metadata buffer for a
+ * request, but image buffers for it will still be available. Subsequent
+ * requests are unaffected, and the device remains operational. ext2
+ * contains the frame number of the request.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_ERROR_FRAME,
+ /**
+ * An error has occurred in placing an output buffer into a stream for a
+ * request. The frame metadata and other buffers may still be
+ * available. Subsequent requests are unaffected, and the device remains
+ * operational. ext2 contains the frame number of the request, and ext3
+ * contains the stream id.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_ERROR_STREAM,
+ /**
+ * Number of error types
+ */
+ CAMERA2_MSG_NUM_ERRORS
+};
+
+/**
+ * Possible trigger ids for trigger_action()
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * Trigger an autofocus cycle. The effect of the trigger depends on the
+ * autofocus mode in effect when the trigger is received, which is the mode
+ * listed in the latest capture request to be dequeued by the HAL. If the
+ * mode is OFF, EDOF, or FIXED, the trigger has no effect. In AUTO, MACRO,
+ * or CONTINUOUS_* modes, see below for the expected behavior. The state of
+ * the autofocus cycle can be tracked in android.control.afMode and the
+ * corresponding notifications.
+ *
+ **
+ * In AUTO or MACRO mode, the AF state transitions (and notifications)
+ * when calling with trigger ID = N with the previous ID being K are:
+ *
+ * Initial state Transitions
+ * INACTIVE (K) -> ACTIVE_SCAN (N) -> AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * AF_FOCUSED (K) -> ACTIVE_SCAN (N) -> AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * AF_NOT_FOCUSED (K) -> ACTIVE_SCAN (N) -> AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * ACTIVE_SCAN (K) -> AF_FOCUSED(N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED(N)
+ * PASSIVE_SCAN (K) Not used in AUTO/MACRO mode
+ * PASSIVE_FOCUSED (K) Not used in AUTO/MACRO mode
+ *
+ **
+ * In CONTINUOUS_PICTURE mode, triggering AF must lock the AF to the current
+ * lens position and transition the AF state to either AF_FOCUSED or
+ * NOT_FOCUSED. If a passive scan is underway, that scan must complete and
+ * then lock the lens position and change AF state. TRIGGER_CANCEL_AUTOFOCUS
+ * will allow the AF to restart its operation.
+ *
+ * Initial state Transitions
+ * INACTIVE (K) -> immediate AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * PASSIVE_FOCUSED (K) -> immediate AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * PASSIVE_SCAN (K) -> AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * AF_FOCUSED (K) no effect except to change next notification ID to N
+ * AF_NOT_FOCUSED (K) no effect except to change next notification ID to N
+ *
+ **
+ * In CONTINUOUS_VIDEO mode, triggering AF must lock the AF to the current
+ * lens position and transition the AF state to either AF_FOCUSED or
+ * NOT_FOCUSED. If a passive scan is underway, it must immediately halt, in
+ * contrast with CONTINUOUS_PICTURE mode. TRIGGER_CANCEL_AUTOFOCUS will
+ * allow the AF to restart its operation.
+ *
+ * Initial state Transitions
+ * INACTIVE (K) -> immediate AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * PASSIVE_FOCUSED (K) -> immediate AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * PASSIVE_SCAN (K) -> immediate AF_FOCUSED (N) or AF_NOT_FOCUSED (N)
+ * AF_FOCUSED (K) no effect except to change next notification ID to N
+ * AF_NOT_FOCUSED (K) no effect except to change next notification ID to N
+ *
+ * Ext1 is an ID that must be returned in subsequent auto-focus state change
+ * notifications through camera2_notify_callback() and stored in
+ * android.control.afTriggerId.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TRIGGER_AUTOFOCUS = 0x0001,
+ /**
+ * Send a cancel message to the autofocus algorithm. The effect of the
+ * cancellation depends on the autofocus mode in effect when the trigger is
+ * received, which is the mode listed in the latest capture request to be
+ * dequeued by the HAL. If the AF mode is OFF or EDOF, the cancel has no
+ * effect. For other modes, the lens should return to its default position,
+ * any current autofocus scan must be canceled, and the AF state should be
+ * set to INACTIVE.
+ *
+ * The state of the autofocus cycle can be tracked in android.control.afMode
+ * and the corresponding notification. Continuous autofocus modes may resume
+ * focusing operations thereafter exactly as if the camera had just been set
+ * to a continuous AF mode.
+ *
+ * Ext1 is an ID that must be returned in subsequent auto-focus state change
+ * notifications through camera2_notify_callback() and stored in
+ * android.control.afTriggerId.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TRIGGER_CANCEL_AUTOFOCUS,
+ /**
+ * Trigger a pre-capture metering cycle, which may include firing the flash
+ * to determine proper capture parameters. Typically, this trigger would be
+ * fired for a half-depress of a camera shutter key, or before a snapshot
+ * capture in general. The state of the metering cycle can be tracked in
+ * android.control.aeMode and the corresponding notification. If the
+ * auto-exposure mode is OFF, the trigger does nothing.
+ *
+ * Ext1 is an ID that must be returned in subsequent
+ * auto-exposure/auto-white balance state change notifications through
+ * camera2_notify_callback() and stored in android.control.aePrecaptureId.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TRIGGER_PRECAPTURE_METERING
+};
+
+/**
+ * Possible template types for construct_default_request()
+ */
+enum {
+ /**
+ * Standard camera preview operation with 3A on auto.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TEMPLATE_PREVIEW = 1,
+ /**
+ * Standard camera high-quality still capture with 3A and flash on auto.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TEMPLATE_STILL_CAPTURE,
+ /**
+ * Standard video recording plus preview with 3A on auto, torch off.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TEMPLATE_VIDEO_RECORD,
+ /**
+ * High-quality still capture while recording video. Application will
+ * include preview, video record, and full-resolution YUV or JPEG streams in
+ * request. Must not cause stuttering on video stream. 3A on auto.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TEMPLATE_VIDEO_SNAPSHOT,
+ /**
+ * Zero-shutter-lag mode. Application will request preview and
+ * full-resolution data for each frame, and reprocess it to JPEG when a
+ * still image is requested by user. Settings should provide highest-quality
+ * full-resolution images without compromising preview frame rate. 3A on
+ * auto.
+ */
+ CAMERA2_TEMPLATE_ZERO_SHUTTER_LAG,
+
+ /* Total number of templates */
+ CAMERA2_TEMPLATE_COUNT
+};
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Camera device operations
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct camera2_device_ops {
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ * Request and frame queue setup and management methods
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Pass in input request queue interface methods.
+ */
+ int (*set_request_queue_src_ops)(const struct camera2_device *,
+ const camera2_request_queue_src_ops_t *request_src_ops);
+
+ /**
+ * Notify device that the request queue is no longer empty. Must only be
+ * called when the first buffer is added a new queue, or after the source
+ * has returned NULL in response to a dequeue call.
+ */
+ int (*notify_request_queue_not_empty)(const struct camera2_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Pass in output frame queue interface methods
+ */
+ int (*set_frame_queue_dst_ops)(const struct camera2_device *,
+ const camera2_frame_queue_dst_ops_t *frame_dst_ops);
+
+ /**
+ * Number of camera requests being processed by the device at the moment
+ * (captures/reprocesses that have had their request dequeued, but have not
+ * yet been enqueued onto output pipeline(s) ). No streams may be released
+ * by the framework until the in-progress count is 0.
+ */
+ int (*get_in_progress_count)(const struct camera2_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Flush all in-progress captures. This includes all dequeued requests
+ * (regular or reprocessing) that have not yet placed any outputs into a
+ * stream or the frame queue. Partially completed captures must be completed
+ * normally. No new requests may be dequeued from the request queue until
+ * the flush completes.
+ */
+ int (*flush_captures_in_progress)(const struct camera2_device *);
+
+ /**
+ * Create a filled-in default request for standard camera use cases.
+ *
+ * The device must return a complete request that is configured to meet the
+ * requested use case, which must be one of the CAMERA2_TEMPLATE_*
+ * enums. All request control fields must be included, except for
+ * android.request.outputStreams.
+ *
+ * The metadata buffer returned must be allocated with
+ * allocate_camera_metadata. The framework takes ownership of the buffer.
+ */
+ int (*construct_default_request)(const struct camera2_device *,
+ int request_template,
+ camera_metadata_t **request);
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ * Stream management
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * allocate_stream:
+ *
+ * Allocate a new output stream for use, defined by the output buffer width,
+ * height, target, and possibly the pixel format. Returns the new stream's
+ * ID, gralloc usage flags, minimum queue buffer count, and possibly the
+ * pixel format, on success. Error conditions:
+ *
+ * - Requesting a width/height/format combination not listed as
+ * supported by the sensor's static characteristics
+ *
+ * - Asking for too many streams of a given format type (2 bayer raw
+ * streams, for example).
+ *
+ * Input parameters:
+ *
+ * - width, height, format: Specification for the buffers to be sent through
+ * this stream. Format is a value from the HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_* list. If
+ * HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_IMPLEMENTATION_DEFINED is used, then the platform
+ * gralloc module will select a format based on the usage flags provided
+ * by the camera HAL and the consumer of the stream. The camera HAL should
+ * inspect the buffers handed to it in the register_stream_buffers call to
+ * obtain the implementation-specific format if necessary.
+ *
+ * - stream_ops: A structure of function pointers for obtaining and queuing
+ * up buffers for this stream. The underlying stream will be configured
+ * based on the usage and max_buffers outputs. The methods in this
+ * structure may not be called until after allocate_stream returns.
+ *
+ * Output parameters:
+ *
+ * - stream_id: An unsigned integer identifying this stream. This value is
+ * used in incoming requests to identify the stream, and in releasing the
+ * stream.
+ *
+ * - usage: The gralloc usage mask needed by the HAL device for producing
+ * the requested type of data. This is used in allocating new gralloc
+ * buffers for the stream buffer queue.
+ *
+ * - max_buffers: The maximum number of buffers the HAL device may need to
+ * have dequeued at the same time. The device may not dequeue more buffers
+ * than this value at the same time.
+ *
+ */
+ int (*allocate_stream)(
+ const struct camera2_device *,
+ // inputs
+ uint32_t width,
+ uint32_t height,
+ int format,
+ const camera2_stream_ops_t *stream_ops,
+ // outputs
+ uint32_t *stream_id,
+ uint32_t *format_actual, // IGNORED, will be removed
+ uint32_t *usage,
+ uint32_t *max_buffers);
+
+ /**
+ * Register buffers for a given stream. This is called after a successful
+ * allocate_stream call, and before the first request referencing the stream
+ * is enqueued. This method is intended to allow the HAL device to map or
+ * otherwise prepare the buffers for later use. num_buffers is guaranteed to
+ * be at least max_buffers (from allocate_stream), but may be larger. The
+ * buffers will already be locked for use. At the end of the call, all the
+ * buffers must be ready to be returned to the queue. If the stream format
+ * was set to HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_IMPLEMENTATION_DEFINED, the camera HAL should
+ * inspect the passed-in buffers here to determine any platform-private
+ * pixel format information.
+ */
+ int (*register_stream_buffers)(
+ const struct camera2_device *,
+ uint32_t stream_id,
+ int num_buffers,
+ buffer_handle_t *buffers);
+
+ /**
+ * Release a stream. Returns an error if called when get_in_progress_count
+ * is non-zero, or if the stream id is invalid.
+ */
+ int (*release_stream)(
+ const struct camera2_device *,
+ uint32_t stream_id);
+
+ /**
+ * allocate_reprocess_stream:
+ *
+ * Allocate a new input stream for use, defined by the output buffer width,
+ * height, and the pixel format. Returns the new stream's ID, gralloc usage
+ * flags, and required simultaneously acquirable buffer count, on
+ * success. Error conditions:
+ *
+ * - Requesting a width/height/format combination not listed as
+ * supported by the sensor's static characteristics
+ *
+ * - Asking for too many reprocessing streams to be configured at once.
+ *
+ * Input parameters:
+ *
+ * - width, height, format: Specification for the buffers to be sent through
+ * this stream. Format must be a value from the HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_* list.
+ *
+ * - reprocess_stream_ops: A structure of function pointers for acquiring
+ * and releasing buffers for this stream. The underlying stream will be
+ * configured based on the usage and max_buffers outputs.
+ *
+ * Output parameters:
+ *
+ * - stream_id: An unsigned integer identifying this stream. This value is
+ * used in incoming requests to identify the stream, and in releasing the
+ * stream. These ids are numbered separately from the input stream ids.
+ *
+ * - consumer_usage: The gralloc usage mask needed by the HAL device for
+ * consuming the requested type of data. This is used in allocating new
+ * gralloc buffers for the stream buffer queue.
+ *
+ * - max_buffers: The maximum number of buffers the HAL device may need to
+ * have acquired at the same time. The device may not have more buffers
+ * acquired at the same time than this value.
+ *
+ */
+ int (*allocate_reprocess_stream)(const struct camera2_device *,
+ uint32_t width,
+ uint32_t height,
+ uint32_t format,
+ const camera2_stream_in_ops_t *reprocess_stream_ops,
+ // outputs
+ uint32_t *stream_id,
+ uint32_t *consumer_usage,
+ uint32_t *max_buffers);
+
+ /**
+ * allocate_reprocess_stream_from_stream:
+ *
+ * Allocate a new input stream for use, which will use the buffers allocated
+ * for an existing output stream. That is, after the HAL enqueues a buffer
+ * onto the output stream, it may see that same buffer handed to it from
+ * this input reprocessing stream. After the HAL releases the buffer back to
+ * the reprocessing stream, it will be returned to the output queue for
+ * reuse.
+ *
+ * Error conditions:
+ *
+ * - Using an output stream of unsuitable size/format for the basis of the
+ * reprocessing stream.
+ *
+ * - Attempting to allocatee too many reprocessing streams at once.
+ *
+ * Input parameters:
+ *
+ * - output_stream_id: The ID of an existing output stream which has
+ * a size and format suitable for reprocessing.
+ *
+ * - reprocess_stream_ops: A structure of function pointers for acquiring
+ * and releasing buffers for this stream. The underlying stream will use
+ * the same graphics buffer handles as the output stream uses.
+ *
+ * Output parameters:
+ *
+ * - stream_id: An unsigned integer identifying this stream. This value is
+ * used in incoming requests to identify the stream, and in releasing the
+ * stream. These ids are numbered separately from the input stream ids.
+ *
+ * The HAL client must always release the reprocessing stream before it
+ * releases the output stream it is based on.
+ *
+ */
+ int (*allocate_reprocess_stream_from_stream)(const struct camera2_device *,
+ uint32_t output_stream_id,
+ const camera2_stream_in_ops_t *reprocess_stream_ops,
+ // outputs
+ uint32_t *stream_id);
+
+ /**
+ * Release a reprocessing stream. Returns an error if called when
+ * get_in_progress_count is non-zero, or if the stream id is not
+ * valid.
+ */
+ int (*release_reprocess_stream)(
+ const struct camera2_device *,
+ uint32_t stream_id);
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ * Miscellaneous methods
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Trigger asynchronous activity. This is used for triggering special
+ * behaviors of the camera 3A routines when they are in use. See the
+ * documentation for CAMERA2_TRIGGER_* above for details of the trigger ids
+ * and their arguments.
+ */
+ int (*trigger_action)(const struct camera2_device *,
+ uint32_t trigger_id,
+ int32_t ext1,
+ int32_t ext2);
+
+ /**
+ * Notification callback setup
+ */
+ int (*set_notify_callback)(const struct camera2_device *,
+ camera2_notify_callback notify_cb,
+ void *user);
+
+ /**
+ * Get methods to query for vendor extension metadata tag infomation. May
+ * set ops to NULL if no vendor extension tags are defined.
+ */
+ int (*get_metadata_vendor_tag_ops)(const struct camera2_device*,
+ vendor_tag_query_ops_t **ops);
+
+ /**
+ * Dump state of the camera hardware
+ */
+ int (*dump)(const struct camera2_device *, int fd);
+
+} camera2_device_ops_t;
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Camera device definition
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct camera2_device {
+ /**
+ * common.version must equal CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0 to identify
+ * this device as implementing version 2.0 of the camera device HAL.
+ */
+ hw_device_t common;
+ camera2_device_ops_t *ops;
+ void *priv;
+} camera2_device_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* #ifdef ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA2_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+// FIXME: add well-defined names for cameras
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA_COMMON_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA_COMMON_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+#include <system/camera.h>
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+#include <hardware/gralloc.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define CAMERA_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "camera"
+
+/**
+ * Module versioning information for the Camera hardware module, based on
+ * camera_module_t.common.module_api_version. The two most significant hex
+ * digits represent the major version, and the two least significant represent
+ * the minor version.
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Versions: 0.X - 1.X [CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_1_0]
+ *
+ * Camera modules that report these version numbers implement the initial
+ * camera module HAL interface. All camera devices openable through this
+ * module support only version 1 of the camera device HAL. The device_version
+ * and static_camera_characteristics fields of camera_info are not valid. Only
+ * the android.hardware.Camera API can be supported by this module and its
+ * devices.
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * Version: 2.0 [CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_2_0]
+ *
+ * Camera modules that report this version number implement the second version
+ * of the camera module HAL interface. Camera devices openable through this
+ * module may support either version 1.0 or version 2.0 of the camera device
+ * HAL interface. The device_version field of camera_info is always valid; the
+ * static_camera_characteristics field of camera_info is valid if the
+ * device_version field is 2.0 or higher.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Predefined macros for currently-defined version numbers
+ */
+
+/**
+ * All module versions <= HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(1, 0xFF) must be treated
+ * as CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_1_0
+ */
+#define CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_1_0 HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(1, 0)
+#define CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_2_0 HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(2, 0)
+
+#define CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_CURRENT CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_2_0
+
+/**
+ * All device versions <= HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(1, 0xFF) must be treated
+ * as CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0
+ */
+#define CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(1, 0)
+#define CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(2, 0)
+
+// Device version 2.0 is experimental
+#define CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_CURRENT CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0
+
+/**
+ * Defined in /system/media/camera/include/system/camera_metadata.h
+ */
+typedef struct camera_metadata camera_metadata_t;
+
+struct camera_info {
+ /**
+ * The direction that the camera faces to. It should be CAMERA_FACING_BACK
+ * or CAMERA_FACING_FRONT.
+ *
+ * Version information:
+ * Valid in all camera_module versions
+ */
+ int facing;
+
+ /**
+ * The orientation of the camera image. The value is the angle that the
+ * camera image needs to be rotated clockwise so it shows correctly on the
+ * display in its natural orientation. It should be 0, 90, 180, or 270.
+ *
+ * For example, suppose a device has a naturally tall screen. The
+ * back-facing camera sensor is mounted in landscape. You are looking at
+ * the screen. If the top side of the camera sensor is aligned with the
+ * right edge of the screen in natural orientation, the value should be
+ * 90. If the top side of a front-facing camera sensor is aligned with the
+ * right of the screen, the value should be 270.
+ *
+ * Version information:
+ * Valid in all camera_module versions
+ */
+ int orientation;
+
+ /**
+ * The value of camera_device_t.common.version.
+ *
+ * Version information (based on camera_module_t.common.module_api_version):
+ *
+ * CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_1_0:
+ *
+ * Not valid. Can be assumed to be CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0. Do
+ * not read this field.
+ *
+ * CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_2_0:
+ *
+ * Always valid
+ *
+ */
+ uint32_t device_version;
+
+ /**
+ * The camera's fixed characteristics, which include all camera metadata in
+ * the android.*.info.* sections. This should be a sorted metadata buffer,
+ * and may not be modified or freed by the caller. The pointer should remain
+ * valid for the lifetime of the camera module.
+ *
+ * Version information (based on camera_module_t.common.module_api_version):
+ *
+ * CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_1_0:
+ *
+ * Not valid. Extra characteristics are not available. Do not read this
+ * field.
+ *
+ * CAMERA_MODULE_API_VERSION_2_0:
+ *
+ * Valid if device_version >= CAMERA_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2_0. Do not read
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ */
+ const camera_metadata_t *static_camera_characteristics;
+};
+
+typedef struct camera_module {
+ hw_module_t common;
+ int (*get_number_of_cameras)(void);
+ int (*get_camera_info)(int camera_id, struct camera_info *info);
+} camera_module_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_CAMERA_COMMON_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_FB_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_FB_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define GRALLOC_HARDWARE_FB0 "fb0"
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct framebuffer_device_t {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /* flags describing some attributes of the framebuffer */
+ const uint32_t flags;
+
+ /* dimensions of the framebuffer in pixels */
+ const uint32_t width;
+ const uint32_t height;
+
+ /* frambuffer stride in pixels */
+ const int stride;
+
+ /* framebuffer pixel format */
+ const int format;
+
+ /* resolution of the framebuffer's display panel in pixel per inch*/
+ const float xdpi;
+ const float ydpi;
+
+ /* framebuffer's display panel refresh rate in frames per second */
+ const float fps;
+
+ /* min swap interval supported by this framebuffer */
+ const int minSwapInterval;
+
+ /* max swap interval supported by this framebuffer */
+ const int maxSwapInterval;
+
+ /* Number of framebuffers supported*/
+ const int numFramebuffers;
+
+ int reserved[7];
+
+ /*
+ * requests a specific swap-interval (same definition than EGL)
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*setSwapInterval)(struct framebuffer_device_t* window,
+ int interval);
+
+ /*
+ * This hook is OPTIONAL.
+ *
+ * It is non NULL If the framebuffer driver supports "update-on-demand"
+ * and the given rectangle is the area of the screen that gets
+ * updated during (*post)().
+ *
+ * This is useful on devices that are able to DMA only a portion of
+ * the screen to the display panel, upon demand -- as opposed to
+ * constantly refreshing the panel 60 times per second, for instance.
+ *
+ * Only the area defined by this rectangle is guaranteed to be valid, that
+ * is, the driver is not allowed to post anything outside of this
+ * rectangle.
+ *
+ * The rectangle evaluated during (*post)() and specifies which area
+ * of the buffer passed in (*post)() shall to be posted.
+ *
+ * return -EINVAL if width or height <=0, or if left or top < 0
+ */
+ int (*setUpdateRect)(struct framebuffer_device_t* window,
+ int left, int top, int width, int height);
+
+ /*
+ * Post <buffer> to the display (display it on the screen)
+ * The buffer must have been allocated with the
+ * GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_FB usage flag.
+ * buffer must be the same width and height as the display and must NOT
+ * be locked.
+ *
+ * The buffer is shown during the next VSYNC.
+ *
+ * If the same buffer is posted again (possibly after some other buffer),
+ * post() will block until the the first post is completed.
+ *
+ * Internally, post() is expected to lock the buffer so that a
+ * subsequent call to gralloc_module_t::(*lock)() with USAGE_RENDER or
+ * USAGE_*_WRITE will block until it is safe; that is typically once this
+ * buffer is shown and another buffer has been posted.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*post)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev, buffer_handle_t buffer);
+
+
+ /*
+ * The (*compositionComplete)() method must be called after the
+ * compositor has finished issuing GL commands for client buffers.
+ */
+
+ int (*compositionComplete)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev);
+
+ /*
+ * This hook is OPTIONAL.
+ *
+ * If non NULL it will be caused by SurfaceFlinger on dumpsys
+ */
+ void (*dump)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev, char *buff, int buff_len);
+
+ /*
+ * (*enableScreen)() is used to either blank (enable=0) or
+ * unblank (enable=1) the screen this framebuffer is attached to.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*enableScreen)(struct framebuffer_device_t* dev, int enable);
+
+ void* reserved_proc[6];
+
+} framebuffer_device_t;
+
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a supported device */
+
+static inline int framebuffer_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ struct framebuffer_device_t** device) {
+ return module->methods->open(module,
+ GRALLOC_HARDWARE_FB0, (struct hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int framebuffer_close(struct framebuffer_device_t* device) {
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_FB_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson SA 2010
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ * Author: johan.xj.palmaeus@stericsson.com for ST-Ericsson
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Interface file between the vendor specific drivers and the fmradio
+ * jni layer. The vendor driver need to define register function with
+ * name defined by FMRADIO_REGISTER_FUNC of type fmradio_reg_func_t that
+ * will return a pointer to a signature (FMRADIO_SIGNATURE) to make sure
+ * it executed correctly and fill struct fmradio_vendor_methods with
+ * functions implementing functions (or NULL if not supported).
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_FMRADIO_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_FMRADIO_INTERFACE_H
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define FMRADIO_REGISTER_FUNC "register_fmradio_functions"
+
+#define FMRADIO_SIGNATURE 0xDEADBABE
+
+#define FMRADIO_CAPABILITY_RECEIVER 0x0001
+#define FMRADIO_CAPABILITY_TRANSMITTER 0x0002
+#define FMRADIO_CAPABILITY_TUNER_WRAP_AROUND 0x0004
+#define FMRADIO_CAPABILITY_RDS_SUPPORTED 0x0008
+
+/*
+ * return values. Not defined as enum since some functions either
+ * return a positive value or these codes, like getFrequency.
+ */
+#define FMRADIO_OK 0
+#define FMRADIO_INVALID_STATE -1 /* internally in jni layer */
+#define FMRADIO_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION -2
+#define FMRADIO_IO_ERROR -3
+#define FMRADIO_INVALID_PARAMETER -4
+#define FMRADIO_FORCED_RESET -5
+
+/* RDS */
+#define RDS_MAX_AFS 25
+#define RDS_PSN_MAX_LENGTH 8
+#define RDS_RT_MAX_LENGTH 64
+#define RDS_CT_MAX_LENGTH 14
+#define RDS_PTYN_MAX_LENGTH 8
+#define RDS_NUMBER_OF_TMC 3
+
+enum fmradio_band_t {
+ FMRADIO_BAND_US,
+ FMRADIO_BAND_EU,
+ FMRADIO_BAND_JAPAN,
+ FMRADIO_BAND_CHINA
+};
+
+enum fmradio_seek_direction_t {
+ FMRADIO_SEEK_DOWN,
+ FMRADIO_SEEK_UP
+};
+
+enum fmradio_reset_reason_t {
+ FMRADIO_RESET_NON_CRITICAL = 0,
+ FMRADIO_RESET_CRITICAL,
+ FMRADIO_RESET_OTHER_IN_USE, /* internally in jni layer */
+ FMRADIO_RESET_RADIO_FORBIDDEN, /* internally in java layer */
+};
+
+enum fmradio_extra_command_type_t {
+ FMRADIO_TYPE_INT,
+ FMRADIO_TYPE_STRING
+};
+
+enum fmradio_switch_reason_t {
+ FMRADIO_SWITCH_AF,
+ FMRADIO_SWITCH_TA,
+ FMRADIO_SWITCH_TA_END
+};
+
+union fmradio_extra_data_t {
+ int int_value;
+ char *string_value;
+};
+
+struct fmradio_rds_bundle_t {
+ unsigned short pi;
+ short tp;
+ short pty;
+ short ta;
+ short ms;
+ short num_afs;
+ int af[RDS_MAX_AFS];
+ char psn[RDS_PSN_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+ char rt[RDS_RT_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+ char ct[RDS_CT_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+ char ptyn[RDS_PTYN_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+ short tmc[RDS_NUMBER_OF_TMC];
+ int taf;
+};
+
+struct fmradio_extra_command_ret_item_t {
+ char *key;
+ enum fmradio_extra_command_type_t type;
+ union fmradio_extra_data_t data;
+};
+
+/* vendor callbacks only for RX */
+struct fmradio_vendor_callbacks_t {
+ void (*on_playing_in_stereo_changed) (int is_stereo);
+ void (*on_rds_data_found) (struct fmradio_rds_bundle_t * rds_bundle,
+ int frequency);
+ void (*on_signal_strength_changed) (int new_level);
+ void (*on_automatic_switch) (int new_freq,
+ enum fmradio_switch_reason_t reason);
+ void (*on_forced_reset) (enum fmradio_reset_reason_t reason);
+};
+
+struct fmradio_vendor_methods_t {
+ int (*rx_start) (void ** session_data,
+ const struct fmradio_vendor_callbacks_t * callbacks,
+ int low_freq, int high_freq, int default_freq, int grid);
+ int (*tx_start) (void ** session_data,
+ const struct fmradio_vendor_callbacks_t * callbacks,
+ int low_freq, int high_freq, int default_freq, int grid);
+ int (*pause) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*resume) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*reset) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*set_frequency) (void ** session_data, int frequency);
+ int (*get_frequency) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*stop_scan) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*send_extra_command) (void ** session_data, const char * command,
+ char ** parameters,
+ struct fmradio_extra_command_ret_item_t ** out_parameters);
+ /* rx only */
+ int (*scan) (void ** session_data, enum fmradio_seek_direction_t direction);
+
+ int (*full_scan) (void ** session_data, int ** found_freqs,
+ int ** signal_strenghts);
+ int (*get_signal_strength) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*is_playing_in_stereo) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*is_rds_data_supported) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*is_tuned_to_valid_channel) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*set_automatic_af_switching) (void ** session_data, int automatic);
+ int (*set_automatic_ta_switching) (void ** session_data, int automatic);
+ int (*set_force_mono) (void ** session_data, int force_mono);
+ int (*get_threshold) (void ** session_data);
+ int (*set_threshold) (void ** session_data, int threshold);
+ int (*set_rds_reception) (void ** session_data, int use_rds);
+ /* tx only */
+ int (*block_scan) (void ** session_data, int low_freq, int high_freq,
+ int ** found_freqs, int ** signal_strenghts);
+ int (*set_rds_data) (void ** session_data, char * key, void * value);
+};
+
+typedef int (*fmradio_reg_func_t) (unsigned int * signature_p,
+ struct fmradio_vendor_methods_t * vendor_funcs_p);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_FMRADIO_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_GPS_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_GPS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define GPS_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "gps"
+
+
+/** Milliseconds since January 1, 1970 */
+typedef int64_t GpsUtcTime;
+
+/** Maximum number of SVs for gps_sv_status_callback(). */
+#define GPS_MAX_SVS 32
+
+/** Requested operational mode for GPS operation. */
+typedef uint32_t GpsPositionMode;
+// IMPORTANT: Note that the following values must match
+// constants in GpsLocationProvider.java.
+/** Mode for running GPS standalone (no assistance). */
+#define GPS_POSITION_MODE_STANDALONE 0
+/** AGPS MS-Based mode. */
+#define GPS_POSITION_MODE_MS_BASED 1
+/** AGPS MS-Assisted mode. */
+#define GPS_POSITION_MODE_MS_ASSISTED 2
+
+/** Requested recurrence mode for GPS operation. */
+typedef uint32_t GpsPositionRecurrence;
+// IMPORTANT: Note that the following values must match
+// constants in GpsLocationProvider.java.
+/** Receive GPS fixes on a recurring basis at a specified period. */
+#define GPS_POSITION_RECURRENCE_PERIODIC 0
+/** Request a single shot GPS fix. */
+#define GPS_POSITION_RECURRENCE_SINGLE 1
+
+/** GPS status event values. */
+typedef uint16_t GpsStatusValue;
+// IMPORTANT: Note that the following values must match
+// constants in GpsLocationProvider.java.
+/** GPS status unknown. */
+#define GPS_STATUS_NONE 0
+/** GPS has begun navigating. */
+#define GPS_STATUS_SESSION_BEGIN 1
+/** GPS has stopped navigating. */
+#define GPS_STATUS_SESSION_END 2
+/** GPS has powered on but is not navigating. */
+#define GPS_STATUS_ENGINE_ON 3
+/** GPS is powered off. */
+#define GPS_STATUS_ENGINE_OFF 4
+
+/** Flags to indicate which values are valid in a GpsLocation. */
+typedef uint16_t GpsLocationFlags;
+// IMPORTANT: Note that the following values must match
+// constants in GpsLocationProvider.java.
+/** GpsLocation has valid latitude and longitude. */
+#define GPS_LOCATION_HAS_LAT_LONG 0x0001
+/** GpsLocation has valid altitude. */
+#define GPS_LOCATION_HAS_ALTITUDE 0x0002
+/** GpsLocation has valid speed. */
+#define GPS_LOCATION_HAS_SPEED 0x0004
+/** GpsLocation has valid bearing. */
+#define GPS_LOCATION_HAS_BEARING 0x0008
+/** GpsLocation has valid accuracy. */
+#define GPS_LOCATION_HAS_ACCURACY 0x0010
+
+/** Flags for the gps_set_capabilities callback. */
+
+/** GPS HAL schedules fixes for GPS_POSITION_RECURRENCE_PERIODIC mode.
+ If this is not set, then the framework will use 1000ms for min_interval
+ and will start and call start() and stop() to schedule the GPS.
+ */
+#define GPS_CAPABILITY_SCHEDULING 0x0000001
+/** GPS supports MS-Based AGPS mode */
+#define GPS_CAPABILITY_MSB 0x0000002
+/** GPS supports MS-Assisted AGPS mode */
+#define GPS_CAPABILITY_MSA 0x0000004
+/** GPS supports single-shot fixes */
+#define GPS_CAPABILITY_SINGLE_SHOT 0x0000008
+/** GPS supports on demand time injection */
+#define GPS_CAPABILITY_ON_DEMAND_TIME 0x0000010
+
+/** Flags used to specify which aiding data to delete
+ when calling delete_aiding_data(). */
+typedef uint16_t GpsAidingData;
+// IMPORTANT: Note that the following values must match
+// constants in GpsLocationProvider.java.
+#define GPS_DELETE_EPHEMERIS 0x0001
+#define GPS_DELETE_ALMANAC 0x0002
+#define GPS_DELETE_POSITION 0x0004
+#define GPS_DELETE_TIME 0x0008
+#define GPS_DELETE_IONO 0x0010
+#define GPS_DELETE_UTC 0x0020
+#define GPS_DELETE_HEALTH 0x0040
+#define GPS_DELETE_SVDIR 0x0080
+#define GPS_DELETE_SVSTEER 0x0100
+#define GPS_DELETE_SADATA 0x0200
+#define GPS_DELETE_RTI 0x0400
+#define GPS_DELETE_CELLDB_INFO 0x8000
+#define GPS_DELETE_ALL 0xFFFF
+
+/** AGPS type */
+typedef uint16_t AGpsType;
+#define AGPS_TYPE_SUPL 1
+#define AGPS_TYPE_C2K 2
+
+typedef uint16_t AGpsSetIDType;
+#define AGPS_SETID_TYPE_NONE 0
+#define AGPS_SETID_TYPE_IMSI 1
+#define AGPS_SETID_TYPE_MSISDN 2
+
+/**
+ * String length constants
+ */
+#define GPS_NI_SHORT_STRING_MAXLEN 256
+#define GPS_NI_LONG_STRING_MAXLEN 2048
+
+/**
+ * GpsNiType constants
+ */
+typedef uint32_t GpsNiType;
+#define GPS_NI_TYPE_VOICE 1
+#define GPS_NI_TYPE_UMTS_SUPL 2
+#define GPS_NI_TYPE_UMTS_CTRL_PLANE 3
+
+/**
+ * GpsNiNotifyFlags constants
+ */
+typedef uint32_t GpsNiNotifyFlags;
+/** NI requires notification */
+#define GPS_NI_NEED_NOTIFY 0x0001
+/** NI requires verification */
+#define GPS_NI_NEED_VERIFY 0x0002
+/** NI requires privacy override, no notification/minimal trace */
+#define GPS_NI_PRIVACY_OVERRIDE 0x0004
+
+/**
+ * GPS NI responses, used to define the response in
+ * NI structures
+ */
+typedef int GpsUserResponseType;
+#define GPS_NI_RESPONSE_ACCEPT 1
+#define GPS_NI_RESPONSE_DENY 2
+#define GPS_NI_RESPONSE_NORESP 3
+
+/**
+ * NI data encoding scheme
+ */
+typedef int GpsNiEncodingType;
+#define GPS_ENC_NONE 0
+#define GPS_ENC_SUPL_GSM_DEFAULT 1
+#define GPS_ENC_SUPL_UTF8 2
+#define GPS_ENC_SUPL_UCS2 3
+#define GPS_ENC_UNKNOWN -1
+
+/** AGPS status event values. */
+typedef uint16_t AGpsStatusValue;
+/** GPS requests data connection for AGPS. */
+#define GPS_REQUEST_AGPS_DATA_CONN 1
+/** GPS releases the AGPS data connection. */
+#define GPS_RELEASE_AGPS_DATA_CONN 2
+/** AGPS data connection initiated */
+#define GPS_AGPS_DATA_CONNECTED 3
+/** AGPS data connection completed */
+#define GPS_AGPS_DATA_CONN_DONE 4
+/** AGPS data connection failed */
+#define GPS_AGPS_DATA_CONN_FAILED 5
+
+#define AGPS_REF_LOCATION_TYPE_GSM_CELLID 1
+#define AGPS_REF_LOCATION_TYPE_UMTS_CELLID 2
+#define AGPS_REG_LOCATION_TYPE_MAC 3
+
+/** Network types for update_network_state "type" parameter */
+#define AGPS_RIL_NETWORK_TYPE_MOBILE 0
+#define AGPS_RIL_NETWORK_TYPE_WIFI 1
+#define AGPS_RIL_NETWORK_TYPE_MOBILE_MMS 2
+#define AGPS_RIL_NETWORK_TYPE_MOBILE_SUPL 3
+#define AGPS_RIL_NETWORK_TTYPE_MOBILE_DUN 4
+#define AGPS_RIL_NETWORK_TTYPE_MOBILE_HIPRI 5
+#define AGPS_RIL_NETWORK_TTYPE_WIMAX 6
+
+/**
+ * Name for the GPS XTRA interface.
+ */
+#define GPS_XTRA_INTERFACE "gps-xtra"
+
+/**
+ * Name for the GPS DEBUG interface.
+ */
+#define GPS_DEBUG_INTERFACE "gps-debug"
+
+/**
+ * Name for the AGPS interface.
+ */
+#define AGPS_INTERFACE "agps"
+
+/**
+ * Name for NI interface
+ */
+#define GPS_NI_INTERFACE "gps-ni"
+
+/**
+ * Name for the AGPS-RIL interface.
+ */
+#define AGPS_RIL_INTERFACE "agps_ril"
+
+/** Represents a location. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsLocation) */
+ size_t size;
+ /** Contains GpsLocationFlags bits. */
+ uint16_t flags;
+ /** Represents latitude in degrees. */
+ double latitude;
+ /** Represents longitude in degrees. */
+ double longitude;
+ /** Represents altitude in meters above the WGS 84 reference
+ * ellipsoid. */
+ double altitude;
+ /** Represents speed in meters per second. */
+ float speed;
+ /** Represents heading in degrees. */
+ float bearing;
+ /** Represents expected accuracy in meters. */
+ float accuracy;
+ /** Timestamp for the location fix. */
+ GpsUtcTime timestamp;
+} GpsLocation;
+
+/** Represents the status. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsStatus) */
+ size_t size;
+ GpsStatusValue status;
+} GpsStatus;
+
+/** Represents SV information. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsSvInfo) */
+ size_t size;
+ /** Pseudo-random number for the SV. */
+ int prn;
+ /** Signal to noise ratio. */
+ float snr;
+ /** Elevation of SV in degrees. */
+ float elevation;
+ /** Azimuth of SV in degrees. */
+ float azimuth;
+} GpsSvInfo;
+
+/** Represents SV status. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsSvStatus) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ /** Number of SVs currently visible. */
+ int num_svs;
+
+ /** Contains an array of SV information. */
+ GpsSvInfo sv_list[GPS_MAX_SVS];
+
+ /** Represents a bit mask indicating which SVs
+ * have ephemeris data.
+ */
+ uint32_t ephemeris_mask;
+
+ /** Represents a bit mask indicating which SVs
+ * have almanac data.
+ */
+ uint32_t almanac_mask;
+
+ /**
+ * Represents a bit mask indicating which SVs
+ * were used for computing the most recent position fix.
+ */
+ uint32_t used_in_fix_mask;
+} GpsSvStatus;
+
+/* 2G and 3G */
+/* In 3G lac is discarded */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type;
+ uint16_t mcc;
+ uint16_t mnc;
+ uint16_t lac;
+ uint32_t cid;
+} AGpsRefLocationCellID;
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t mac[6];
+} AGpsRefLocationMac;
+
+/** Represents ref locations */
+typedef struct {
+ uint16_t type;
+ union {
+ AGpsRefLocationCellID cellID;
+ AGpsRefLocationMac mac;
+ } u;
+} AGpsRefLocation;
+
+/** Callback with location information.
+ * Can only be called from a thread created by create_thread_cb.
+ */
+typedef void (* gps_location_callback)(GpsLocation* location);
+
+/** Callback with status information.
+ * Can only be called from a thread created by create_thread_cb.
+ */
+typedef void (* gps_status_callback)(GpsStatus* status);
+
+/** Callback with SV status information.
+ * Can only be called from a thread created by create_thread_cb.
+ */
+typedef void (* gps_sv_status_callback)(GpsSvStatus* sv_info);
+
+/** Callback for reporting NMEA sentences.
+ * Can only be called from a thread created by create_thread_cb.
+ */
+typedef void (* gps_nmea_callback)(GpsUtcTime timestamp, const char* nmea, int length);
+
+/** Callback to inform framework of the GPS engine's capabilities.
+ * Capability parameter is a bit field of GPS_CAPABILITY_* flags.
+ */
+typedef void (* gps_set_capabilities)(uint32_t capabilities);
+
+/** Callback utility for acquiring the GPS wakelock.
+ * This can be used to prevent the CPU from suspending while handling GPS events.
+ */
+typedef void (* gps_acquire_wakelock)();
+
+/** Callback utility for releasing the GPS wakelock. */
+typedef void (* gps_release_wakelock)();
+
+/** Callback for requesting NTP time */
+typedef void (* gps_request_utc_time)();
+
+/** Callback for creating a thread that can call into the Java framework code.
+ * This must be used to create any threads that report events up to the framework.
+ */
+typedef pthread_t (* gps_create_thread)(const char* name, void (*start)(void *), void* arg);
+
+/** GPS callback structure. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsCallbacks) */
+ size_t size;
+ gps_location_callback location_cb;
+ gps_status_callback status_cb;
+ gps_sv_status_callback sv_status_cb;
+ gps_nmea_callback nmea_cb;
+ gps_set_capabilities set_capabilities_cb;
+ gps_acquire_wakelock acquire_wakelock_cb;
+ gps_release_wakelock release_wakelock_cb;
+ gps_create_thread create_thread_cb;
+ gps_request_utc_time request_utc_time_cb;
+} GpsCallbacks;
+
+
+/** Represents the standard GPS interface. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Opens the interface and provides the callback routines
+ * to the implemenation of this interface.
+ */
+ int (*init)( GpsCallbacks* callbacks );
+
+ /** Starts navigating. */
+ int (*start)( void );
+
+ /** Stops navigating. */
+ int (*stop)( void );
+
+ /** Closes the interface. */
+ void (*cleanup)( void );
+
+ /** Injects the current time. */
+ int (*inject_time)(GpsUtcTime time, int64_t timeReference,
+ int uncertainty);
+
+ /** Injects current location from another location provider
+ * (typically cell ID).
+ * latitude and longitude are measured in degrees
+ * expected accuracy is measured in meters
+ */
+ int (*inject_location)(double latitude, double longitude, float accuracy);
+
+ /**
+ * Specifies that the next call to start will not use the
+ * information defined in the flags. GPS_DELETE_ALL is passed for
+ * a cold start.
+ */
+ void (*delete_aiding_data)(GpsAidingData flags);
+
+ /**
+ * min_interval represents the time between fixes in milliseconds.
+ * preferred_accuracy represents the requested fix accuracy in meters.
+ * preferred_time represents the requested time to first fix in milliseconds.
+ */
+ int (*set_position_mode)(GpsPositionMode mode, GpsPositionRecurrence recurrence,
+ uint32_t min_interval, uint32_t preferred_accuracy, uint32_t preferred_time);
+
+ /** Get a pointer to extension information. */
+ const void* (*get_extension)(const char* name);
+} GpsInterface;
+
+/** Callback to request the client to download XTRA data.
+ * The client should download XTRA data and inject it by calling inject_xtra_data().
+ * Can only be called from a thread created by create_thread_cb.
+ */
+typedef void (* gps_xtra_download_request)();
+
+/** Callback structure for the XTRA interface. */
+typedef struct {
+ gps_xtra_download_request download_request_cb;
+ gps_create_thread create_thread_cb;
+} GpsXtraCallbacks;
+
+/** Extended interface for XTRA support. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsXtraInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Opens the XTRA interface and provides the callback routines
+ * to the implemenation of this interface.
+ */
+ int (*init)( GpsXtraCallbacks* callbacks );
+ /** Injects XTRA data into the GPS. */
+ int (*inject_xtra_data)( char* data, int length );
+} GpsXtraInterface;
+
+/** Extended interface for DEBUG support. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsDebugInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ /**
+ * This function should return any information that the native
+ * implementation wishes to include in a bugreport.
+ */
+ size_t (*get_internal_state)(char* buffer, size_t bufferSize);
+} GpsDebugInterface;
+
+/** Represents the status of AGPS. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(AGpsStatus) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ AGpsType type;
+ AGpsStatusValue status;
+ uint32_t ipaddr;
+} AGpsStatus;
+
+/** Callback with AGPS status information.
+ * Can only be called from a thread created by create_thread_cb.
+ */
+typedef void (* agps_status_callback)(AGpsStatus* status);
+
+/** Callback structure for the AGPS interface. */
+typedef struct {
+ agps_status_callback status_cb;
+ gps_create_thread create_thread_cb;
+} AGpsCallbacks;
+
+
+/** Extended interface for AGPS support. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(AGpsInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ /**
+ * Opens the AGPS interface and provides the callback routines
+ * to the implemenation of this interface.
+ */
+ void (*init)( AGpsCallbacks* callbacks );
+ /**
+ * Notifies that a data connection is available and sets
+ * the name of the APN to be used for SUPL.
+ */
+ int (*data_conn_open)( const char* apn );
+ /**
+ * Notifies that the AGPS data connection has been closed.
+ */
+ int (*data_conn_closed)();
+ /**
+ * Notifies that a data connection is not available for AGPS.
+ */
+ int (*data_conn_failed)();
+ /**
+ * Sets the hostname and port for the AGPS server.
+ */
+ int (*set_server)( AGpsType type, const char* hostname, int port );
+} AGpsInterface;
+
+
+/** Represents an NI request */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsNiNotification) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ /**
+ * An ID generated by HAL to associate NI notifications and UI
+ * responses
+ */
+ int notification_id;
+
+ /**
+ * An NI type used to distinguish different categories of NI
+ * events, such as GPS_NI_TYPE_VOICE, GPS_NI_TYPE_UMTS_SUPL, ...
+ */
+ GpsNiType ni_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Notification/verification options, combinations of GpsNiNotifyFlags constants
+ */
+ GpsNiNotifyFlags notify_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Timeout period to wait for user response.
+ * Set to 0 for no time out limit.
+ */
+ int timeout;
+
+ /**
+ * Default response when time out.
+ */
+ GpsUserResponseType default_response;
+
+ /**
+ * Requestor ID
+ */
+ char requestor_id[GPS_NI_SHORT_STRING_MAXLEN];
+
+ /**
+ * Notification message. It can also be used to store client_id in some cases
+ */
+ char text[GPS_NI_LONG_STRING_MAXLEN];
+
+ /**
+ * Client name decoding scheme
+ */
+ GpsNiEncodingType requestor_id_encoding;
+
+ /**
+ * Client name decoding scheme
+ */
+ GpsNiEncodingType text_encoding;
+
+ /**
+ * A pointer to extra data. Format:
+ * key_1 = value_1
+ * key_2 = value_2
+ */
+ char extras[GPS_NI_LONG_STRING_MAXLEN];
+
+} GpsNiNotification;
+
+/** Callback with NI notification.
+ * Can only be called from a thread created by create_thread_cb.
+ */
+typedef void (*gps_ni_notify_callback)(GpsNiNotification *notification);
+
+/** GPS NI callback structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ /**
+ * Sends the notification request from HAL to GPSLocationProvider.
+ */
+ gps_ni_notify_callback notify_cb;
+ gps_create_thread create_thread_cb;
+} GpsNiCallbacks;
+
+/**
+ * Extended interface for Network-initiated (NI) support.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ /** set to sizeof(GpsNiInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+
+ /** Registers the callbacks for HAL to use. */
+ void (*init) (GpsNiCallbacks *callbacks);
+
+ /** Sends a response to HAL. */
+ void (*respond) (int notif_id, GpsUserResponseType user_response);
+} GpsNiInterface;
+
+struct gps_device_t {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the provided lights to the provided values.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on succes, error code on failure.
+ */
+ const GpsInterface* (*get_gps_interface)(struct gps_device_t* dev);
+};
+
+#define AGPS_RIL_REQUEST_SETID_IMSI (1<<0L)
+#define AGPS_RIL_REQUEST_SETID_MSISDN (1<<1L)
+
+#define AGPS_RIL_REQUEST_REFLOC_CELLID (1<<0L)
+#define AGPS_RIL_REQUEST_REFLOC_MAC (1<<1L)
+
+typedef void (*agps_ril_request_set_id)(uint32_t flags);
+typedef void (*agps_ril_request_ref_loc)(uint32_t flags);
+
+typedef struct {
+ agps_ril_request_set_id request_setid;
+ agps_ril_request_ref_loc request_refloc;
+ gps_create_thread create_thread_cb;
+} AGpsRilCallbacks;
+
+/** Extended interface for AGPS_RIL support. */
+typedef struct {
+ /** set to sizeof(AGpsRilInterface) */
+ size_t size;
+ /**
+ * Opens the AGPS interface and provides the callback routines
+ * to the implemenation of this interface.
+ */
+ void (*init)( AGpsRilCallbacks* callbacks );
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the reference location.
+ */
+ void (*set_ref_location) (const AGpsRefLocation *agps_reflocation, size_t sz_struct);
+ /**
+ * Sets the set ID.
+ */
+ void (*set_set_id) (AGpsSetIDType type, const char* setid);
+
+ /**
+ * Send network initiated message.
+ */
+ void (*ni_message) (uint8_t *msg, size_t len);
+
+ /**
+ * Notify GPS of network status changes.
+ * These parameters match values in the android.net.NetworkInfo class.
+ */
+ void (*update_network_state) (int connected, int type, int roaming, const char* extra_info);
+
+ /**
+ * Notify GPS of network status changes.
+ * These parameters match values in the android.net.NetworkInfo class.
+ */
+ void (*update_network_availability) (int avaiable, const char* apn);
+} AGpsRilInterface;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_GPS_H */
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_GRALLOC_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_GRALLOC_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <system/window.h>
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+#include <hardware/fb.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define GRALLOC_API_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define GRALLOC_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "gralloc"
+
+/**
+ * Name of the graphics device to open
+ */
+
+#define GRALLOC_HARDWARE_GPU0 "gpu0"
+
+enum {
+ /* buffer is never read in software */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_NEVER = 0x00000000,
+ /* buffer is rarely read in software */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_RARELY = 0x00000002,
+ /* buffer is often read in software */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_OFTEN = 0x00000003,
+ /* mask for the software read values */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_READ_MASK = 0x0000000F,
+
+ /* buffer is never written in software */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_NEVER = 0x00000000,
+ /* buffer is never written in software */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_RARELY = 0x00000020,
+ /* buffer is never written in software */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_OFTEN = 0x00000030,
+ /* mask for the software write values */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_WRITE_MASK = 0x000000F0,
+
+ /* buffer will be used as an OpenGL ES texture */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_TEXTURE = 0x00000100,
+ /* buffer will be used as an OpenGL ES render target */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_RENDER = 0x00000200,
+ /* buffer will be used by the 2D hardware blitter */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_2D = 0x00000400,
+ /* buffer will be used by the HWComposer HAL module */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_COMPOSER = 0x00000800,
+ /* buffer will be used with the framebuffer device */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_FB = 0x00001000,
+ /* buffer will be used with the HW video encoder */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_VIDEO_ENCODER = 0x00010000,
+ /* buffer will be written by the HW camera pipeline */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_CAMERA_WRITE = 0x00020000,
+ /* buffer will be read by the HW camera pipeline */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_CAMERA_READ = 0x00040000,
+ /* buffer will be used as part of zero-shutter-lag queue */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_CAMERA_ZSL = 0x00060000,
+ /* mask for the camera access values */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_CAMERA_MASK = 0x00060000,
+ /* mask for the software usage bit-mask */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_MASK = 0x00071F00,
+
+ /* buffer should be displayed full-screen on an external display when
+ * possible
+ */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_EXTERNAL_DISP = 0x00002000,
+
+ /* Must have a hardware-protected path to external display sink for
+ * this buffer. If a hardware-protected path is not available, then
+ * either don't composite only this buffer (preferred) to the
+ * external sink, or (less desirable) do not route the entire
+ * composition to the external sink.
+ */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_PROTECTED = 0x00004000,
+
+ /* implementation-specific private usage flags */
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_0 = 0x10000000,
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_1 = 0x20000000,
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_2 = 0x40000000,
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_3 = 0x80000000,
+ GRALLOC_USAGE_PRIVATE_MASK = 0xF0000000,
+};
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM
+ * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t
+ * followed by module specific information.
+ */
+typedef struct gralloc_module_t {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+
+ /*
+ * (*registerBuffer)() must be called before a buffer_handle_t that has not
+ * been created with (*alloc_device_t::alloc)() can be used.
+ *
+ * This is intended to be used with buffer_handle_t's that have been
+ * received in this process through IPC.
+ *
+ * This function checks that the handle is indeed a valid one and prepares
+ * it for use with (*lock)() and (*unlock)().
+ *
+ * It is not necessary to call (*registerBuffer)() on a handle created
+ * with (*alloc_device_t::alloc)().
+ *
+ * returns an error if this buffer_handle_t is not valid.
+ */
+ int (*registerBuffer)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module,
+ buffer_handle_t handle);
+
+ /*
+ * (*unregisterBuffer)() is called once this handle is no longer needed in
+ * this process. After this call, it is an error to call (*lock)(),
+ * (*unlock)(), or (*registerBuffer)().
+ *
+ * This function doesn't close or free the handle itself; this is done
+ * by other means, usually through libcutils's native_handle_close() and
+ * native_handle_free().
+ *
+ * It is an error to call (*unregisterBuffer)() on a buffer that wasn't
+ * explicitly registered first.
+ */
+ int (*unregisterBuffer)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module,
+ buffer_handle_t handle);
+
+ /*
+ * The (*lock)() method is called before a buffer is accessed for the
+ * specified usage. This call may block, for instance if the h/w needs
+ * to finish rendering or if CPU caches need to be synchronized.
+ *
+ * The caller promises to modify only pixels in the area specified
+ * by (l,t,w,h).
+ *
+ * The content of the buffer outside of the specified area is NOT modified
+ * by this call.
+ *
+ * If usage specifies GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_*, vaddr is filled with the address
+ * of the buffer in virtual memory.
+ *
+ * THREADING CONSIDERATIONS:
+ *
+ * It is legal for several different threads to lock a buffer from
+ * read access, none of the threads are blocked.
+ *
+ * However, locking a buffer simultaneously for write or read/write is
+ * undefined, but:
+ * - shall not result in termination of the process
+ * - shall not block the caller
+ * It is acceptable to return an error or to leave the buffer's content
+ * into an indeterminate state.
+ *
+ * If the buffer was created with a usage mask incompatible with the
+ * requested usage flags here, -EINVAL is returned.
+ *
+ */
+
+ int (*lock)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module,
+ buffer_handle_t handle, int usage,
+ int l, int t, int w, int h,
+ void** vaddr);
+
+
+ /*
+ * The (*unlock)() method must be called after all changes to the buffer
+ * are completed.
+ */
+
+ int (*unlock)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module,
+ buffer_handle_t handle);
+
+
+ /* reserved for future use */
+ int (*perform)(struct gralloc_module_t const* module,
+ int operation, ... );
+
+ /* reserved for future use */
+ void* reserved_proc[7];
+} gralloc_module_t;
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Every device data structure must begin with hw_device_t
+ * followed by module specific public methods and attributes.
+ */
+
+typedef struct alloc_device_t {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /*
+ * (*alloc)() Allocates a buffer in graphic memory with the requested
+ * parameters and returns a buffer_handle_t and the stride in pixels to
+ * allow the implementation to satisfy hardware constraints on the width
+ * of a pixmap (eg: it may have to be multiple of 8 pixels).
+ * The CALLER TAKES OWNERSHIP of the buffer_handle_t.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+
+ int (*alloc)(struct alloc_device_t* dev,
+ int w, int h, int format, int usage,
+ buffer_handle_t* handle, int* stride);
+
+ /*
+ * (*free)() Frees a previously allocated buffer.
+ * Behavior is undefined if the buffer is still mapped in any process,
+ * but shall not result in termination of the program or security breaches
+ * (allowing a process to get access to another process' buffers).
+ * THIS FUNCTION TAKES OWNERSHIP of the buffer_handle_t which becomes
+ * invalid after the call.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*free)(struct alloc_device_t* dev,
+ buffer_handle_t handle);
+
+ /* This hook is OPTIONAL.
+ *
+ * If non NULL it will be caused by SurfaceFlinger on dumpsys
+ */
+ void (*dump)(struct alloc_device_t *dev, char *buff, int buff_len);
+
+ void* reserved_proc[7];
+} alloc_device_t;
+
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a supported device */
+
+static inline int gralloc_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ struct alloc_device_t** device) {
+ return module->methods->open(module,
+ GRALLOC_HARDWARE_GPU0, (struct hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int gralloc_close(struct alloc_device_t* device) {
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_GRALLOC_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HARDWARE_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HARDWARE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+#include <system/graphics.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/*
+ * Value for the hw_module_t.tag field
+ */
+
+#define MAKE_TAG_CONSTANT(A,B,C,D) (((A) << 24) | ((B) << 16) | ((C) << 8) | (D))
+
+#define HARDWARE_MODULE_TAG MAKE_TAG_CONSTANT('H', 'W', 'M', 'T')
+#define HARDWARE_DEVICE_TAG MAKE_TAG_CONSTANT('H', 'W', 'D', 'T')
+
+#define HARDWARE_MAKE_API_VERSION(maj,min) \
+ ((((maj) & 0xff) << 8) | ((min) & 0xff))
+
+#define HARDWARE_MAKE_API_VERSION_2(maj,min,hdr) \
+ ((((maj) & 0xff) << 24) | (((min) & 0xff) << 16) | ((hdr) & 0xffff))
+#define HARDWARE_API_VERSION_2_MAJ_MIN_MASK 0xffff0000
+#define HARDWARE_API_VERSION_2_HEADER_MASK 0x0000ffff
+
+
+/*
+ * The current HAL API version.
+ *
+ * All module implementations must set the hw_module_t.hal_api_version field
+ * to this value when declaring the module with HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM.
+ *
+ * Note that previous implementations have always set this field to 0.
+ * Therefore, libhardware HAL API will always consider versions 0.0 and 1.0
+ * to be 100% binary compatible.
+ *
+ */
+#define HARDWARE_HAL_API_VERSION HARDWARE_MAKE_API_VERSION(1, 0)
+
+/*
+ * Helper macros for module implementors.
+ *
+ * The derived modules should provide convenience macros for supported
+ * versions so that implementations can explicitly specify module/device
+ * versions at definition time.
+ *
+ * Use this macro to set the hw_module_t.module_api_version field.
+ */
+#define HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(maj,min) HARDWARE_MAKE_API_VERSION(maj,min)
+#define HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION_2(maj,min,hdr) HARDWARE_MAKE_API_VERSION_2(maj,min,hdr)
+
+/*
+ * Use this macro to set the hw_device_t.version field
+ */
+#define HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION(maj,min) HARDWARE_MAKE_API_VERSION(maj,min)
+#define HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2(maj,min,hdr) HARDWARE_MAKE_API_VERSION_2(maj,min,hdr)
+
+struct hw_module_t;
+struct hw_module_methods_t;
+struct hw_device_t;
+
+/**
+ * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM
+ * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t
+ * followed by module specific information.
+ */
+typedef struct hw_module_t {
+ /** tag must be initialized to HARDWARE_MODULE_TAG */
+ uint32_t tag;
+
+ /**
+ * The API version of the implemented module. The module owner is
+ * responsible for updating the version when a module interface has
+ * changed.
+ *
+ * The derived modules such as gralloc and audio own and manage this field.
+ * The module user must interpret the version field to decide whether or
+ * not to inter-operate with the supplied module implementation.
+ * For example, SurfaceFlinger is responsible for making sure that
+ * it knows how to manage different versions of the gralloc-module API,
+ * and AudioFlinger must know how to do the same for audio-module API.
+ *
+ * The module API version should include a major and a minor component.
+ * For example, version 1.0 could be represented as 0x0100. This format
+ * implies that versions 0x0100-0x01ff are all API-compatible.
+ *
+ * In the future, libhardware will expose a hw_get_module_version()
+ * (or equivalent) function that will take minimum/maximum supported
+ * versions as arguments and would be able to reject modules with
+ * versions outside of the supplied range.
+ */
+ uint16_t module_api_version;
+#define version_major module_api_version
+ /**
+ * version_major/version_minor defines are supplied here for temporary
+ * source code compatibility. They will be removed in the next version.
+ * ALL clients must convert to the new version format.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * The API version of the HAL module interface. This is meant to
+ * version the hw_module_t, hw_module_methods_t, and hw_device_t
+ * structures and definitions.
+ *
+ * The HAL interface owns this field. Module users/implementations
+ * must NOT rely on this value for version information.
+ *
+ * Presently, 0 is the only valid value.
+ */
+ uint16_t hal_api_version;
+#define version_minor hal_api_version
+
+ /** Identifier of module */
+ const char *id;
+
+ /** Name of this module */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /** Author/owner/implementor of the module */
+ const char *author;
+
+ /** Modules methods */
+ struct hw_module_methods_t* methods;
+
+ /** module's dso */
+ void* dso;
+
+ /** padding to 128 bytes, reserved for future use */
+ uint32_t reserved[32-7];
+
+} hw_module_t;
+
+typedef struct hw_module_methods_t {
+ /** Open a specific device */
+ int (*open)(const struct hw_module_t* module, const char* id,
+ struct hw_device_t** device);
+
+} hw_module_methods_t;
+
+/**
+ * Every device data structure must begin with hw_device_t
+ * followed by module specific public methods and attributes.
+ */
+typedef struct hw_device_t {
+ /** tag must be initialized to HARDWARE_DEVICE_TAG */
+ uint32_t tag;
+
+ /**
+ * Version of the module-specific device API. This value is used by
+ * the derived-module user to manage different device implementations.
+ *
+ * The module user is responsible for checking the module_api_version
+ * and device version fields to ensure that the user is capable of
+ * communicating with the specific module implementation.
+ *
+ * One module can support multiple devices with different versions. This
+ * can be useful when a device interface changes in an incompatible way
+ * but it is still necessary to support older implementations at the same
+ * time. One such example is the Camera 2.0 API.
+ *
+ * This field is interpreted by the module user and is ignored by the
+ * HAL interface itself.
+ */
+ uint32_t version;
+
+ /** reference to the module this device belongs to */
+ struct hw_module_t* module;
+
+ /** padding reserved for future use */
+ uint32_t reserved[12];
+
+ /** Close this device */
+ int (*close)(struct hw_device_t* device);
+
+} hw_device_t;
+
+/**
+ * Name of the hal_module_info
+ */
+#define HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM HMI
+
+/**
+ * Name of the hal_module_info as a string
+ */
+#define HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM_AS_STR "HMI"
+
+/**
+ * Get the module info associated with a module by id.
+ *
+ * @return: 0 == success, <0 == error and *module == NULL
+ */
+int hw_get_module(const char *id, const struct hw_module_t **module);
+
+/**
+ * Get the module info associated with a module instance by class 'class_id'
+ * and instance 'inst'.
+ *
+ * Some modules types necessitate multiple instances. For example audio supports
+ * multiple concurrent interfaces and thus 'audio' is the module class
+ * and 'primary' or 'a2dp' are module interfaces. This implies that the files
+ * providing these modules would be named audio.primary.<variant>.so and
+ * audio.a2dp.<variant>.so
+ *
+ * @return: 0 == success, <0 == error and *module == NULL
+ */
+int hw_get_module_by_class(const char *class_id, const char *inst,
+ const struct hw_module_t **module);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HARDWARE_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#include <hardware/gralloc.h>
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hwcomposer_defs.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* for compatibility */
+#define HWC_MODULE_API_VERSION HWC_MODULE_API_VERSION_0_1
+#define HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_1
+#define HWC_API_VERSION HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION
+
+/* Users of this header can define HWC_REMOVE_DEPRECATED_VERSIONS to test that
+ * they still work with just the current version declared, before the
+ * deprecated versions are actually removed.
+ *
+ * To find code that still depends on the old versions, set the #define to 1
+ * here. Code that explicitly sets it to zero (rather than simply not defining
+ * it) will still see the old versions.
+ */
+#if !defined(HWC_REMOVE_DEPRECATED_VERSIONS)
+#define HWC_REMOVE_DEPRECATED_VERSIONS 0
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define HWC_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "hwcomposer"
+
+/**
+ * Name of the sensors device to open
+ */
+#define HWC_HARDWARE_COMPOSER "composer"
+
+typedef struct hwc_rect {
+ int left;
+ int top;
+ int right;
+ int bottom;
+} hwc_rect_t;
+
+typedef struct hwc_region {
+ size_t numRects;
+ hwc_rect_t const* rects;
+} hwc_region_t;
+
+typedef struct hwc_color {
+ uint8_t r;
+ uint8_t g;
+ uint8_t b;
+ uint8_t a;
+} hwc_color_t;
+
+typedef struct hwc_layer_1 {
+ /*
+ * compositionType is used to specify this layer's type and is set by either
+ * the hardware composer implementation, or by the caller (see below).
+ *
+ * This field is always reset to HWC_BACKGROUND or HWC_FRAMEBUFFER
+ * before (*prepare)() is called when the HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED flag is
+ * also set, otherwise, this field is preserved between (*prepare)()
+ * calls.
+ *
+ * HWC_BACKGROUND
+ * Always set by the caller before calling (*prepare)(), this value
+ * indicates this is a special "background" layer. The only valid field
+ * is backgroundColor.
+ * The HWC can toggle this value to HWC_FRAMEBUFFER to indicate it CANNOT
+ * handle the background color.
+ *
+ *
+ * HWC_FRAMEBUFFER_TARGET
+ * Always set by the caller before calling (*prepare)(), this value
+ * indicates this layer is the framebuffer surface used as the target of
+ * OpenGL ES composition. If the HWC sets all other layers to HWC_OVERLAY
+ * or HWC_BACKGROUND, then no OpenGL ES composition will be done, and
+ * this layer should be ignored during set().
+ *
+ * This flag (and the framebuffer surface layer) will only be used if the
+ * HWC version is HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1 or higher. In older versions,
+ * the OpenGL ES target surface is communicated by the (dpy, sur) fields
+ * in hwc_compositor_device_1_t.
+ *
+ * This value cannot be set by the HWC implementation.
+ *
+ *
+ * HWC_FRAMEBUFFER
+ * Set by the caller before calling (*prepare)() ONLY when the
+ * HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED flag is also set.
+ *
+ * Set by the HWC implementation during (*prepare)(), this indicates
+ * that the layer will be drawn into the framebuffer using OpenGL ES.
+ * The HWC can toggle this value to HWC_OVERLAY to indicate it will
+ * handle the layer.
+ *
+ *
+ * HWC_OVERLAY
+ * Set by the HWC implementation during (*prepare)(), this indicates
+ * that the layer will be handled by the HWC (ie: it must not be
+ * composited with OpenGL ES).
+ *
+ */
+ int32_t compositionType;
+
+ /*
+ * hints is bit mask set by the HWC implementation during (*prepare)().
+ * It is preserved between (*prepare)() calls, unless the
+ * HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED flag is set, in which case it is reset to 0.
+ *
+ * see hwc_layer_t::hints
+ */
+ uint32_t hints;
+
+ /* see hwc_layer_t::flags */
+ uint32_t flags;
+
+ union {
+ /* color of the background. hwc_color_t.a is ignored */
+ hwc_color_t backgroundColor;
+
+ struct {
+ /* handle of buffer to compose. This handle is guaranteed to have been
+ * allocated from gralloc using the GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_COMPOSER usage flag. If
+ * the layer's handle is unchanged across two consecutive prepare calls and
+ * the HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED flag is not set for the second call then the
+ * HWComposer implementation may assume that the contents of the buffer have
+ * not changed. */
+ buffer_handle_t handle;
+
+ /* transformation to apply to the buffer during composition */
+ uint32_t transform;
+
+ /* blending to apply during composition */
+ int32_t blending;
+
+ /* area of the source to consider, the origin is the top-left corner of
+ * the buffer */
+ hwc_rect_t sourceCrop;
+
+ /* where to composite the sourceCrop onto the display. The sourceCrop
+ * is scaled using linear filtering to the displayFrame. The origin is the
+ * top-left corner of the screen.
+ */
+ hwc_rect_t displayFrame;
+
+ /* visible region in screen space. The origin is the
+ * top-left corner of the screen.
+ * The visible region INCLUDES areas overlapped by a translucent layer.
+ */
+ hwc_region_t visibleRegionScreen;
+
+ /* Sync fence object that will be signaled when the buffer's
+ * contents are available. May be -1 if the contents are already
+ * available. This field is only valid during set(), and should be
+ * ignored during prepare(). The set() call must not wait for the
+ * fence to be signaled before returning, but the HWC must wait for
+ * all buffers to be signaled before reading from them.
+ *
+ * HWC_FRAMEBUFFER layers will never have an acquire fence, since
+ * reads from them are complete before the framebuffer is ready for
+ * display.
+ *
+ * The HWC takes ownership of the acquireFenceFd and is responsible
+ * for closing it when no longer needed.
+ */
+ int acquireFenceFd;
+
+ /* During set() the HWC must set this field to a file descriptor for
+ * a sync fence object that will signal after the HWC has finished
+ * reading from the buffer. The field is ignored by prepare(). Each
+ * layer should have a unique file descriptor, even if more than one
+ * refer to the same underlying fence object; this allows each to be
+ * closed independently.
+ *
+ * If buffer reads can complete at significantly different times,
+ * then using independent fences is preferred. For example, if the
+ * HWC handles some layers with a blit engine and others with
+ * overlays, then the blit layers can be reused immediately after
+ * the blit completes, but the overlay layers can't be reused until
+ * a subsequent frame has been displayed.
+ *
+ * Since HWC doesn't read from HWC_FRAMEBUFFER layers, it shouldn't
+ * produce a release fence for them. The releaseFenceFd will be -1
+ * for these layers when set() is called.
+ *
+ * The HWC client taks ownership of the releaseFenceFd and is
+ * responsible for closing it when no longer needed.
+ */
+ int releaseFenceFd;
+ };
+ };
+
+ /* Allow for expansion w/o breaking binary compatibility.
+ * Pad layer to 96 bytes, assuming 32-bit pointers.
+ */
+ int32_t reserved[24 - 18];
+
+} hwc_layer_1_t;
+
+/* This represents a display, typically an EGLDisplay object */
+typedef void* hwc_display_t;
+
+/* This represents a surface, typically an EGLSurface object */
+typedef void* hwc_surface_t;
+
+/*
+ * hwc_display_contents_1_t::flags values
+ */
+enum {
+ /*
+ * HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED is set by SurfaceFlinger to indicate that the list
+ * passed to (*prepare)() has changed by more than just the buffer handles
+ * and acquire fences.
+ */
+ HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED = 0x00000001,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Description of the contents to output on a display.
+ *
+ * This is the top-level structure passed to the prepare and set calls to
+ * negotiate and commit the composition of a display image.
+ */
+typedef struct hwc_display_contents_1 {
+ /* File descriptor referring to a Sync HAL fence object which will signal
+ * when this composition is retired. For a physical display, a composition
+ * is retired when it has been replaced on-screen by a subsequent set. For
+ * a virtual display, the composition is retired when the writes to
+ * outputBuffer are complete and can be read. The fence object is created
+ * and returned by the set call; this field will be -1 on entry to prepare
+ * and set. SurfaceFlinger will close the returned file descriptor.
+ */
+ int retireFenceFd;
+
+ union {
+ /* Fields only relevant for HWC_DEVICE_VERSION_1_0. */
+ struct {
+ /* (dpy, sur) is the target of SurfaceFlinger's OpenGL ES
+ * composition for HWC_DEVICE_VERSION_1_0. They aren't relevant to
+ * prepare. The set call should commit this surface atomically to
+ * the display along with any overlay layers.
+ */
+ hwc_display_t dpy;
+ hwc_surface_t sur;
+ };
+
+ /* Fields only relevant for HWC_DEVICE_VERSION_1_2 and later. */
+ struct {
+ /* outbuf is the buffer that receives the composed image for
+ * virtual displays. Writes to the outbuf must wait until
+ * outbufAcquireFenceFd signals. A fence that will signal when
+ * writes to outbuf are complete should be returned in
+ * retireFenceFd.
+ *
+ * For physical displays, outbuf will be NULL.
+ */
+ buffer_handle_t outbuf;
+
+ /* File descriptor for a fence that will signal when outbuf is
+ * ready to be written. The h/w composer is responsible for closing
+ * this when no longer needed.
+ *
+ * Will be -1 whenever outbuf is NULL, or when the outbuf can be
+ * written immediately.
+ */
+ int outbufAcquireFenceFd;
+ };
+ };
+
+ /* List of layers that will be composed on the display. The buffer handles
+ * in the list will be unique. If numHwLayers is 0, all composition will be
+ * performed by SurfaceFlinger.
+ */
+ uint32_t flags;
+ size_t numHwLayers;
+ hwc_layer_1_t hwLayers[0];
+
+} hwc_display_contents_1_t;
+
+/* see hwc_composer_device::registerProcs()
+ * All of the callbacks are required and non-NULL unless otherwise noted.
+ */
+typedef struct hwc_procs {
+ /*
+ * (*invalidate)() triggers a screen refresh, in particular prepare and set
+ * will be called shortly after this call is made. Note that there is
+ * NO GUARANTEE that the screen refresh will happen after invalidate()
+ * returns (in particular, it could happen before).
+ * invalidate() is GUARANTEED TO NOT CALL BACK into the h/w composer HAL and
+ * it is safe to call invalidate() from any of hwc_composer_device
+ * hooks, unless noted otherwise.
+ */
+ void (*invalidate)(const struct hwc_procs* procs);
+
+ /*
+ * (*vsync)() is called by the h/w composer HAL when a vsync event is
+ * received and HWC_EVENT_VSYNC is enabled on a display
+ * (see: hwc_event_control).
+ *
+ * the "disp" parameter indicates which display the vsync event is for.
+ * the "timestamp" parameter is the system monotonic clock timestamp in
+ * nanosecond of when the vsync event happened.
+ *
+ * vsync() is GUARANTEED TO NOT CALL BACK into the h/w composer HAL.
+ *
+ * It is expected that vsync() is called from a thread of at least
+ * HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY with as little latency as possible,
+ * typically less than 0.5 ms.
+ *
+ * It is a (silent) error to have HWC_EVENT_VSYNC enabled when calling
+ * hwc_composer_device.set(..., 0, 0, 0) (screen off). The implementation
+ * can either stop or continue to process VSYNC events, but must not
+ * crash or cause other problems.
+ */
+ void (*vsync)(const struct hwc_procs* procs, int disp, int64_t timestamp);
+
+ /*
+ * (*hotplug)() is called by the h/w composer HAL when a display is
+ * connected or disconnected. The PRIMARY display is always connected and
+ * the hotplug callback should not be called for it.
+ *
+ * The disp parameter indicates which display type this event is for.
+ * The connected parameter indicates whether the display has just been
+ * connected (1) or disconnected (0).
+ *
+ * The hotplug() callback may call back into the h/w composer on the same
+ * thread to query refresh rate and dpi for the display. Additionally,
+ * other threads may be calling into the h/w composer while the callback
+ * is in progress.
+ *
+ * The h/w composer must serialize calls to the hotplug callback; only
+ * one thread may call it at a time.
+ *
+ * This callback will be NULL if the h/w composer is using
+ * HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0.
+ */
+ void (*hotplug)(const struct hwc_procs* procs, int disp, int connected);
+
+} hwc_procs_t;
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct hwc_module {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+} hwc_module_t;
+
+typedef struct hwc_composer_device_1 {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /*
+ * (*prepare)() is called for each frame before composition and is used by
+ * SurfaceFlinger to determine what composition steps the HWC can handle.
+ *
+ * (*prepare)() can be called more than once, the last call prevails.
+ *
+ * The HWC responds by setting the compositionType field in each layer to
+ * either HWC_FRAMEBUFFER or HWC_OVERLAY. In the former case, the
+ * composition for the layer is handled by SurfaceFlinger with OpenGL ES,
+ * in the later case, the HWC will have to handle the layer's composition.
+ * compositionType and hints are preserved between (*prepare)() calles
+ * unless the HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED flag is set.
+ *
+ * (*prepare)() is called with HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED to indicate that the
+ * list's geometry has changed, that is, when more than just the buffer's
+ * handles have been updated. Typically this happens (but is not limited to)
+ * when a window is added, removed, resized or moved. In this case
+ * compositionType and hints are reset to their default value.
+ *
+ * For HWC 1.0, numDisplays will always be one, and displays[0] will be
+ * non-NULL.
+ *
+ * For HWC 1.1, numDisplays will always be HWC_NUM_DISPLAY_TYPES. Entries
+ * for unsupported or disabled/disconnected display types will be NULL.
+ *
+ * For HWC 1.2 and later, numDisplays will be HWC_NUM_DISPLAY_TYPES or more.
+ * The extra entries correspond to enabled virtual displays, and will be
+ * non-NULL. In HWC 1.2, support for one virtual display is required, and
+ * no more than one will be used. Future HWC versions might require more.
+ *
+ * returns: 0 on success. An negative error code on error. If an error is
+ * returned, SurfaceFlinger will assume that none of the layer will be
+ * handled by the HWC.
+ */
+ int (*prepare)(struct hwc_composer_device_1 *dev,
+ size_t numDisplays, hwc_display_contents_1_t** displays);
+
+ /*
+ * (*set)() is used in place of eglSwapBuffers(), and assumes the same
+ * functionality, except it also commits the work list atomically with
+ * the actual eglSwapBuffers().
+ *
+ * The layer lists are guaranteed to be the same as the ones returned from
+ * the last call to (*prepare)().
+ *
+ * When this call returns the caller assumes that the displays will be
+ * updated in the near future with the content of their work lists, without
+ * artifacts during the transition from the previous frame.
+ *
+ * A display with zero layers indicates that the entire composition has
+ * been handled by SurfaceFlinger with OpenGL ES. In this case, (*set)()
+ * behaves just like eglSwapBuffers().
+ *
+ * For HWC 1.0, numDisplays will always be one, and displays[0] will be
+ * non-NULL.
+ *
+ * For HWC 1.1, numDisplays will always be HWC_NUM_DISPLAY_TYPES. Entries
+ * for unsupported or disabled/disconnected display types will be NULL.
+ *
+ * For HWC 1.2 and later, numDisplays will be HWC_NUM_DISPLAY_TYPES or more.
+ * The extra entries correspond to enabled virtual displays, and will be
+ * non-NULL. In HWC 1.2, support for one virtual display is required, and
+ * no more than one will be used. Future HWC versions might require more.
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT NOTE: There is an implicit layer containing opaque black
+ * pixels behind all the layers in the list. It is the responsibility of
+ * the hwcomposer module to make sure black pixels are output (or blended
+ * from).
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT NOTE: In the event of an error this call *MUST* still cause
+ * any fences returned in the previous call to set to eventually become
+ * signaled. The caller may have already issued wait commands on these
+ * fences, and having set return without causing those fences to signal
+ * will likely result in a deadlock.
+ *
+ * returns: 0 on success. A negative error code on error:
+ * HWC_EGL_ERROR: eglGetError() will provide the proper error code (only
+ * allowed prior to HWComposer 1.1)
+ * Another code for non EGL errors.
+ */
+ int (*set)(struct hwc_composer_device_1 *dev,
+ size_t numDisplays, hwc_display_contents_1_t** displays);
+
+ /*
+ * eventControl(..., event, enabled)
+ * Enables or disables h/w composer events for a display.
+ *
+ * eventControl can be called from any thread and takes effect
+ * immediately.
+ *
+ * Supported events are:
+ * HWC_EVENT_VSYNC
+ *
+ * returns -EINVAL if the "event" parameter is not one of the value above
+ * or if the "enabled" parameter is not 0 or 1.
+ */
+ int (*eventControl)(struct hwc_composer_device_1* dev, int disp,
+ int event, int enabled);
+
+ /*
+ * blank(..., blank)
+ * Blanks or unblanks a display's screen.
+ *
+ * Turns the screen off when blank is nonzero, on when blank is zero.
+ * Multiple sequential calls with the same blank value must be supported.
+ * The screen state transition must be be complete when the function
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * returns 0 on success, negative on error.
+ */
+ int (*blank)(struct hwc_composer_device_1* dev, int disp, int blank);
+
+ /*
+ * Used to retrieve information about the h/w composer
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*query)(struct hwc_composer_device_1* dev, int what, int* value);
+
+ /*
+ * (*registerProcs)() registers callbacks that the h/w composer HAL can
+ * later use. It will be called immediately after the composer device is
+ * opened with non-NULL procs. It is FORBIDDEN to call any of the callbacks
+ * from within registerProcs(). registerProcs() must save the hwc_procs_t
+ * pointer which is needed when calling a registered callback.
+ */
+ void (*registerProcs)(struct hwc_composer_device_1* dev,
+ hwc_procs_t const* procs);
+
+ /*
+ * This field is OPTIONAL and can be NULL.
+ *
+ * If non NULL it will be called by SurfaceFlinger on dumpsys
+ */
+ void (*dump)(struct hwc_composer_device_1* dev, char *buff, int buff_len);
+
+ /*
+ * (*getDisplayConfigs)() returns handles for the configurations available
+ * on the connected display. These handles must remain valid as long as the
+ * display is connected.
+ *
+ * Configuration handles are written to configs. The number of entries
+ * allocated by the caller is passed in *numConfigs; getDisplayConfigs must
+ * not try to write more than this number of config handles. On return, the
+ * total number of configurations available for the display is returned in
+ * *numConfigs. If *numConfigs is zero on entry, then configs may be NULL.
+ *
+ * HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1 does not provide a way to choose a config.
+ * For displays that support multiple configurations, the h/w composer
+ * implementation should choose one and report it as the first config in
+ * the list. Reporting the not-chosen configs is not required.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error. If disp is a hotpluggable
+ * display type and no display is connected, an error should be returned.
+ *
+ * This field is REQUIRED for HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1 and later.
+ * It should be NULL for previous versions.
+ */
+ int (*getDisplayConfigs)(struct hwc_composer_device_1* dev, int disp,
+ uint32_t* configs, size_t* numConfigs);
+
+ /*
+ * (*getDisplayAttributes)() returns attributes for a specific config of a
+ * connected display. The config parameter is one of the config handles
+ * returned by getDisplayConfigs.
+ *
+ * The list of attributes to return is provided in the attributes
+ * parameter, terminated by HWC_DISPLAY_NO_ATTRIBUTE. The value for each
+ * requested attribute is written in order to the values array. The
+ * HWC_DISPLAY_NO_ATTRIBUTE attribute does not have a value, so the values
+ * array will have one less value than the attributes array.
+ *
+ * This field is REQUIRED for HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1 and later.
+ * It should be NULL for previous versions.
+ *
+ * If disp is a hotpluggable display type and no display is connected,
+ * or if config is not a valid configuration for the display, a negative
+ * value should be returned.
+ */
+ int (*getDisplayAttributes)(struct hwc_composer_device_1* dev, int disp,
+ uint32_t config, const uint32_t* attributes, int32_t* values);
+
+ /*
+ * Reserved for future use. Must be NULL.
+ */
+ void* reserved_proc[4];
+
+} hwc_composer_device_1_t;
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a device */
+
+static inline int hwc_open_1(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ hwc_composer_device_1_t** device) {
+ return module->methods->open(module,
+ HWC_HARDWARE_COMPOSER, (struct hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int hwc_close_1(hwc_composer_device_1_t* device) {
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#if !HWC_REMOVE_DEPRECATED_VERSIONS
+#include <hardware/hwcomposer_v0.h>
+#endif
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_DEFS_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_DEFS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#include <hardware/gralloc.h>
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#define HWC_HEADER_VERSION 1
+
+#define HWC_MODULE_API_VERSION_0_1 HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(0, 1)
+
+#define HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_1 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2(0, 1, HWC_HEADER_VERSION)
+#define HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_2 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2(0, 2, HWC_HEADER_VERSION)
+#define HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_3 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2(0, 3, HWC_HEADER_VERSION)
+#define HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_0 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2(1, 0, HWC_HEADER_VERSION)
+#define HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2(1, 1, HWC_HEADER_VERSION)
+#define HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_2 HARDWARE_DEVICE_API_VERSION_2(1, 2, HWC_HEADER_VERSION)
+
+enum {
+ /* hwc_composer_device_t::set failed in EGL */
+ HWC_EGL_ERROR = -1
+};
+
+/*
+ * hwc_layer_t::hints values
+ * Hints are set by the HAL and read by SurfaceFlinger
+ */
+enum {
+ /*
+ * HWC can set the HWC_HINT_TRIPLE_BUFFER hint to indicate to SurfaceFlinger
+ * that it should triple buffer this layer. Typically HWC does this when
+ * the layer will be unavailable for use for an extended period of time,
+ * e.g. if the display will be fetching data directly from the layer and
+ * the layer can not be modified until after the next set().
+ */
+ HWC_HINT_TRIPLE_BUFFER = 0x00000001,
+
+ /*
+ * HWC sets HWC_HINT_CLEAR_FB to tell SurfaceFlinger that it should clear the
+ * framebuffer with transparent pixels where this layer would be.
+ * SurfaceFlinger will only honor this flag when the layer has no blending
+ *
+ */
+ HWC_HINT_CLEAR_FB = 0x00000002
+};
+
+/*
+ * hwc_layer_t::flags values
+ * Flags are set by SurfaceFlinger and read by the HAL
+ */
+enum {
+ /*
+ * HWC_SKIP_LAYER is set by SurfaceFlnger to indicate that the HAL
+ * shall not consider this layer for composition as it will be handled
+ * by SurfaceFlinger (just as if compositionType was set to HWC_OVERLAY).
+ */
+ HWC_SKIP_LAYER = 0x00000001,
+};
+
+/*
+ * hwc_layer_t::compositionType values
+ */
+enum {
+ /* this layer is to be drawn into the framebuffer by SurfaceFlinger */
+ HWC_FRAMEBUFFER = 0,
+
+ /* this layer will be handled in the HWC */
+ HWC_OVERLAY = 1,
+
+ /* this is the background layer. it's used to set the background color.
+ * there is only a single background layer */
+ HWC_BACKGROUND = 2,
+
+ /* this layer holds the result of compositing the HWC_FRAMEBUFFER layers.
+ * Added in HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1. */
+ HWC_FRAMEBUFFER_TARGET = 3,
+};
+
+/*
+ * hwc_layer_t::blending values
+ */
+enum {
+ /* no blending */
+ HWC_BLENDING_NONE = 0x0100,
+
+ /* ONE / ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA */
+ HWC_BLENDING_PREMULT = 0x0105,
+
+ /* SRC_ALPHA / ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA */
+ HWC_BLENDING_COVERAGE = 0x0405
+};
+
+/*
+ * hwc_layer_t::transform values
+ */
+enum {
+ /* flip source image horizontally */
+ HWC_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H = HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H,
+ /* flip source image vertically */
+ HWC_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V = HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V,
+ /* rotate source image 90 degrees clock-wise */
+ HWC_TRANSFORM_ROT_90 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90,
+ /* rotate source image 180 degrees */
+ HWC_TRANSFORM_ROT_180 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_180,
+ /* rotate source image 270 degrees clock-wise */
+ HWC_TRANSFORM_ROT_270 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_270,
+};
+
+/* attributes queriable with query() */
+enum {
+ /*
+ * Availability: HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_2
+ * Must return 1 if the background layer is supported, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+ HWC_BACKGROUND_LAYER_SUPPORTED = 0,
+
+ /*
+ * Availability: HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_3
+ * Returns the vsync period in nanoseconds.
+ *
+ * This query is not used for HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1 and later.
+ * Instead, the per-display attribute HWC_DISPLAY_VSYNC_PERIOD is used.
+ */
+ HWC_VSYNC_PERIOD = 1,
+
+ /*
+ * Availability: HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_1_1
+ * Returns a mask of supported display types.
+ */
+ HWC_DISPLAY_TYPES_SUPPORTED = 2,
+};
+
+/* display attributes returned by getDisplayAttributes() */
+enum {
+ /* Indicates the end of an attribute list */
+ HWC_DISPLAY_NO_ATTRIBUTE = 0,
+
+ /* The vsync period in nanoseconds */
+ HWC_DISPLAY_VSYNC_PERIOD = 1,
+
+ /* The number of pixels in the horizontal and vertical directions. */
+ HWC_DISPLAY_WIDTH = 2,
+ HWC_DISPLAY_HEIGHT = 3,
+
+ /* The number of pixels per thousand inches of this configuration.
+ *
+ * Scaling DPI by 1000 allows it to be stored in an int without losing
+ * too much precision.
+ *
+ * If the DPI for a configuration is unavailable or the HWC implementation
+ * considers it unreliable, it should set these attributes to zero.
+ */
+ HWC_DISPLAY_DPI_X = 4,
+ HWC_DISPLAY_DPI_Y = 5,
+};
+
+/* Allowed events for hwc_methods::eventControl() */
+enum {
+ HWC_EVENT_VSYNC = 0,
+ HWC_EVENT_ORIENTATION // To notify HWC about the device orientation
+};
+
+/* Display types and associated mask bits. */
+enum {
+ HWC_DISPLAY_PRIMARY = 0,
+ HWC_DISPLAY_EXTERNAL = 1, // HDMI, DP, etc.
+ HWC_NUM_DISPLAY_TYPES
+};
+
+enum {
+ HWC_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_BIT = 1 << HWC_DISPLAY_PRIMARY,
+ HWC_DISPLAY_EXTERNAL_BIT = 1 << HWC_DISPLAY_EXTERNAL,
+};
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_DEFS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/* This header contains deprecated HWCv0 interface declarations. Don't include
+ * this header directly; it will be included by <hardware/hwcomposer.h> unless
+ * HWC_REMOVE_DEPRECATED_VERSIONS is defined to non-zero.
+ */
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_H
+#error "This header should only be included by hardware/hwcomposer.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_V0_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_V0_H
+
+struct hwc_composer_device;
+
+/*
+ * availability: HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_3
+ *
+ * struct hwc_methods cannot be embedded in other structures as
+ * sizeof(struct hwc_methods) cannot be relied upon.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct hwc_methods {
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ * HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_3
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+ /*
+ * eventControl(..., event, enabled)
+ * Enables or disables h/w composer events.
+ *
+ * eventControl can be called from any thread and takes effect
+ * immediately.
+ *
+ * Supported events are:
+ * HWC_EVENT_VSYNC
+ *
+ * returns -EINVAL if the "event" parameter is not one of the value above
+ * or if the "enabled" parameter is not 0 or 1.
+ */
+
+ int (*eventControl)(
+ struct hwc_composer_device* dev, int event, int enabled);
+
+} hwc_methods_t;
+
+typedef struct hwc_layer {
+ /*
+ * initially set to HWC_FRAMEBUFFER or HWC_BACKGROUND.
+ * HWC_FRAMEBUFFER
+ * indicates the layer will be drawn into the framebuffer
+ * using OpenGL ES.
+ * The HWC can toggle this value to HWC_OVERLAY, to indicate
+ * it will handle the layer.
+ *
+ * HWC_BACKGROUND
+ * indicates this is a special "background" layer. The only valid
+ * field is backgroundColor. HWC_BACKGROUND can only be used with
+ * HWC_API_VERSION >= 0.2
+ * The HWC can toggle this value to HWC_FRAMEBUFFER, to indicate
+ * it CANNOT handle the background color
+ *
+ */
+ int32_t compositionType;
+
+ /* see hwc_layer_t::hints above */
+ uint32_t hints;
+
+ /* see hwc_layer_t::flags above */
+ uint32_t flags;
+
+ union {
+ /* color of the background. hwc_color_t.a is ignored */
+ hwc_color_t backgroundColor;
+
+ struct {
+ /* handle of buffer to compose. This handle is guaranteed to have been
+ * allocated from gralloc using the GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_COMPOSER usage flag. If
+ * the layer's handle is unchanged across two consecutive prepare calls and
+ * the HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED flag is not set for the second call then the
+ * HWComposer implementation may assume that the contents of the buffer have
+ * not changed. */
+ buffer_handle_t handle;
+
+ /* transformation to apply to the buffer during composition */
+ uint32_t transform;
+
+ /* blending to apply during composition */
+ int32_t blending;
+
+ /* area of the source to consider, the origin is the top-left corner of
+ * the buffer */
+ hwc_rect_t sourceCrop;
+
+ /* where to composite the sourceCrop onto the display. The sourceCrop
+ * is scaled using linear filtering to the displayFrame. The origin is the
+ * top-left corner of the screen.
+ */
+ hwc_rect_t displayFrame;
+
+ /* visible region in screen space. The origin is the
+ * top-left corner of the screen.
+ * The visible region INCLUDES areas overlapped by a translucent layer.
+ */
+ hwc_region_t visibleRegionScreen;
+ };
+ };
+} hwc_layer_t;
+
+/*
+ * List of layers.
+ * The handle members of hwLayers elements must be unique.
+ */
+typedef struct hwc_layer_list {
+ uint32_t flags;
+ size_t numHwLayers;
+ hwc_layer_t hwLayers[0];
+} hwc_layer_list_t;
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct hwc_composer_device {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /*
+ * (*prepare)() is called for each frame before composition and is used by
+ * SurfaceFlinger to determine what composition steps the HWC can handle.
+ *
+ * (*prepare)() can be called more than once, the last call prevails.
+ *
+ * The HWC responds by setting the compositionType field to either
+ * HWC_FRAMEBUFFER or HWC_OVERLAY. In the former case, the composition for
+ * this layer is handled by SurfaceFlinger with OpenGL ES, in the later
+ * case, the HWC will have to handle this layer's composition.
+ *
+ * (*prepare)() is called with HWC_GEOMETRY_CHANGED to indicate that the
+ * list's geometry has changed, that is, when more than just the buffer's
+ * handles have been updated. Typically this happens (but is not limited to)
+ * when a window is added, removed, resized or moved.
+ *
+ * a NULL list parameter or a numHwLayers of zero indicates that the
+ * entire composition will be handled by SurfaceFlinger with OpenGL ES.
+ *
+ * returns: 0 on success. An negative error code on error. If an error is
+ * returned, SurfaceFlinger will assume that none of the layer will be
+ * handled by the HWC.
+ */
+ int (*prepare)(struct hwc_composer_device *dev, hwc_layer_list_t* list);
+
+ /*
+ * (*set)() is used in place of eglSwapBuffers(), and assumes the same
+ * functionality, except it also commits the work list atomically with
+ * the actual eglSwapBuffers().
+ *
+ * The list parameter is guaranteed to be the same as the one returned
+ * from the last call to (*prepare)().
+ *
+ * When this call returns the caller assumes that:
+ *
+ * - the display will be updated in the near future with the content
+ * of the work list, without artifacts during the transition from the
+ * previous frame.
+ *
+ * - all objects are available for immediate access or destruction, in
+ * particular, hwc_region_t::rects data and hwc_layer_t::layer's buffer.
+ * Note that this means that immediately accessing (potentially from a
+ * different process) a buffer used in this call will not result in
+ * screen corruption, the driver must apply proper synchronization or
+ * scheduling (eg: block the caller, such as gralloc_module_t::lock(),
+ * OpenGL ES, Camera, Codecs, etc..., or schedule the caller's work
+ * after the buffer is freed from the actual composition).
+ *
+ * a NULL list parameter or a numHwLayers of zero indicates that the
+ * entire composition has been handled by SurfaceFlinger with OpenGL ES.
+ * In this case, (*set)() behaves just like eglSwapBuffers().
+ *
+ * dpy, sur, and list are set to NULL to indicate that the screen is
+ * turning off. This happens WITHOUT prepare() being called first.
+ * This is a good time to free h/w resources and/or power
+ * the relevant h/w blocks down.
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT NOTE: there is an implicit layer containing opaque black
+ * pixels behind all the layers in the list.
+ * It is the responsibility of the hwcomposer module to make
+ * sure black pixels are output (or blended from).
+ *
+ * returns: 0 on success. An negative error code on error:
+ * HWC_EGL_ERROR: eglGetError() will provide the proper error code
+ * Another code for non EGL errors.
+ *
+ */
+ int (*set)(struct hwc_composer_device *dev,
+ hwc_display_t dpy,
+ hwc_surface_t sur,
+ hwc_layer_list_t* list);
+
+ /*
+ * This field is OPTIONAL and can be NULL.
+ *
+ * If non NULL it will be called by SurfaceFlinger on dumpsys
+ */
+ void (*dump)(struct hwc_composer_device* dev, char *buff, int buff_len);
+
+ /*
+ * This field is OPTIONAL and can be NULL.
+ *
+ * (*registerProcs)() registers a set of callbacks the h/w composer HAL
+ * can later use. It is FORBIDDEN to call any of the callbacks from
+ * within registerProcs(). registerProcs() must save the hwc_procs_t pointer
+ * which is needed when calling a registered callback.
+ * Each call to registerProcs replaces the previous set of callbacks.
+ * registerProcs is called with NULL to unregister all callbacks.
+ *
+ * Any of the callbacks can be NULL, in which case the corresponding
+ * functionality is not supported.
+ */
+ void (*registerProcs)(struct hwc_composer_device* dev,
+ hwc_procs_t const* procs);
+
+ /*
+ * This field is OPTIONAL and can be NULL.
+ * availability: HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_2
+ *
+ * Used to retrieve information about the h/w composer
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*query)(struct hwc_composer_device* dev, int what, int* value);
+
+ /*
+ * Reserved for future use. Must be NULL.
+ */
+ void* reserved_proc[4];
+
+ /*
+ * This field is OPTIONAL and can be NULL.
+ * availability: HWC_DEVICE_API_VERSION_0_3
+ */
+ hwc_methods_t const *methods;
+
+} hwc_composer_device_t;
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a device */
+
+static inline int hwc_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ hwc_composer_device_t** device) {
+ return module->methods->open(module,
+ HWC_HARDWARE_COMPOSER, (struct hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int hwc_close(hwc_composer_device_t* device) {
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_HWCOMPOSER_V0_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_HARDWARE_KEYMASTER_H
+#define ANDROID_HARDWARE_KEYMASTER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define KEYSTORE_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "keystore"
+
+#define KEYSTORE_KEYMASTER "keymaster"
+
+/**
+ * The API level of this version of the header. The allows the implementing
+ * module to recognize which API level of the client it is dealing with in
+ * the case of pre-compiled binary clients.
+ */
+#define KEYMASTER_API_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ * Flags for keymaster_device::flags
+ */
+enum {
+ /*
+ * Indicates this keymaster implementation does not have hardware that
+ * keeps private keys out of user space.
+ *
+ * This should not be implemented on anything other than the default
+ * implementation.
+ */
+ KEYMASTER_SOFTWARE_ONLY = 0x00000001,
+};
+
+struct keystore_module {
+ hw_module_t common;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Asymmetric key pair types.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ TYPE_RSA = 1,
+} keymaster_keypair_t;
+
+/**
+ * Parameters needed to generate an RSA key.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ uint32_t modulus_size;
+ uint64_t public_exponent;
+} keymaster_rsa_keygen_params_t;
+
+/**
+ * Digest type used for RSA operations.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ DIGEST_NONE,
+} keymaster_rsa_digest_t;
+
+/**
+ * Type of padding used for RSA operations.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ PADDING_NONE,
+} keymaster_rsa_padding_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ keymaster_rsa_digest_t digest_type;
+ keymaster_rsa_padding_t padding_type;
+} keymaster_rsa_sign_params_t;
+
+/**
+ * The parameters that can be set for a given keymaster implementation.
+ */
+struct keymaster_device {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ uint32_t client_version;
+
+ /**
+ * See flags defined for keymaster_device::flags above.
+ */
+ uint32_t flags;
+
+ void* context;
+
+ /**
+ * Generates a public and private key. The key-blob returned is opaque
+ * and must subsequently provided for signing and verification.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success or an error code less than 0.
+ */
+ int (*generate_keypair)(const struct keymaster_device* dev,
+ const keymaster_keypair_t key_type, const void* key_params,
+ uint8_t** key_blob, size_t* key_blob_length);
+
+ /**
+ * Imports a public and private key pair. The imported keys will be in
+ * PKCS#8 format with DER encoding (Java standard). The key-blob
+ * returned is opaque and will be subsequently provided for signing
+ * and verification.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success or an error code less than 0.
+ */
+ int (*import_keypair)(const struct keymaster_device* dev,
+ const uint8_t* key, const size_t key_length,
+ uint8_t** key_blob, size_t* key_blob_length);
+
+ /**
+ * Gets the public key part of a key pair. The public key must be in
+ * X.509 format (Java standard) encoded byte array.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success or an error code less than 0.
+ * On error, x509_data should not be allocated.
+ */
+ int (*get_keypair_public)(const struct keymaster_device* dev,
+ const uint8_t* key_blob, const size_t key_blob_length,
+ uint8_t** x509_data, size_t* x509_data_length);
+
+ /**
+ * Deletes the key pair associated with the key blob.
+ *
+ * This function is optional and should be set to NULL if it is not
+ * implemented.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or an error code less than 0.
+ */
+ int (*delete_keypair)(const struct keymaster_device* dev,
+ const uint8_t* key_blob, const size_t key_blob_length);
+
+ /**
+ * Deletes all keys in the hardware keystore. Used when keystore is
+ * reset completely.
+ *
+ * This function is optional and should be set to NULL if it is not
+ * implemented.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or an error code less than 0.
+ */
+ int (*delete_all)(const struct keymaster_device* dev);
+
+ /**
+ * Signs data using a key-blob generated before. This can use either
+ * an asymmetric key or a secret key.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on success or an error code less than 0.
+ */
+ int (*sign_data)(const struct keymaster_device* dev,
+ const void* signing_params,
+ const uint8_t* key_blob, const size_t key_blob_length,
+ const uint8_t* data, const size_t data_length,
+ uint8_t** signed_data, size_t* signed_data_length);
+
+ /**
+ * Verifies data signed with a key-blob. This can use either
+ * an asymmetric key or a secret key.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on successful verification or an error code less than 0.
+ */
+ int (*verify_data)(const struct keymaster_device* dev,
+ const void* signing_params,
+ const uint8_t* key_blob, const size_t key_blob_length,
+ const uint8_t* signed_data, const size_t signed_data_length,
+ const uint8_t* signature, const size_t signature_length);
+};
+typedef struct keymaster_device keymaster_device_t;
+
+
+/* Convenience API for opening and closing keymaster devices */
+
+static inline int keymaster_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ keymaster_device_t** device)
+{
+ int rc = module->methods->open(module, KEYSTORE_KEYMASTER,
+ (struct hw_device_t**) device);
+
+ if (!rc) {
+ (*device)->client_version = KEYMASTER_API_VERSION;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+static inline int keymaster_close(keymaster_device_t* device)
+{
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_HARDWARE_KEYMASTER_H
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_LIGHTS_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_LIGHTS_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define LIGHTS_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "lights"
+
+/*
+ * These light IDs correspond to logical lights, not physical.
+ * So for example, if your INDICATOR light is in line with your
+ * BUTTONS, it might make sense to also light the INDICATOR
+ * light to a reasonable color when the BUTTONS are lit.
+ */
+#define LIGHT_ID_BACKLIGHT "backlight"
+#define LIGHT_ID_KEYBOARD "keyboard"
+#define LIGHT_ID_BUTTONS "buttons"
+#define LIGHT_ID_BATTERY "battery"
+#define LIGHT_ID_NOTIFICATIONS "notifications"
+#define LIGHT_ID_ATTENTION "attention"
+
+/*
+ * These lights aren't currently supported by the higher
+ * layers, but could be someday, so we have the constants
+ * here now.
+ */
+#define LIGHT_ID_BLUETOOTH "bluetooth"
+#define LIGHT_ID_WIFI "wifi"
+
+/*
+* Additional hardware-specific lights
+*/
+#define LIGHT_ID_CAPS "caps"
+#define LIGHT_ID_FUNC "func"
+#define LIGHT_ID_WIMAX "wimax"
+#define LIGHT_ID_FLASHLIGHT "flashlight"
+
+/* ************************************************************************
+ * Flash modes for the flashMode field of light_state_t.
+ */
+
+#define LIGHT_FLASH_NONE 0
+
+/**
+ * To flash the light at a given rate, set flashMode to LIGHT_FLASH_TIMED,
+ * and then flashOnMS should be set to the number of milliseconds to turn
+ * the light on, followed by the number of milliseconds to turn the light
+ * off.
+ */
+#define LIGHT_FLASH_TIMED 1
+
+/**
+ * To flash the light using hardware assist, set flashMode to
+ * the hardware mode.
+ */
+#define LIGHT_FLASH_HARDWARE 2
+
+/**
+ * Light brightness is managed by a user setting.
+ */
+#define BRIGHTNESS_MODE_USER 0
+
+/**
+ * Light brightness is managed by a light sensor.
+ */
+#define BRIGHTNESS_MODE_SENSOR 1
+
+/**
+ * The parameters that can be set for a given light.
+ *
+ * Not all lights must support all parameters. If you
+ * can do something backward-compatible, you should.
+ */
+struct light_state_t {
+ /**
+ * The color of the LED in ARGB.
+ *
+ * Do your best here.
+ * - If your light can only do red or green, if they ask for blue,
+ * you should do green.
+ * - If you can only do a brightness ramp, then use this formula:
+ * unsigned char brightness = ((77*((color>>16)&0x00ff))
+ * + (150*((color>>8)&0x00ff)) + (29*(color&0x00ff))) >> 8;
+ * - If you can only do on or off, 0 is off, anything else is on.
+ *
+ * The high byte should be ignored. Callers will set it to 0xff (which
+ * would correspond to 255 alpha).
+ */
+ unsigned int color;
+
+ /**
+ * See the LIGHT_FLASH_* constants
+ */
+ int flashMode;
+ int flashOnMS;
+ int flashOffMS;
+
+ /**
+ * Policy used by the framework to manage the light's brightness.
+ * Currently the values are BRIGHTNESS_MODE_USER and BRIGHTNESS_MODE_SENSOR.
+ */
+ int brightnessMode;
+};
+
+struct light_device_t {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /**
+ * Set the provided lights to the provided values.
+ *
+ * Returns: 0 on succes, error code on failure.
+ */
+ int (*set_light)(struct light_device_t* dev,
+ struct light_state_t const* state);
+};
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_LIGHTS_INTERFACE_H
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_LOCAL_TIME_HAL_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_LOCAL_TIME_HAL_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define LOCAL_TIME_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "local_time"
+
+/**
+ * Name of the local time devices to open
+ */
+#define LOCAL_TIME_HARDWARE_INTERFACE "local_time_hw_if"
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * A structure used to collect low level sync data in a lab environment. Most
+ * HAL implementations will never need this structure.
+ */
+struct local_time_debug_event {
+ int64_t local_timesync_event_id;
+ int64_t local_time;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM
+ * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t
+ * followed by module specific information.
+ */
+struct local_time_module {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+};
+
+struct local_time_hw_device {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * Returns the current value of the system wide local time counter
+ */
+ int64_t (*get_local_time)(struct local_time_hw_device* dev);
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * Returns the nominal frequency (in hertz) of the system wide local time
+ * counter
+ */
+ uint64_t (*get_local_freq)(struct local_time_hw_device* dev);
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * Sets the HW slew rate of oscillator which drives the system wide local
+ * time counter. On success, platforms should return 0. Platforms which
+ * do not support HW slew should leave this method set to NULL.
+ *
+ * Valid values for rate range from MIN_INT16 to MAX_INT16. Platform
+ * implementations should attempt map this range linearly to the min/max
+ * slew rate of their hardware.
+ */
+ int (*set_local_slew)(struct local_time_hw_device* dev, int16_t rate);
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * A method used to collect low level sync data in a lab environments.
+ * Most HAL implementations will simply set this member to NULL, or return
+ * -EINVAL to indicate that this functionality is not supported.
+ * Production HALs should never support this method.
+ */
+ int (*get_debug_log)(struct local_time_hw_device* dev,
+ struct local_time_debug_event* records,
+ int max_records);
+};
+
+typedef struct local_time_hw_device local_time_hw_device_t;
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a supported device */
+
+static inline int local_time_hw_device_open(
+ const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ struct local_time_hw_device** device)
+{
+ return module->methods->open(module, LOCAL_TIME_HARDWARE_INTERFACE,
+ (struct hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int local_time_hw_device_close(struct local_time_hw_device* device)
+{
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_LOCAL_TIME_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011, 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_NFC_HAL_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_NFC_HAL_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+
+/* NFC device HAL for NCI-based NFC controllers.
+ *
+ * This HAL allows NCI silicon vendors to make use
+ * of the core NCI stack in Android for their own silicon.
+ *
+ * The responibilities of the NCI HAL implementation
+ * are as follows:
+ *
+ * - Implement the transport to the NFC controller
+ * - Implement each of the HAL methods specified below as applicable to their silicon
+ * - Pass up received NCI messages from the controller to the stack
+ *
+ * A simplified timeline of NCI HAL method calls:
+ * 1) Core NCI stack calls open()
+ * 2) Core NCI stack executes CORE_RESET and CORE_INIT through calls to write()
+ * 3) Core NCI stack calls core_initialized() to allow HAL to do post-init configuration
+ * 4) Core NCI stack calls pre_discover() to allow HAL to prepare for RF discovery
+ * 5) Core NCI stack starts discovery through calls to write()
+ * 6) Core NCI stack stops discovery through calls to write() (e.g. screen turns off)
+ * 7) Core NCI stack calls pre_discover() to prepare for RF discovery (e.g. screen turned back on)
+ * 8) Core NCI stack starts discovery through calls to write()
+ * ...
+ * ...
+ * 9) Core NCI stack calls close()
+ */
+#define NFC_NCI_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "nfc_nci"
+#define NFC_NCI_CONTROLLER "nci"
+
+/*
+ * nfc_nci_module_t should contain module-specific parameters
+ */
+typedef struct nfc_nci_module_t {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+} nfc_nci_module_t;
+
+/*
+ * HAL events that can be passed back to the stack
+ */
+typedef uint8_t nfc_event_t;
+
+enum {
+ HAL_NFC_OPEN_CPLT_EVT = 0x00,
+ HAL_NFC_CLOSE_CPLT_EVT = 0x01,
+ HAL_NFC_POST_INIT_CPLT_EVT = 0x02,
+ HAL_NFC_PRE_DISCOVER_CPLT_EVT = 0x03,
+ HAL_NFC_REQUEST_CONTROL_EVT = 0x04,
+ HAL_NFC_RELEASE_CONTROL_EVT = 0x05,
+ HAL_NFC_ERROR_EVT = 0x06
+};
+
+/*
+ * Allowed status return values for each of the HAL methods
+ */
+typedef uint8_t nfc_status_t;
+
+enum {
+ HAL_NFC_STATUS_OK = 0x00,
+ HAL_NFC_STATUS_FAILED = 0x01,
+ HAL_NFC_STATUS_ERR_TRANSPORT = 0x02,
+ HAL_NFC_STATUS_ERR_CMD_TIMEOUT = 0x03,
+ HAL_NFC_STATUS_REFUSED = 0x04
+};
+
+/*
+ * The callback passed in from the NFC stack that the HAL
+ * can use to pass events back to the stack.
+ */
+typedef void (nfc_stack_callback_t) (nfc_event_t event, nfc_status_t event_status);
+
+/*
+ * The callback passed in from the NFC stack that the HAL
+ * can use to pass incomming data to the stack.
+ */
+typedef void (nfc_stack_data_callback_t) (uint16_t data_len, uint8_t* p_data);
+
+/* nfc_nci_device_t starts with a hw_device_t struct,
+ * followed by device-specific methods and members.
+ *
+ * All methods in the NCI HAL are asynchronous.
+ */
+typedef struct nfc_nci_device {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+ /*
+ * (*open)() Opens the NFC controller device and performs initialization.
+ * This may include patch download and other vendor-specific initialization.
+ *
+ * If open completes successfully, the controller should be ready to perform
+ * NCI initialization - ie accept CORE_RESET and subsequent commands through
+ * the write() call.
+ *
+ * If open() returns 0, the NCI stack will wait for a HAL_NFC_OPEN_CPLT_EVT
+ * before continuing.
+ *
+ * If open() returns any other value, the NCI stack will stop.
+ *
+ */
+ int (*open)(const struct nfc_nci_device *p_dev, nfc_stack_callback_t *p_cback,
+ nfc_stack_data_callback_t *p_data_cback);
+
+ /*
+ * (*write)() Performs an NCI write.
+ *
+ * This method may queue writes and return immediately. The only
+ * requirement is that the writes are executed in order.
+ */
+ int (*write)(const struct nfc_nci_device *p_dev, uint16_t data_len, const uint8_t *p_data);
+
+ /*
+ * (*core_initialized)() is called after the CORE_INIT_RSP is received from the NFCC.
+ * At this time, the HAL can do any chip-specific configuration.
+ *
+ * If core_initialized() returns 0, the NCI stack will wait for a HAL_NFC_POST_INIT_CPLT_EVT
+ * before continuing.
+ *
+ * If core_initialized() returns any other value, the NCI stack will continue
+ * immediately.
+ */
+ int (*core_initialized)(const struct nfc_nci_device *p_dev, uint8_t* p_core_init_rsp_params);
+
+ /*
+ * (*pre_discover)() Is called every time before starting RF discovery.
+ * It is a good place to do vendor-specific configuration that must be
+ * performed every time RF discovery is about to be started.
+ *
+ * If pre_discover() returns 0, the NCI stack will wait for a HAL_NFC_PRE_DISCOVER_CPLT_EVT
+ * before continuing.
+ *
+ * If pre_discover() returns any other value, the NCI stack will start
+ * RF discovery immediately.
+ */
+ int (*pre_discover)(const struct nfc_nci_device *p_dev);
+
+ /*
+ * (*close)() Closed the NFC controller. Should free all resources.
+ */
+ int (*close)(const struct nfc_nci_device *p_dev);
+
+ /*
+ * (*control_granted)() Grant HAL the exclusive control to send NCI commands.
+ * Called in response to HAL_REQUEST_CONTROL_EVT.
+ * Must only be called when there are no NCI commands pending.
+ * HAL_RELEASE_CONTROL_EVT will notify when HAL no longer needs exclusive control.
+ */
+ int (*control_granted)(const struct nfc_nci_device *p_dev);
+
+ /*
+ * (*power_cycle)() Restart controller by power cyle;
+ * HAL_OPEN_CPLT_EVT will notify when operation is complete.
+ */
+ int (*power_cycle)(const struct nfc_nci_device *p_dev);
+} nfc_nci_device_t;
+
+/*
+ * Convenience methods that the NFC stack can use to open
+ * and close an NCI device
+ */
+static inline int nfc_nci_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ nfc_nci_device_t** dev) {
+ return module->methods->open(module, NFC_NCI_CONTROLLER,
+ (struct hw_device_t**) dev);
+}
+
+static inline int nfc_nci_close(nfc_nci_device_t* dev) {
+ return dev->common.close(&dev->common);
+}
+/*
+ * End NFC NCI HAL
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is a limited NFC HAL for NXP PN544-based devices.
+ * This HAL as Android is moving to
+ * an NCI-based NFC stack.
+ *
+ * All NCI-based NFC controllers should use the NFC-NCI
+ * HAL instead.
+ * Begin PN544 specific HAL
+ */
+#define NFC_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "nfc"
+
+#define NFC_PN544_CONTROLLER "pn544"
+
+typedef struct nfc_module_t {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+} nfc_module_t;
+
+/*
+ * PN544 linktypes.
+ * UART
+ * I2C
+ * USB (uses UART DAL)
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ PN544_LINK_TYPE_UART,
+ PN544_LINK_TYPE_I2C,
+ PN544_LINK_TYPE_USB,
+ PN544_LINK_TYPE_INVALID,
+} nfc_pn544_linktype;
+
+typedef struct {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /* The number of EEPROM registers to write */
+ uint32_t num_eeprom_settings;
+
+ /* The actual EEPROM settings
+ * For PN544, each EEPROM setting is a 4-byte entry,
+ * of the format [0x00, addr_msb, addr_lsb, value].
+ */
+ uint8_t* eeprom_settings;
+
+ /* The link type to which the PN544 is connected */
+ nfc_pn544_linktype linktype;
+
+ /* The device node to which the PN544 is connected */
+ const char* device_node;
+
+ /* On Crespo we had an I2C issue that would cause us to sometimes read
+ * the I2C slave address (0x57) over the bus. libnfc contains
+ * a hack to ignore this byte and try to read the length byte
+ * again.
+ * Set to 0 to disable the workaround, 1 to enable it.
+ */
+ uint8_t enable_i2c_workaround;
+ /* I2C slave address. Multiple I2C addresses are
+ * possible for PN544 module. Configure address according to
+ * board design.
+ */
+ uint8_t i2c_device_address;
+} nfc_pn544_device_t;
+
+static inline int nfc_pn544_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ nfc_pn544_device_t** dev) {
+ return module->methods->open(module, NFC_PN544_CONTROLLER,
+ (struct hw_device_t**) dev);
+}
+
+static inline int nfc_pn544_close(nfc_pn544_device_t* dev) {
+ return dev->common.close(&dev->common);
+}
+/*
+ * End PN544 specific HAL
+ */
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_NFC_HAL_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_POWER_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_POWER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+#define POWER_MODULE_API_VERSION_0_1 HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(0, 1)
+#define POWER_MODULE_API_VERSION_0_2 HARDWARE_MODULE_API_VERSION(0, 2)
+
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define POWER_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "power"
+
+/*
+ * Power hint identifiers passed to (*powerHint)
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+ POWER_HINT_VSYNC = 0x00000001,
+ POWER_HINT_INTERACTION = 0x00000002,
+ POWER_HINT_VIDEO_ENCODE = 0x00000003,
+ POWER_HINT_CPU_BOOST = 0x00000004,
+} power_hint_t;
+
+/**
+ * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM
+ * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t
+ * followed by module specific information.
+ */
+typedef struct power_module {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+
+ /*
+ * (*init)() performs power management setup actions at runtime
+ * startup, such as to set default cpufreq parameters. This is
+ * called only by the Power HAL instance loaded by
+ * PowerManagerService.
+ */
+ void (*init)(struct power_module *module);
+
+ /*
+ * (*setInteractive)() performs power management actions upon the
+ * system entering interactive state (that is, the system is awake
+ * and ready for interaction, often with UI devices such as
+ * display and touchscreen enabled) or non-interactive state (the
+ * system appears asleep, display usually turned off). The
+ * non-interactive state is usually entered after a period of
+ * inactivity, in order to conserve battery power during
+ * such inactive periods.
+ *
+ * Typical actions are to turn on or off devices and adjust
+ * cpufreq parameters. This function may also call the
+ * appropriate interfaces to allow the kernel to suspend the
+ * system to low-power sleep state when entering non-interactive
+ * state, and to disallow low-power suspend when the system is in
+ * interactive state. When low-power suspend state is allowed, the
+ * kernel may suspend the system whenever no wakelocks are held.
+ *
+ * on is non-zero when the system is transitioning to an
+ * interactive / awake state, and zero when transitioning to a
+ * non-interactive / asleep state.
+ *
+ * This function is called to enter non-interactive state after
+ * turning off the screen (if present), and called to enter
+ * interactive state prior to turning on the screen.
+ */
+ void (*setInteractive)(struct power_module *module, int on);
+
+ /*
+ * (*powerHint) is called to pass hints on power requirements, which
+ * may result in adjustment of power/performance parameters of the
+ * cpufreq governor and other controls. The possible hints are:
+ *
+ * POWER_HINT_VSYNC
+ *
+ * Foreground app has started or stopped requesting a VSYNC pulse
+ * from SurfaceFlinger. If the app has started requesting VSYNC
+ * then CPU and GPU load is expected soon, and it may be appropriate
+ * to raise speeds of CPU, memory bus, etc. The data parameter is
+ * non-zero to indicate VSYNC pulse is now requested, or zero for
+ * VSYNC pulse no longer requested.
+ *
+ * POWER_HINT_INTERACTION
+ *
+ * User is interacting with the device, for example, touchscreen
+ * events are incoming. CPU and GPU load may be expected soon,
+ * and it may be appropriate to raise speeds of CPU, memory bus,
+ * etc. The data parameter is unused.
+ *
+ * POWER_HINT_VIDEO_ENCODE
+ *
+ * The user just started or stopped recording video. When encode
+ * begins, large writes to the SD card will be done and this may
+ * cause CPU frequency to increase. The data parameter is a string
+ * with semicolon-separated 'key:value' pairs. The most common key is
+ * 'state', which takes 0 or 1 as its value. For instance, To
+ * indicate that recording is beginning, the string "state:1" would
+ * need to be used. More keys can be provided depending on the data
+ * that is to be passed.
+ *
+ * POWER_HINT_CPU_BOOST
+ *
+ * An operation is happening where it would be ideal for the CPU to
+ * be boosted for a specific duration. The data parameter is an
+ * integer value of the boost duration in microseconds.
+ *
+ * A particular platform may choose to ignore any hint.
+ *
+ * availability: version 0.2
+ *
+ */
+ void (*powerHint)(struct power_module *module, power_hint_t hint,
+ void *data);
+} power_module_t;
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_POWER_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_QEMU_PIPE_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_QEMU_PIPE_H
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <pthread.h> /* for pthread_once() */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef D
+# define D(...) do{}while(0)
+#endif
+
+/* Try to open a new Qemu fast-pipe. This function returns a file descriptor
+ * that can be used to communicate with a named service managed by the
+ * emulator.
+ *
+ * This file descriptor can be used as a standard pipe/socket descriptor.
+ *
+ * 'pipeName' is the name of the emulator service you want to connect to.
+ * E.g. 'opengles' or 'camera'.
+ *
+ * On success, return a valid file descriptor
+ * Returns -1 on error, and errno gives the error code, e.g.:
+ *
+ * EINVAL -> unknown/unsupported pipeName
+ * ENOSYS -> fast pipes not available in this system.
+ *
+ * ENOSYS should never happen, except if you're trying to run within a
+ * misconfigured emulator.
+ *
+ * You should be able to open several pipes to the same pipe service,
+ * except for a few special cases (e.g. GSM modem), where EBUSY will be
+ * returned if more than one client tries to connect to it.
+ */
+static __inline__ int
+qemu_pipe_open(const char* pipeName)
+{
+ char buff[256];
+ int buffLen;
+ int fd, ret;
+
+ if (pipeName == NULL || pipeName[0] == '\0') {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ snprintf(buff, sizeof buff, "pipe:%s", pipeName);
+
+ fd = open("/dev/qemu_pipe", O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ D("%s: Could not open /dev/qemu_pipe: %s", __FUNCTION__, strerror(errno));
+ //errno = ENOSYS;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ buffLen = strlen(buff);
+
+ ret = TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY(write(fd, buff, buffLen+1));
+ if (ret != buffLen+1) {
+ D("%s: Could not connect to %s pipe service: %s", __FUNCTION__, pipeName, strerror(errno));
+ if (ret == 0) {
+ errno = ECONNRESET;
+ } else if (ret > 0) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return fd;
+}
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_QEMUD_PIPE_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_QEMUD_H
+#define ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_QEMUD_H
+
+#include <cutils/sockets.h>
+#include "qemu_pipe.h"
+
+/* the following is helper code that is used by the QEMU-specific
+ * hardware HAL modules to communicate with the emulator program
+ * through the 'qemud' multiplexing daemon, or through the qemud
+ * pipe.
+ *
+ * see the documentation comments for details in
+ * development/emulator/qemud/qemud.c
+ *
+ * all definitions here are built into the HAL module to avoid
+ * having to write a tiny shared library for this.
+ */
+
+/* we expect the D macro to be defined to a function macro
+ * that sends its formatted string argument(s) to the log.
+ * If not, ignore the traces.
+ */
+#ifndef D
+# define D(...) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+static __inline__ int
+qemud_fd_write(int fd, const void* buff, int len)
+{
+ int len2;
+ do {
+ len2 = write(fd, buff, len);
+ } while (len2 < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+ return len2;
+}
+
+static __inline__ int
+qemud_fd_read(int fd, void* buff, int len)
+{
+ int len2;
+ do {
+ len2 = read(fd, buff, len);
+ } while (len2 < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+ return len2;
+}
+
+static __inline__ int
+qemud_channel_open(const char* name)
+{
+ int fd;
+ int namelen = strlen(name);
+ char answer[2];
+ char pipe_name[256];
+
+ /* First, try to connect to the pipe. */
+ snprintf(pipe_name, sizeof(pipe_name), "qemud:%s", name);
+ fd = qemu_pipe_open(pipe_name);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ D("QEMUD pipe is not available for %s: %s", name, strerror(errno));
+ /* If pipe is not available, connect to qemud control socket */
+ fd = socket_local_client( "qemud",
+ ANDROID_SOCKET_NAMESPACE_RESERVED,
+ SOCK_STREAM );
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ D("no qemud control socket: %s", strerror(errno));
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* send service name to connect */
+ if (qemud_fd_write(fd, name, namelen) != namelen) {
+ D("can't send service name to qemud: %s",
+ strerror(errno));
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* read answer from daemon */
+ if (qemud_fd_read(fd, answer, 2) != 2 ||
+ answer[0] != 'O' || answer[1] != 'K') {
+ D("cant' connect to %s service through qemud", name);
+ close(fd);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+ return fd;
+}
+
+static __inline__ int
+qemud_channel_send(int fd, const void* msg, int msglen)
+{
+ char header[5];
+
+ if (msglen < 0)
+ msglen = strlen((const char*)msg);
+
+ if (msglen == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ snprintf(header, sizeof header, "%04x", msglen);
+ if (qemud_fd_write(fd, header, 4) != 4) {
+ D("can't write qemud frame header: %s", strerror(errno));
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (qemud_fd_write(fd, msg, msglen) != msglen) {
+ D("can4t write qemud frame payload: %s", strerror(errno));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static __inline__ int
+qemud_channel_recv(int fd, void* msg, int msgsize)
+{
+ char header[5];
+ int size, avail;
+
+ if (qemud_fd_read(fd, header, 4) != 4) {
+ D("can't read qemud frame header: %s", strerror(errno));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ header[4] = 0;
+ if (sscanf(header, "%04x", &size) != 1) {
+ D("malformed qemud frame header: '%.*s'", 4, header);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if (size > msgsize)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (qemud_fd_read(fd, msg, size) != size) {
+ D("can't read qemud frame payload: %s", strerror(errno));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return size;
+}
+
+#endif /* ANDROID_INCLUDE_HARDWARE_QEMUD_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_SENSORS_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_SENSORS_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * The id of this module
+ */
+#define SENSORS_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID "sensors"
+
+/**
+ * Name of the sensors device to open
+ */
+#define SENSORS_HARDWARE_POLL "poll"
+
+/**
+ * Handles must be higher than SENSORS_HANDLE_BASE and must be unique.
+ * A Handle identifies a given sensors. The handle is used to activate
+ * and/or deactivate sensors.
+ * In this version of the API there can only be 256 handles.
+ */
+#define SENSORS_HANDLE_BASE 0
+#define SENSORS_HANDLE_BITS 8
+#define SENSORS_HANDLE_COUNT (1<<SENSORS_HANDLE_BITS)
+
+
+/**
+ * Sensor types
+ */
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_ACCELEROMETER 1
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_MAGNETIC_FIELD 2
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_ORIENTATION 3
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_GYROSCOPE 4
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_LIGHT 5
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_PRESSURE 6
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_TEMPERATURE 7 // deprecated
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_PROXIMITY 8
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_GRAVITY 9
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_LINEAR_ACCELERATION 10
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_ROTATION_VECTOR 11
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_RELATIVE_HUMIDITY 12
+#define SENSOR_TYPE_AMBIENT_TEMPERATURE 13
+
+/**
+ * Values returned by the accelerometer in various locations in the universe.
+ * all values are in SI units (m/s^2)
+ */
+
+#define GRAVITY_SUN (275.0f)
+#define GRAVITY_EARTH (9.80665f)
+
+/** Maximum magnetic field on Earth's surface */
+#define MAGNETIC_FIELD_EARTH_MAX (60.0f)
+
+/** Minimum magnetic field on Earth's surface */
+#define MAGNETIC_FIELD_EARTH_MIN (30.0f)
+
+
+/**
+ * status of each sensor
+ */
+
+#define SENSOR_STATUS_UNRELIABLE 0
+#define SENSOR_STATUS_ACCURACY_LOW 1
+#define SENSOR_STATUS_ACCURACY_MEDIUM 2
+#define SENSOR_STATUS_ACCURACY_HIGH 3
+
+/**
+ * Definition of the axis
+ * ----------------------
+ *
+ * This API is relative to the screen of the device in its default orientation,
+ * that is, if the device can be used in portrait or landscape, this API
+ * is only relative to the NATURAL orientation of the screen. In other words,
+ * the axis are not swapped when the device's screen orientation changes.
+ * Higher level services /may/ perform this transformation.
+ *
+ * x<0 x>0
+ * ^
+ * |
+ * +-----------+--> y>0
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | | / z<0
+ * | | /
+ * | | /
+ * O-----------+/
+ * |[] [ ] []/
+ * +----------/+ y<0
+ * /
+ * /
+ * |/ z>0 (toward the sky)
+ *
+ * O: Origin (x=0,y=0,z=0)
+ *
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_ORIENTATION
+ * -----------------------
+ *
+ * All values are angles in degrees.
+ *
+ * Orientation sensors return sensor events for all 3 axes at a constant
+ * rate defined by setDelay().
+ *
+ * azimuth: angle between the magnetic north direction and the Y axis, around
+ * the Z axis (0<=azimuth<360).
+ * 0=North, 90=East, 180=South, 270=West
+ *
+ * pitch: Rotation around X axis (-180<=pitch<=180), with positive values when
+ * the z-axis moves toward the y-axis.
+ *
+ * roll: Rotation around Y axis (-90<=roll<=90), with positive values when
+ * the x-axis moves towards the z-axis.
+ *
+ * Note: For historical reasons the roll angle is positive in the clockwise
+ * direction (mathematically speaking, it should be positive in the
+ * counter-clockwise direction):
+ *
+ * Z
+ * ^
+ * (+roll) .--> |
+ * / |
+ * | | roll: rotation around Y axis
+ * X <-------(.)
+ * Y
+ * note that +Y == -roll
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * Note: This definition is different from yaw, pitch and roll used in aviation
+ * where the X axis is along the long side of the plane (tail to nose).
+ *
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_ACCELEROMETER
+ * -------------------------
+ *
+ * All values are in SI units (m/s^2) and measure the acceleration of the
+ * device minus the force of gravity.
+ *
+ * Acceleration sensors return sensor events for all 3 axes at a constant
+ * rate defined by setDelay().
+ *
+ * x: Acceleration minus Gx on the x-axis
+ * y: Acceleration minus Gy on the y-axis
+ * z: Acceleration minus Gz on the z-axis
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ * When the device lies flat on a table and is pushed on its left side
+ * toward the right, the x acceleration value is positive.
+ *
+ * When the device lies flat on a table, the acceleration value is +9.81,
+ * which correspond to the acceleration of the device (0 m/s^2) minus the
+ * force of gravity (-9.81 m/s^2).
+ *
+ * When the device lies flat on a table and is pushed toward the sky, the
+ * acceleration value is greater than +9.81, which correspond to the
+ * acceleration of the device (+A m/s^2) minus the force of
+ * gravity (-9.81 m/s^2).
+ *
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_MAGNETIC_FIELD
+ * --------------------------
+ *
+ * All values are in micro-Tesla (uT) and measure the ambient magnetic
+ * field in the X, Y and Z axis.
+ *
+ * Magnetic Field sensors return sensor events for all 3 axes at a constant
+ * rate defined by setDelay().
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_GYROSCOPE
+ * ---------------------
+ *
+ * All values are in radians/second and measure the rate of rotation
+ * around the X, Y and Z axis. The coordinate system is the same as is
+ * used for the acceleration sensor. Rotation is positive in the
+ * counter-clockwise direction (right-hand rule). That is, an observer
+ * looking from some positive location on the x, y or z axis at a device
+ * positioned on the origin would report positive rotation if the device
+ * appeared to be rotating counter clockwise. Note that this is the
+ * standard mathematical definition of positive rotation and does not agree
+ * with the definition of roll given earlier.
+ * The range should at least be 17.45 rad/s (ie: ~1000 deg/s).
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_PROXIMITY
+ * ----------------------
+ *
+ * The distance value is measured in centimeters. Note that some proximity
+ * sensors only support a binary "close" or "far" measurement. In this case,
+ * the sensor should report its maxRange value in the "far" state and a value
+ * less than maxRange in the "near" state.
+ *
+ * Proximity sensors report a value only when it changes and each time the
+ * sensor is enabled.
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_LIGHT
+ * -----------------
+ *
+ * The light sensor value is returned in SI lux units.
+ *
+ * Light sensors report a value only when it changes and each time the
+ * sensor is enabled.
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_PRESSURE
+ * --------------------
+ *
+ * The pressure sensor return the athmospheric pressure in hectopascal (hPa)
+ *
+ * Pressure sensors report events at a constant rate defined by setDelay().
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_GRAVITY
+ * -------------------
+ *
+ * A gravity output indicates the direction of and magnitude of gravity in
+ * the devices's coordinates. On Earth, the magnitude is 9.8 m/s^2.
+ * Units are m/s^2. The coordinate system is the same as is used for the
+ * acceleration sensor. When the device is at rest, the output of the
+ * gravity sensor should be identical to that of the accelerometer.
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_LINEAR_ACCELERATION
+ * --------------------------------
+ *
+ * Indicates the linear acceleration of the device in device coordinates,
+ * not including gravity.
+ * This output is essentially Acceleration - Gravity. Units are m/s^2.
+ * The coordinate system is the same as is used for the acceleration sensor.
+ *
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_ROTATION_VECTOR
+ * ---------------------------
+ *
+ * A rotation vector represents the orientation of the device as a combination
+ * of an angle and an axis, in which the device has rotated through an angle
+ * theta around an axis <x, y, z>. The three elements of the rotation vector
+ * are <x*sin(theta/2), y*sin(theta/2), z*sin(theta/2)>, such that the magnitude
+ * of the rotation vector is equal to sin(theta/2), and the direction of the
+ * rotation vector is equal to the direction of the axis of rotation. The three
+ * elements of the rotation vector are equal to the last three components of a
+ * unit quaternion <cos(theta/2), x*sin(theta/2), y*sin(theta/2), z*sin(theta/2)>.
+ * Elements of the rotation vector are unitless. The x, y, and z axis are defined
+ * in the same was as for the acceleration sensor.
+ *
+ * The reference coordinate system is defined as a direct orthonormal basis,
+ * where:
+ *
+ * - X is defined as the vector product Y.Z (It is tangential to
+ * the ground at the device's current location and roughly points East).
+ *
+ * - Y is tangential to the ground at the device's current location and
+ * points towards the magnetic North Pole.
+ *
+ * - Z points towards the sky and is perpendicular to the ground.
+ *
+ *
+ * The rotation-vector is stored as:
+ *
+ * sensors_event_t.data[0] = x*sin(theta/2)
+ * sensors_event_t.data[1] = y*sin(theta/2)
+ * sensors_event_t.data[2] = z*sin(theta/2)
+ * sensors_event_t.data[3] = cos(theta/2)
+ *
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_RELATIVE_HUMIDITY
+ * ------------------------------
+ *
+ * A relative humidity sensor measures relative ambient air humidity and
+ * returns a value in percent.
+ *
+ * Relative humidity sensors report a value only when it changes and each
+ * time the sensor is enabled.
+ *
+ *
+ * SENSOR_TYPE_AMBIENT_TEMPERATURE
+ * -------------------------------
+ *
+ * The ambient (room) temperature in degree Celsius.
+ *
+ * Temperature sensors report a value only when it changes and each time the
+ * sensor is enabled.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ union {
+ float v[3];
+ struct {
+ float x;
+ float y;
+ float z;
+ };
+ struct {
+ float azimuth;
+ float pitch;
+ float roll;
+ };
+ };
+ int8_t status;
+ uint8_t reserved[3];
+} sensors_vec_t;
+
+/**
+ * Union of the various types of sensor data
+ * that can be returned.
+ */
+typedef struct sensors_event_t {
+ /* must be sizeof(struct sensors_event_t) */
+ int32_t version;
+
+ /* sensor identifier */
+ int32_t sensor;
+
+ /* sensor type */
+ int32_t type;
+
+ /* reserved */
+ int32_t reserved0;
+
+ /* time is in nanosecond */
+ int64_t timestamp;
+
+ union {
+ float data[16];
+
+ /* acceleration values are in meter per second per second (m/s^2) */
+ sensors_vec_t acceleration;
+
+ /* magnetic vector values are in micro-Tesla (uT) */
+ sensors_vec_t magnetic;
+
+ /* orientation values are in degrees */
+ sensors_vec_t orientation;
+
+ /* gyroscope values are in rad/s */
+ sensors_vec_t gyro;
+
+ /* temperature is in degrees centigrade (Celsius) */
+ float temperature;
+
+ /* distance in centimeters */
+ float distance;
+
+ /* light in SI lux units */
+ float light;
+
+ /* pressure in hectopascal (hPa) */
+ float pressure;
+
+ /* relative humidity in percent */
+ float relative_humidity;
+ };
+ uint32_t reserved1[4];
+} sensors_event_t;
+
+
+
+struct sensor_t;
+
+/**
+ * Every hardware module must have a data structure named HAL_MODULE_INFO_SYM
+ * and the fields of this data structure must begin with hw_module_t
+ * followed by module specific information.
+ */
+struct sensors_module_t {
+ struct hw_module_t common;
+
+ /**
+ * Enumerate all available sensors. The list is returned in "list".
+ * @return number of sensors in the list
+ */
+ int (*get_sensors_list)(struct sensors_module_t* module,
+ struct sensor_t const** list);
+};
+
+struct sensor_t {
+ /* name of this sensors */
+ const char* name;
+ /* vendor of the hardware part */
+ const char* vendor;
+ /* version of the hardware part + driver. The value of this field
+ * must increase when the driver is updated in a way that changes the
+ * output of this sensor. This is important for fused sensors when the
+ * fusion algorithm is updated.
+ */
+ int version;
+ /* handle that identifies this sensors. This handle is used to activate
+ * and deactivate this sensor. The value of the handle must be 8 bits
+ * in this version of the API.
+ */
+ int handle;
+ /* this sensor's type. */
+ int type;
+ /* maximaum range of this sensor's value in SI units */
+ float maxRange;
+ /* smallest difference between two values reported by this sensor */
+ float resolution;
+ /* rough estimate of this sensor's power consumption in mA */
+ float power;
+ /* minimum delay allowed between events in microseconds. A value of zero
+ * means that this sensor doesn't report events at a constant rate, but
+ * rather only when a new data is available */
+ int32_t minDelay;
+ /* reserved fields, must be zero */
+ void* reserved[8];
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Every device data structure must begin with hw_device_t
+ * followed by module specific public methods and attributes.
+ */
+struct sensors_poll_device_t {
+ struct hw_device_t common;
+
+ /** Activate/deactivate one sensor.
+ *
+ * @param handle is the handle of the sensor to change.
+ * @param enabled set to 1 to enable, or 0 to disable the sensor.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative errno code otherwise
+ */
+ int (*activate)(struct sensors_poll_device_t *dev,
+ int handle, int enabled);
+
+ /**
+ * Set the delay between sensor events in nanoseconds for a given sensor.
+ *
+ * If the requested value is less than sensor_t::minDelay, then it's
+ * silently clamped to sensor_t::minDelay unless sensor_t::minDelay is
+ * 0, in which case it is clamped to >= 1ms.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if successful, < 0 on error
+ */
+ int (*setDelay)(struct sensors_poll_device_t *dev,
+ int handle, int64_t ns);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns an array of sensor data.
+ * This function must block until events are available.
+ *
+ * @return the number of events read on success, or -errno in case of an error.
+ * This function should never return 0 (no event).
+ *
+ */
+ int (*poll)(struct sensors_poll_device_t *dev,
+ sensors_event_t* data, int count);
+};
+
+/** convenience API for opening and closing a device */
+
+static inline int sensors_open(const struct hw_module_t* module,
+ struct sensors_poll_device_t** device) {
+ return module->methods->open(module,
+ SENSORS_HARDWARE_POLL, (struct hw_device_t**)device);
+}
+
+static inline int sensors_close(struct sensors_poll_device_t* device) {
+ return device->common.close(&device->common);
+}
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_SENSORS_INTERFACE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CONF_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CONF_H
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Definitions for audio policy configuration file (audio_policy.conf)
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID_MAX_LEN 32
+
+#define AUDIO_POLICY_CONFIG_FILE "/system/etc/audio_policy.conf"
+#define AUDIO_POLICY_VENDOR_CONFIG_FILE "/vendor/etc/audio_policy.conf"
+
+// global configuration
+#define GLOBAL_CONFIG_TAG "global_configuration"
+
+#define ATTACHED_OUTPUT_DEVICES_TAG "attached_output_devices"
+#define DEFAULT_OUTPUT_DEVICE_TAG "default_output_device"
+#define ATTACHED_INPUT_DEVICES_TAG "attached_input_devices"
+
+// hw modules descriptions
+#define AUDIO_HW_MODULE_TAG "audio_hw_modules"
+
+#define OUTPUTS_TAG "outputs"
+#define INPUTS_TAG "inputs"
+
+#define SAMPLING_RATES_TAG "sampling_rates"
+#define FORMATS_TAG "formats"
+#define CHANNELS_TAG "channel_masks"
+#define DEVICES_TAG "devices"
+#define FLAGS_TAG "flags"
+
+#define DYNAMIC_VALUE_TAG "dynamic" // special value for "channel_masks", "sampling_rates" and
+ // "formats" in outputs descriptors indicating that supported
+ // values should be queried after opening the output.
+
+#endif // ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CONF_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * include/linux/sw_sync.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Google, Inc.
+ *
+ * This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ * License version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation, and
+ * may be copied, distributed, and modified under those terms.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LINUX_SW_SYNC_H
+#define _LINUX_SW_SYNC_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+
+#include <linux/sync.h>
+
+struct sw_sync_timeline {
+ struct sync_timeline obj;
+
+ u32 value;
+};
+
+struct sw_sync_pt {
+ struct sync_pt pt;
+
+ u32 value;
+};
+
+struct sw_sync_timeline *sw_sync_timeline_create(const char *name);
+void sw_sync_timeline_inc(struct sw_sync_timeline *obj, u32 inc);
+
+struct sync_pt *sw_sync_pt_create(struct sw_sync_timeline *obj, u32 value);
+
+#endif /* __KERNEL __ */
+
+struct sw_sync_create_fence_data {
+ __u32 value;
+ char name[32];
+ __s32 fence; /* fd of new fence */
+};
+
+#define SW_SYNC_IOC_MAGIC 'W'
+
+#define SW_SYNC_IOC_CREATE_FENCE _IOWR(SW_SYNC_IOC_MAGIC, 0,\
+ struct sw_sync_create_fence_data)
+#define SW_SYNC_IOC_INC _IOW(SW_SYNC_IOC_MAGIC, 1, __u32)
+
+
+#endif /* _LINUX_SW_SYNC_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * include/linux/sync.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Google, Inc.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LINUX_SYNC_H
+#define _LINUX_SYNC_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+
+#include <linux/kref.h>
+#include <linux/ktime.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+
+struct sync_timeline;
+struct sync_pt;
+struct sync_fence;
+struct seq_file;
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_timeline_ops - sync object implementation ops
+ * @driver_name: name of the implentation
+ * @dup: duplicate a sync_pt
+ * @has_signaled: returns:
+ * 1 if pt has signaled
+ * 0 if pt has not signaled
+ * <0 on error
+ * @compare: returns:
+ * 1 if b will signal before a
+ * 0 if a and b will signal at the same time
+ * -1 if a will signabl before b
+ * @free_pt: called before sync_pt is freed
+ * @release_obj: called before sync_timeline is freed
+ * @print_obj: deprecated
+ * @print_pt: deprecated
+ * @fill_driver_data: write implmentation specific driver data to data.
+ * should return an error if there is not enough room
+ * as specified by size. This information is returned
+ * to userspace by SYNC_IOC_FENCE_INFO.
+ * @timeline_value_str: fill str with the value of the sync_timeline's counter
+ * @pt_value_str: fill str with the value of the sync_pt
+ */
+struct sync_timeline_ops {
+ const char *driver_name;
+
+ /* required */
+ struct sync_pt *(*dup)(struct sync_pt *pt);
+
+ /* required */
+ int (*has_signaled)(struct sync_pt *pt);
+
+ /* required */
+ int (*compare)(struct sync_pt *a, struct sync_pt *b);
+
+ /* optional */
+ void (*free_pt)(struct sync_pt *sync_pt);
+
+ /* optional */
+ void (*release_obj)(struct sync_timeline *sync_timeline);
+
+ /* deprecated */
+ void (*print_obj)(struct seq_file *s,
+ struct sync_timeline *sync_timeline);
+
+ /* deprecated */
+ void (*print_pt)(struct seq_file *s, struct sync_pt *sync_pt);
+
+ /* optional */
+ int (*fill_driver_data)(struct sync_pt *syncpt, void *data, int size);
+
+ /* optional */
+ void (*timeline_value_str)(struct sync_timeline *timeline, char *str,
+ int size);
+
+ /* optional */
+ void (*pt_value_str)(struct sync_pt *pt, char *str, int size);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_timeline - sync object
+ * @kref: reference count on fence.
+ * @ops: ops that define the implementaiton of the sync_timeline
+ * @name: name of the sync_timeline. Useful for debugging
+ * @destoryed: set when sync_timeline is destroyed
+ * @child_list_head: list of children sync_pts for this sync_timeline
+ * @child_list_lock: lock protecting @child_list_head, destroyed, and
+ * sync_pt.status
+ * @active_list_head: list of active (unsignaled/errored) sync_pts
+ * @sync_timeline_list: membership in global sync_timeline_list
+ */
+struct sync_timeline {
+ struct kref kref;
+ const struct sync_timeline_ops *ops;
+ char name[32];
+
+ /* protected by child_list_lock */
+ bool destroyed;
+
+ struct list_head child_list_head;
+ spinlock_t child_list_lock;
+
+ struct list_head active_list_head;
+ spinlock_t active_list_lock;
+
+ struct list_head sync_timeline_list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_pt - sync point
+ * @parent: sync_timeline to which this sync_pt belongs
+ * @child_list: membership in sync_timeline.child_list_head
+ * @active_list: membership in sync_timeline.active_list_head
+ * @signaled_list: membership in temorary signaled_list on stack
+ * @fence: sync_fence to which the sync_pt belongs
+ * @pt_list: membership in sync_fence.pt_list_head
+ * @status: 1: signaled, 0:active, <0: error
+ * @timestamp: time which sync_pt status transitioned from active to
+ * singaled or error.
+ */
+struct sync_pt {
+ struct sync_timeline *parent;
+ struct list_head child_list;
+
+ struct list_head active_list;
+ struct list_head signaled_list;
+
+ struct sync_fence *fence;
+ struct list_head pt_list;
+
+ /* protected by parent->active_list_lock */
+ int status;
+
+ ktime_t timestamp;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_fence - sync fence
+ * @file: file representing this fence
+ * @kref: referenace count on fence.
+ * @name: name of sync_fence. Useful for debugging
+ * @pt_list_head: list of sync_pts in ths fence. immutable once fence
+ * is created
+ * @waiter_list_head: list of asynchronous waiters on this fence
+ * @waiter_list_lock: lock protecting @waiter_list_head and @status
+ * @status: 1: signaled, 0:active, <0: error
+ *
+ * @wq: wait queue for fence signaling
+ * @sync_fence_list: membership in global fence list
+ */
+struct sync_fence {
+ struct file *file;
+ struct kref kref;
+ char name[32];
+
+ /* this list is immutable once the fence is created */
+ struct list_head pt_list_head;
+
+ struct list_head waiter_list_head;
+ spinlock_t waiter_list_lock; /* also protects status */
+ int status;
+
+ wait_queue_head_t wq;
+
+ struct list_head sync_fence_list;
+};
+
+struct sync_fence_waiter;
+typedef void (*sync_callback_t)(struct sync_fence *fence,
+ struct sync_fence_waiter *waiter);
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_fence_waiter - metadata for asynchronous waiter on a fence
+ * @waiter_list: membership in sync_fence.waiter_list_head
+ * @callback: function pointer to call when fence signals
+ * @callback_data: pointer to pass to @callback
+ */
+struct sync_fence_waiter {
+ struct list_head waiter_list;
+
+ sync_callback_t callback;
+};
+
+static inline void sync_fence_waiter_init(struct sync_fence_waiter *waiter,
+ sync_callback_t callback)
+{
+ waiter->callback = callback;
+}
+
+/*
+ * API for sync_timeline implementers
+ */
+
+/**
+ * sync_timeline_create() - creates a sync object
+ * @ops: specifies the implemention ops for the object
+ * @size: size to allocate for this obj
+ * @name: sync_timeline name
+ *
+ * Creates a new sync_timeline which will use the implemetation specified by
+ * @ops. @size bytes will be allocated allowing for implemntation specific
+ * data to be kept after the generic sync_timeline stuct.
+ */
+struct sync_timeline *sync_timeline_create(const struct sync_timeline_ops *ops,
+ int size, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * sync_timeline_destory() - destorys a sync object
+ * @obj: sync_timeline to destroy
+ *
+ * A sync implemntation should call this when the @obj is going away
+ * (i.e. module unload.) @obj won't actually be freed until all its childern
+ * sync_pts are freed.
+ */
+void sync_timeline_destroy(struct sync_timeline *obj);
+
+/**
+ * sync_timeline_signal() - signal a status change on a sync_timeline
+ * @obj: sync_timeline to signal
+ *
+ * A sync implemntation should call this any time one of it's sync_pts
+ * has signaled or has an error condition.
+ */
+void sync_timeline_signal(struct sync_timeline *obj);
+
+/**
+ * sync_pt_create() - creates a sync pt
+ * @parent: sync_pt's parent sync_timeline
+ * @size: size to allocate for this pt
+ *
+ * Creates a new sync_pt as a chiled of @parent. @size bytes will be
+ * allocated allowing for implemntation specific data to be kept after
+ * the generic sync_timeline struct.
+ */
+struct sync_pt *sync_pt_create(struct sync_timeline *parent, int size);
+
+/**
+ * sync_pt_free() - frees a sync pt
+ * @pt: sync_pt to free
+ *
+ * This should only be called on sync_pts which have been created but
+ * not added to a fence.
+ */
+void sync_pt_free(struct sync_pt *pt);
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_create() - creates a sync fence
+ * @name: name of fence to create
+ * @pt: sync_pt to add to the fence
+ *
+ * Creates a fence containg @pt. Once this is called, the fence takes
+ * ownership of @pt.
+ */
+struct sync_fence *sync_fence_create(const char *name, struct sync_pt *pt);
+
+/*
+ * API for sync_fence consumers
+ */
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_merge() - merge two fences
+ * @name: name of new fence
+ * @a: fence a
+ * @b: fence b
+ *
+ * Creates a new fence which contains copies of all the sync_pts in both
+ * @a and @b. @a and @b remain valid, independent fences.
+ */
+struct sync_fence *sync_fence_merge(const char *name,
+ struct sync_fence *a, struct sync_fence *b);
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_fdget() - get a fence from an fd
+ * @fd: fd referencing a fence
+ *
+ * Ensures @fd references a valid fence, increments the refcount of the backing
+ * file, and returns the fence.
+ */
+struct sync_fence *sync_fence_fdget(int fd);
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_put() - puts a refernnce of a sync fence
+ * @fence: fence to put
+ *
+ * Puts a reference on @fence. If this is the last reference, the fence and
+ * all it's sync_pts will be freed
+ */
+void sync_fence_put(struct sync_fence *fence);
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_install() - installs a fence into a file descriptor
+ * @fence: fence to instal
+ * @fd: file descriptor in which to install the fence
+ *
+ * Installs @fence into @fd. @fd's should be acquired through get_unused_fd().
+ */
+void sync_fence_install(struct sync_fence *fence, int fd);
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_wait_async() - registers and async wait on the fence
+ * @fence: fence to wait on
+ * @waiter: waiter callback struck
+ *
+ * Returns 1 if @fence has already signaled.
+ *
+ * Registers a callback to be called when @fence signals or has an error.
+ * @waiter should be initialized with sync_fence_waiter_init().
+ */
+int sync_fence_wait_async(struct sync_fence *fence,
+ struct sync_fence_waiter *waiter);
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_cancel_async() - cancels an async wait
+ * @fence: fence to wait on
+ * @waiter: waiter callback struck
+ *
+ * returns 0 if waiter was removed from fence's async waiter list.
+ * returns -ENOENT if waiter was not found on fence's async waiter list.
+ *
+ * Cancels a previously registered async wait. Will fail gracefully if
+ * @waiter was never registered or if @fence has already signaled @waiter.
+ */
+int sync_fence_cancel_async(struct sync_fence *fence,
+ struct sync_fence_waiter *waiter);
+
+/**
+ * sync_fence_wait() - wait on fence
+ * @fence: fence to wait on
+ * @tiemout: timeout in ms
+ *
+ * Wait for @fence to be signaled or have an error. Waits indefinitely
+ * if @timeout < 0
+ */
+int sync_fence_wait(struct sync_fence *fence, long timeout);
+
+#endif /* __KERNEL__ */
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_merge_data - data passed to merge ioctl
+ * @fd2: file descriptor of second fence
+ * @name: name of new fence
+ * @fence: returns the fd of the new fence to userspace
+ */
+struct sync_merge_data {
+ __s32 fd2; /* fd of second fence */
+ char name[32]; /* name of new fence */
+ __s32 fence; /* fd on newly created fence */
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_pt_info - detailed sync_pt information
+ * @len: length of sync_pt_info including any driver_data
+ * @obj_name: name of parent sync_timeline
+ * @driver_name: name of driver implmenting the parent
+ * @status: status of the sync_pt 0:active 1:signaled <0:error
+ * @timestamp_ns: timestamp of status change in nanoseconds
+ * @driver_data: any driver dependant data
+ */
+struct sync_pt_info {
+ __u32 len;
+ char obj_name[32];
+ char driver_name[32];
+ __s32 status;
+ __u64 timestamp_ns;
+
+ __u8 driver_data[0];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sync_fence_info_data - data returned from fence info ioctl
+ * @len: ioctl caller writes the size of the buffer its passing in.
+ * ioctl returns length of sync_fence_data reutnred to userspace
+ * including pt_info.
+ * @name: name of fence
+ * @status: status of fence. 1: signaled 0:active <0:error
+ * @pt_info: a sync_pt_info struct for every sync_pt in the fence
+ */
+struct sync_fence_info_data {
+ __u32 len;
+ char name[32];
+ __s32 status;
+
+ __u8 pt_info[0];
+};
+
+#define SYNC_IOC_MAGIC '>'
+
+/**
+ * DOC: SYNC_IOC_WAIT - wait for a fence to signal
+ *
+ * pass timeout in milliseconds. Waits indefinitely timeout < 0.
+ */
+#define SYNC_IOC_WAIT _IOW(SYNC_IOC_MAGIC, 0, __s32)
+
+/**
+ * DOC: SYNC_IOC_MERGE - merge two fences
+ *
+ * Takes a struct sync_merge_data. Creates a new fence containing copies of
+ * the sync_pts in both the calling fd and sync_merge_data.fd2. Returns the
+ * new fence's fd in sync_merge_data.fence
+ */
+#define SYNC_IOC_MERGE _IOWR(SYNC_IOC_MAGIC, 1, struct sync_merge_data)
+
+/**
+ * DOC: SYNC_IOC_FENCE_INFO - get detailed information on a fence
+ *
+ * Takes a struct sync_fence_info_data with extra space allocated for pt_info.
+ * Caller should write the size of the buffer into len. On return, len is
+ * updated to reflect the total size of the sync_fence_info_data including
+ * pt_info.
+ *
+ * pt_info is a buffer containing sync_pt_infos for every sync_pt in the fence.
+ * To itterate over the sync_pt_infos, use the sync_pt_info.len field.
+ */
+#define SYNC_IOC_FENCE_INFO _IOWR(SYNC_IOC_MAGIC, 2,\
+ struct sync_fence_info_data)
+
+#endif /* _LINUX_SYNC_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+/* This file is used to define the properties of the filesystem
+** images generated by build tools (mkbootfs and mkyaffs2image) and
+** by the device side of adb.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_FILESYSTEM_CONFIG_H_
+#define _ANDROID_FILESYSTEM_CONFIG_H_
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* This is the master Users and Groups config for the platform.
+** DO NOT EVER RENUMBER.
+*/
+
+#define AID_ROOT 0 /* traditional unix root user */
+
+#define AID_SYSTEM 1000 /* system server */
+
+#define AID_RADIO 1001 /* telephony subsystem, RIL */
+#define AID_BLUETOOTH 1002 /* bluetooth subsystem */
+#define AID_GRAPHICS 1003 /* graphics devices */
+#define AID_INPUT 1004 /* input devices */
+#define AID_AUDIO 1005 /* audio devices */
+#define AID_CAMERA 1006 /* camera devices */
+#define AID_LOG 1007 /* log devices */
+#define AID_COMPASS 1008 /* compass device */
+#define AID_MOUNT 1009 /* mountd socket */
+#define AID_WIFI 1010 /* wifi subsystem */
+#define AID_ADB 1011 /* android debug bridge (adbd) */
+#define AID_INSTALL 1012 /* group for installing packages */
+#define AID_MEDIA 1013 /* mediaserver process */
+#define AID_DHCP 1014 /* dhcp client */
+#define AID_SDCARD_RW 1015 /* external storage write access */
+#define AID_VPN 1016 /* vpn system */
+#define AID_KEYSTORE 1017 /* keystore subsystem */
+#define AID_USB 1018 /* USB devices */
+#define AID_DRM 1019 /* DRM server */
+#define AID_MDNSR 1020 /* MulticastDNSResponder (service discovery) */
+#define AID_GPS 1021 /* GPS daemon */
+#define AID_UNUSED1 1022 /* deprecated, DO NOT USE */
+#define AID_MEDIA_RW 1023 /* internal media storage write access */
+#define AID_MTP 1024 /* MTP USB driver access */
+#define AID_UNUSED2 1025 /* deprecated, DO NOT USE */
+#define AID_DRMRPC 1026 /* group for drm rpc */
+#define AID_NFC 1027 /* nfc subsystem */
+#define AID_SDCARD_R 1028 /* external storage read access */
+
+#define AID_SHELL 2000 /* adb and debug shell user */
+#define AID_CACHE 2001 /* cache access */
+#define AID_DIAG 2002 /* access to diagnostic resources */
+
+/* The 3000 series are intended for use as supplemental group id's only.
+ * They indicate special Android capabilities that the kernel is aware of. */
+#define AID_NET_BT_ADMIN 3001 /* bluetooth: create any socket */
+#define AID_NET_BT 3002 /* bluetooth: create sco, rfcomm or l2cap sockets */
+#define AID_INET 3003 /* can create AF_INET and AF_INET6 sockets */
+#define AID_NET_RAW 3004 /* can create raw INET sockets */
+#define AID_NET_ADMIN 3005 /* can configure interfaces and routing tables. */
+#define AID_NET_BW_STATS 3006 /* read bandwidth statistics */
+#define AID_NET_BW_ACCT 3007 /* change bandwidth statistics accounting */
+#define AID_NET_BT_STACK 3008 /* bluetooth: access config files */
+#define AID_QCOM_ONCRPC 3009 /* can read/write /dev/oncrpc files */
+#define AID_QCOM_DIAG 3010 /* can read/write /dev/diag */
+
+#if defined(MOTOROLA_UIDS)
+#define AID_MOT_OSH 5000 /* OSH */
+#define AID_MOT_ACCY 9000 /* access to accessory */
+#define AID_MOT_PWRIC 9001 /* power IC */
+#define AID_MOT_USB 9002 /* mot usb */
+#define AID_MOT_DRM 9003 /* can access DRM resource. */
+#define AID_MOT_TCMD 9004 /* mot_tcmd */
+#define AID_MOT_SEC_RTC 9005 /* mot cpcap rtc */
+#define AID_MOT_TOMBSTONE 9006
+#define AID_MOT_TPAPI 9007 /* mot_tpapi */
+#define AID_MOT_SECCLKD 9008 /* mot_secclkd */
+#define AID_MOT_WHISPER 9009 /* Whisper Protocol access */
+#define AID_MOT_CAIF 9010 /* can create CAIF sockets */
+#define AID_MOT_DLNA 9011 /* DLNA native */
+#endif // MOTOROLA_UIDS
+
+#define AID_MISC 9998 /* access to misc storage */
+#define AID_NOBODY 9999
+
+#define AID_APP 10000 /* first app user */
+
+#define AID_ISOLATED_START 99000 /* start of uids for fully isolated sandboxed processes */
+#define AID_ISOLATED_END 99999 /* end of uids for fully isolated sandboxed processes */
+
+#define AID_USER 100000 /* offset for uid ranges for each user */
+
+#define AID_SHARED_GID_START 50000 /* start of gids for apps in each user to share */
+#define AID_SHARED_GID_END 59999 /* start of gids for apps in each user to share */
+
+#if !defined(EXCLUDE_FS_CONFIG_STRUCTURES)
+struct android_id_info {
+ const char *name;
+ unsigned aid;
+};
+
+static const struct android_id_info android_ids[] = {
+ { "root", AID_ROOT, },
+ { "system", AID_SYSTEM, },
+ { "radio", AID_RADIO, },
+ { "bluetooth", AID_BLUETOOTH, },
+ { "graphics", AID_GRAPHICS, },
+ { "input", AID_INPUT, },
+ { "audio", AID_AUDIO, },
+ { "camera", AID_CAMERA, },
+ { "log", AID_LOG, },
+ { "compass", AID_COMPASS, },
+ { "mount", AID_MOUNT, },
+ { "wifi", AID_WIFI, },
+ { "dhcp", AID_DHCP, },
+ { "adb", AID_ADB, },
+ { "install", AID_INSTALL, },
+ { "media", AID_MEDIA, },
+ { "drm", AID_DRM, },
+ { "mdnsr", AID_MDNSR, },
+ { "nfc", AID_NFC, },
+ { "drmrpc", AID_DRMRPC, },
+ { "shell", AID_SHELL, },
+ { "cache", AID_CACHE, },
+ { "diag", AID_DIAG, },
+ { "net_bt_admin", AID_NET_BT_ADMIN, },
+ { "net_bt", AID_NET_BT, },
+ { "net_bt_stack", AID_NET_BT_STACK, },
+ { "sdcard_r", AID_SDCARD_R, },
+ { "sdcard_rw", AID_SDCARD_RW, },
+ { "media_rw", AID_MEDIA_RW, },
+ { "vpn", AID_VPN, },
+ { "keystore", AID_KEYSTORE, },
+ { "usb", AID_USB, },
+ { "mtp", AID_MTP, },
+ { "gps", AID_GPS, },
+ { "inet", AID_INET, },
+ { "net_raw", AID_NET_RAW, },
+ { "net_admin", AID_NET_ADMIN, },
+ { "net_bw_stats", AID_NET_BW_STATS, },
+ { "net_bw_acct", AID_NET_BW_ACCT, },
+ { "qcom_oncrpc", AID_QCOM_ONCRPC, },
+ { "qcom_diag", AID_QCOM_DIAG, },
+#if defined(MOTOROLA_UIDS)
+ { "mot_osh", AID_MOT_OSH, },
+ { "mot_accy", AID_MOT_ACCY, },
+ { "mot_pwric", AID_MOT_PWRIC, },
+ { "mot_usb", AID_MOT_USB, },
+ { "mot_drm", AID_MOT_DRM, },
+ { "mot_tcmd", AID_MOT_TCMD, },
+ { "mot_sec_rtc", AID_MOT_SEC_RTC, },
+ { "mot_tombstone", AID_MOT_TOMBSTONE, },
+ { "mot_tpapi", AID_MOT_TPAPI, },
+ { "mot_secclkd", AID_MOT_SECCLKD, },
+ { "mot_whisper", AID_MOT_WHISPER, },
+ { "mot_caif", AID_MOT_CAIF, },
+ { "mot_dlna", AID_MOT_DLNA, },
+#endif
+ { "misc", AID_MISC, },
+ { "nobody", AID_NOBODY, },
+};
+
+#define android_id_count \
+ (sizeof(android_ids) / sizeof(android_ids[0]))
+
+struct fs_path_config {
+ unsigned mode;
+ unsigned uid;
+ unsigned gid;
+ const char *prefix;
+};
+
+/* Rules for directories.
+** These rules are applied based on "first match", so they
+** should start with the most specific path and work their
+** way up to the root.
+*/
+
+static struct fs_path_config android_dirs[] = {
+ { 00770, AID_SYSTEM, AID_CACHE, "cache" },
+ { 00771, AID_SYSTEM, AID_SYSTEM, "data/app" },
+ { 00771, AID_SYSTEM, AID_SYSTEM, "data/app-private" },
+ { 00771, AID_SYSTEM, AID_SYSTEM, "data/dalvik-cache" },
+ { 00771, AID_SYSTEM, AID_SYSTEM, "data/data" },
+ { 00771, AID_SHELL, AID_SHELL, "data/local/tmp" },
+ { 00771, AID_SHELL, AID_SHELL, "data/local" },
+ { 01771, AID_SYSTEM, AID_MISC, "data/misc" },
+ { 00770, AID_DHCP, AID_DHCP, "data/misc/dhcp" },
+ { 00775, AID_MEDIA_RW, AID_MEDIA_RW, "data/media" },
+ { 00775, AID_MEDIA_RW, AID_MEDIA_RW, "data/media/Music" },
+ { 00771, AID_SYSTEM, AID_SYSTEM, "data" },
+ { 00750, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "sbin" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/addon.d" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/bin" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/vendor" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/xbin" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/etc/ppp" },
+ { 00777, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "sdcard" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, 0 },
+};
+
+/* Rules for files.
+** These rules are applied based on "first match", so they
+** should start with the most specific path and work their
+** way up to the root. Prefixes ending in * denotes wildcard
+** and will allow partial matches.
+*/
+static struct fs_path_config android_files[] = {
+ { 00440, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/etc/init.goldfish.rc" },
+ { 00550, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/etc/init.goldfish.sh" },
+ { 00440, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/etc/init.trout.rc" },
+ { 00550, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/etc/init.ril" },
+ { 00550, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/etc/init.testmenu" },
+ { 00550, AID_DHCP, AID_SHELL, "system/etc/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-run-hooks" },
+ { 00440, AID_BLUETOOTH, AID_BLUETOOTH, "system/etc/dbus.conf" },
+ { 00444, AID_RADIO, AID_AUDIO, "system/etc/AudioPara4.csv" },
+ { 00555, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/etc/ppp/*" },
+ { 00555, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/etc/rc.*" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/addon.d/*" },
+ { 00644, AID_SYSTEM, AID_SYSTEM, "data/app/*" },
+ { 00644, AID_MEDIA_RW, AID_MEDIA_RW, "data/media/*" },
+ { 00644, AID_SYSTEM, AID_SYSTEM, "data/app-private/*" },
+ { 00644, AID_APP, AID_APP, "data/data/*" },
+ /* the following two files are INTENTIONALLY set-gid and not set-uid.
+ * Do not change. */
+ { 02755, AID_ROOT, AID_NET_RAW, "system/bin/ping" },
+ { 02750, AID_ROOT, AID_INET, "system/bin/netcfg" },
+ /* the following five files are INTENTIONALLY set-uid, but they
+ * are NOT included on user builds. */
+ { 06755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/xbin/su" },
+ { 06755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/xbin/librank" },
+ { 06755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/xbin/procrank" },
+ { 06755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/xbin/procmem" },
+ { 06755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/xbin/tcpdump" },
+ { 04770, AID_ROOT, AID_RADIO, "system/bin/pppd-ril" },
+ /* the following file is INTENTIONALLY set-uid, and IS included
+ * in user builds. */
+ { 06750, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/bin/run-as" },
+ { 06750, AID_ROOT, AID_SYSTEM, "system/bin/rebootcmd" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/bin/*" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "system/lib/valgrind/*" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/xbin/*" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/vendor/bin/*" },
+ { 00750, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "sbin/*" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, "bin/*" },
+ { 00750, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "init*" },
+ { 00750, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "charger*" },
+ { 00750, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "sbin/fs_mgr" },
+ { 00640, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "fstab.*" },
+ { 00755, AID_ROOT, AID_SHELL, "system/etc/init.d/*" },
+ { 00644, AID_ROOT, AID_ROOT, 0 },
+};
+
+static inline void fs_config(const char *path, int dir,
+ unsigned *uid, unsigned *gid, unsigned *mode)
+{
+ struct fs_path_config *pc;
+ int plen;
+
+ pc = dir ? android_dirs : android_files;
+ plen = strlen(path);
+ for(; pc->prefix; pc++){
+ int len = strlen(pc->prefix);
+ if (dir) {
+ if(plen < len) continue;
+ if(!strncmp(pc->prefix, path, len)) break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* If name ends in * then allow partial matches. */
+ if (pc->prefix[len -1] == '*') {
+ if(!strncmp(pc->prefix, path, len - 1)) break;
+ } else if (plen == len){
+ if(!strncmp(pc->prefix, path, len)) break;
+ }
+ }
+ *uid = pc->uid;
+ *gid = pc->gid;
+ *mode = (*mode & (~07777)) | pc->mode;
+
+#if 0
+ fprintf(stderr,"< '%s' '%s' %d %d %o >\n",
+ path, pc->prefix ? pc->prefix : "", *uid, *gid, *mode);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * sync.h
+ *
+ * Copyright 2012 Google, Inc
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SYS_CORE_SYNC_H
+#define __SYS_CORE_SYNC_H
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+// XXX: These structs are copied from the header "linux/sync.h".
+struct sync_fence_info_data {
+ uint32_t len;
+ char name[32];
+ int32_t status;
+ uint8_t pt_info[0];
+};
+
+struct sync_pt_info {
+ uint32_t len;
+ char obj_name[32];
+ char driver_name[32];
+ int32_t status;
+ uint64_t timestamp_ns;
+ uint8_t driver_data[0];
+};
+
+/* timeout in msecs */
+int sync_wait(int fd, int timeout);
+int sync_merge(const char *name, int fd1, int fd2);
+struct sync_fence_info_data *sync_fence_info(int fd);
+struct sync_pt_info *sync_pt_info(struct sync_fence_info_data *info,
+ struct sync_pt_info *itr);
+void sync_fence_info_free(struct sync_fence_info_data *info);
+
+/* sw_sync is mainly inteded for testing and should not be complied into
+ * production kernels
+ */
+
+int sw_sync_timeline_create(void);
+int sw_sync_timeline_inc(int fd, unsigned count);
+int sw_sync_fence_create(int fd, const char *name, unsigned value);
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* __SYS_CORE_SYNC_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_CORE_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_CORE_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <cutils/bitops.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* The enums were moved here mostly from
+ * frameworks/base/include/media/AudioSystem.h
+ */
+
+typedef int audio_io_handle_t;
+
+/* Audio stream types */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_STREAM_DEFAULT = -1,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_VOICE_CALL = 0,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_SYSTEM = 1,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_RING = 2,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_MUSIC = 3,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_ALARM = 4,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_NOTIFICATION = 5,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_BLUETOOTH_SCO = 6,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_ENFORCED_AUDIBLE = 7, /* Sounds that cannot be muted by user and must be routed to speaker */
+ AUDIO_STREAM_DTMF = 8,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_TTS = 9,
+
+ AUDIO_STREAM_CNT,
+ AUDIO_STREAM_MAX = AUDIO_STREAM_CNT - 1,
+} audio_stream_type_t;
+
+/* Do not change these values without updating their counterparts
+ * in media/java/android/media/MediaRecorder.java!
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_DEFAULT = 0,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_MIC = 1,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_UPLINK = 2,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_DOWNLINK = 3,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_CALL = 4,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_CAMCORDER = 5,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_RECOGNITION = 6,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_COMMUNICATION = 7,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_REMOTE_SUBMIX = 8, /* Source for the mix to be presented remotely. */
+ /* An example of remote presentation is Wifi Display */
+ /* where a dongle attached to a TV can be used to */
+ /* play the mix captured by this audio source. */
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_CNT,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_MAX = AUDIO_SOURCE_CNT - 1,
+} audio_source_t;
+
+/* special audio session values
+ * (XXX: should this be living in the audio effects land?)
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ /* session for effects attached to a particular output stream
+ * (value must be less than 0)
+ */
+ AUDIO_SESSION_OUTPUT_STAGE = -1,
+
+ /* session for effects applied to output mix. These effects can
+ * be moved by audio policy manager to another output stream
+ * (value must be 0)
+ */
+ AUDIO_SESSION_OUTPUT_MIX = 0,
+} audio_session_t;
+
+/* Audio sub formats (see enum audio_format). */
+
+/* PCM sub formats */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_16_BIT = 0x1, /* DO NOT CHANGE - PCM signed 16 bits */
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_8_BIT = 0x2, /* DO NOT CHANGE - PCM unsigned 8 bits */
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_32_BIT = 0x3, /* PCM signed .31 fixed point */
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_8_24_BIT = 0x4, /* PCM signed 7.24 fixed point */
+} audio_format_pcm_sub_fmt_t;
+
+/* MP3 sub format field definition : can use 11 LSBs in the same way as MP3
+ * frame header to specify bit rate, stereo mode, version...
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_MP3_SUB_NONE = 0x0,
+} audio_format_mp3_sub_fmt_t;
+
+/* AMR NB/WB sub format field definition: specify frame block interleaving,
+ * bandwidth efficient or octet aligned, encoding mode for recording...
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_AMR_SUB_NONE = 0x0,
+} audio_format_amr_sub_fmt_t;
+
+/* AAC sub format field definition: specify profile or bitrate for recording... */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_AAC_SUB_NONE = 0x0,
+} audio_format_aac_sub_fmt_t;
+
+/* VORBIS sub format field definition: specify quality for recording... */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_VORBIS_SUB_NONE = 0x0,
+} audio_format_vorbis_sub_fmt_t;
+
+/* Audio format consists in a main format field (upper 8 bits) and a sub format
+ * field (lower 24 bits).
+ *
+ * The main format indicates the main codec type. The sub format field
+ * indicates options and parameters for each format. The sub format is mainly
+ * used for record to indicate for instance the requested bitrate or profile.
+ * It can also be used for certain formats to give informations not present in
+ * the encoded audio stream (e.g. octet alignement for AMR).
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_INVALID = 0xFFFFFFFFUL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_DEFAULT = 0,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM = 0x00000000UL, /* DO NOT CHANGE */
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_MP3 = 0x01000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_AMR_NB = 0x02000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_AMR_WB = 0x03000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_AAC = 0x04000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_HE_AAC_V1 = 0x05000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_HE_AAC_V2 = 0x06000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_VORBIS = 0x07000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_MAIN_MASK = 0xFF000000UL,
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_SUB_MASK = 0x00FFFFFFUL,
+
+ /* Aliases */
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_16_BIT = (AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM |
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_16_BIT),
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_8_BIT = (AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM |
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_8_BIT),
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_32_BIT = (AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM |
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_32_BIT),
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_8_24_BIT = (AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM |
+ AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_SUB_8_24_BIT),
+} audio_format_t;
+
+enum {
+ /* output channels */
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT = 0x1,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT = 0x2,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER = 0x4,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY = 0x8,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT = 0x10,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT = 0x20,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER = 0x40,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER = 0x80,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_CENTER = 0x100,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_LEFT = 0x200,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_RIGHT = 0x400,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_CENTER = 0x800,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_LEFT = 0x1000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_CENTER = 0x2000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT = 0x4000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_LEFT = 0x8000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_CENTER = 0x10000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_RIGHT = 0x20000,
+
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_MONO = AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_STEREO = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT),
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_QUAD = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT),
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_SURROUND = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_CENTER),
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_5POINT1 = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT),
+ // matches the correct AudioFormat.CHANNEL_OUT_7POINT1_SURROUND definition for 7.1
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_7POINT1 = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_RIGHT),
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_ALL = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_CENTER|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_LEFT|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_RIGHT|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_CENTER|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_LEFT|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_CENTER|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_RIGHT),
+
+ /* input channels */
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_LEFT = 0x4,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT = 0x8,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_FRONT = 0x10,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_BACK = 0x20,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_LEFT_PROCESSED = 0x40,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT_PROCESSED = 0x80,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_FRONT_PROCESSED = 0x100,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_BACK_PROCESSED = 0x200,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_PRESSURE = 0x400,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_X_AXIS = 0x800,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_Y_AXIS = 0x1000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_Z_AXIS = 0x2000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_UPLINK = 0x4000,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_DNLINK = 0x8000,
+
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_MONO = AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_FRONT,
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_STEREO = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_LEFT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT),
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_ALL = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_LEFT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_FRONT |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_BACK|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_LEFT_PROCESSED |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT_PROCESSED |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_FRONT_PROCESSED |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_BACK_PROCESSED|
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_PRESSURE |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_X_AXIS |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_Y_AXIS |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_Z_AXIS |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_UPLINK |
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_DNLINK),
+};
+
+typedef uint32_t audio_channel_mask_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_MODE_INVALID = -2,
+ AUDIO_MODE_CURRENT = -1,
+ AUDIO_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+ AUDIO_MODE_RINGTONE = 1,
+ AUDIO_MODE_IN_CALL = 2,
+ AUDIO_MODE_IN_COMMUNICATION = 3,
+
+ AUDIO_MODE_CNT,
+ AUDIO_MODE_MAX = AUDIO_MODE_CNT - 1,
+} audio_mode_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_IN_ACOUSTICS_AGC_ENABLE = 0x0001,
+ AUDIO_IN_ACOUSTICS_AGC_DISABLE = 0,
+ AUDIO_IN_ACOUSTICS_NS_ENABLE = 0x0002,
+ AUDIO_IN_ACOUSTICS_NS_DISABLE = 0,
+ AUDIO_IN_ACOUSTICS_TX_IIR_ENABLE = 0x0004,
+ AUDIO_IN_ACOUSTICS_TX_DISABLE = 0,
+} audio_in_acoustics_t;
+
+enum {
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_NONE = 0x0,
+ /* reserved bits */
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN = 0x80000000,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_DEFAULT = 0x40000000,
+ /* output devices */
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_EARPIECE = 0x1,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_SPEAKER = 0x2,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADSET = 0x4,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADPHONE = 0x8,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO = 0x10,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET = 0x20,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_CARKIT = 0x40,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP = 0x80,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_HEADPHONES = 0x100,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_SPEAKER = 0x200,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_AUX_DIGITAL = 0x400,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ANLG_DOCK_HEADSET = 0x800,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_DGTL_DOCK_HEADSET = 0x1000,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_USB_ACCESSORY = 0x2000,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_USB_DEVICE = 0x4000,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_REMOTE_SUBMIX = 0x8000,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_DEFAULT = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_DEFAULT,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL = (AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_EARPIECE |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_SPEAKER |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADPHONE |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_CARKIT |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_HEADPHONES |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_SPEAKER |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_AUX_DIGITAL |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ANLG_DOCK_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_DGTL_DOCK_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_USB_ACCESSORY |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_USB_DEVICE |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_REMOTE_SUBMIX |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_DEFAULT),
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL_A2DP = (AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_HEADPHONES |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_SPEAKER),
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL_SCO = (AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_CARKIT),
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL_USB = (AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_USB_ACCESSORY |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_USB_DEVICE),
+
+ /* input devices */
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_COMMUNICATION = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x1,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_AMBIENT = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x2,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BUILTIN_MIC = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x4,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x8,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_WIRED_HEADSET = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x10,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_AUX_DIGITAL = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x20,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_VOICE_CALL = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x40,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BACK_MIC = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x80,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_REMOTE_SUBMIX = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x100,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_ANLG_DOCK_HEADSET = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x200,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_DGTL_DOCK_HEADSET = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x400,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_USB_ACCESSORY = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x800,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_USB_DEVICE = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | 0x1000,
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_DEFAULT = AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN | AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_DEFAULT,
+
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_ALL = (AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_COMMUNICATION |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_AMBIENT |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BUILTIN_MIC |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_WIRED_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_AUX_DIGITAL |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_VOICE_CALL |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BACK_MIC |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_REMOTE_SUBMIX |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_ANLG_DOCK_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_DGTL_DOCK_HEADSET |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_USB_ACCESSORY |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_USB_DEVICE |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_DEFAULT),
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_ALL_SCO = AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET,
+};
+
+typedef uint32_t audio_devices_t;
+
+/* the audio output flags serve two purposes:
+ * - when an AudioTrack is created they indicate a "wish" to be connected to an
+ * output stream with attributes corresponding to the specified flags
+ * - when present in an output profile descriptor listed for a particular audio
+ * hardware module, they indicate that an output stream can be opened that
+ * supports the attributes indicated by the flags.
+ * the audio policy manager will try to match the flags in the request
+ * (when getOuput() is called) to an available output stream.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_OUTPUT_FLAG_NONE = 0x0, // no attributes
+ AUDIO_OUTPUT_FLAG_DIRECT = 0x1, // this output directly connects a track
+ // to one output stream: no software mixer
+ AUDIO_OUTPUT_FLAG_PRIMARY = 0x2, // this output is the primary output of
+ // the device. It is unique and must be
+ // present. It is opened by default and
+ // receives routing, audio mode and volume
+ // controls related to voice calls.
+ AUDIO_OUTPUT_FLAG_FAST = 0x4, // output supports "fast tracks",
+ // defined elsewhere
+ AUDIO_OUTPUT_FLAG_DEEP_BUFFER = 0x8 // use deep audio buffers
+} audio_output_flags_t;
+
+static inline bool audio_is_output_device(audio_devices_t device)
+{
+ if (((device & AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN) == 0) &&
+ (popcount(device) == 1) && ((device & ~AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL) == 0))
+ return true;
+ else
+ return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_input_device(audio_devices_t device)
+{
+ if ((device & AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN) != 0) {
+ device &= ~AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN;
+ if ((popcount(device) == 1) && ((device & ~AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_ALL) == 0))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_output_devices(audio_devices_t device)
+{
+ return (device & AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN) == 0;
+}
+
+
+static inline bool audio_is_a2dp_device(audio_devices_t device)
+{
+ if ((popcount(device) == 1) && (device & AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL_A2DP))
+ return true;
+ else
+ return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_bluetooth_sco_device(audio_devices_t device)
+{
+ device &= ~AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN;
+ if ((popcount(device) == 1) && (device & (AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL_SCO |
+ AUDIO_DEVICE_IN_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET)))
+ return true;
+ else
+ return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_usb_device(audio_devices_t device)
+{
+ if ((popcount(device) == 1) && (device & AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_ALL_USB))
+ return true;
+ else
+ return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_remote_submix_device(audio_devices_t device)
+{
+ if ((popcount(device) == 1) && (device & AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_REMOTE_SUBMIX))
+ return true;
+ else
+ return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_input_channel(uint32_t channel)
+{
+ if ((channel & ~AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_ALL) == 0)
+ return true;
+ else
+ return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_output_channel(uint32_t channel)
+{
+ if ((channel & ~AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_ALL) == 0)
+ return true;
+ else
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* Derive an output channel mask from a channel count.
+ * This is to be used when the content channel mask is unknown. The 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 channel
+ * cases are mapped to the standard game/home-theater layouts, but note that 4 is mapped to quad,
+ * and not stereo + FC + mono surround. A channel count of 3 is arbitrarily mapped to stereo + FC
+ * for continuity with stereo.
+ * Returns the matching channel mask, or 0 if the number of channels exceeds that of the
+ * configurations for which a default channel mask is defined.
+ */
+static inline audio_channel_mask_t audio_channel_out_mask_from_count(uint32_t channel_count)
+{
+ switch(channel_count) {
+ case 1:
+ return AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_MONO;
+ case 2:
+ return AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_STEREO;
+ case 3:
+ return (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_STEREO | AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER);
+ case 4: // 4.0
+ return AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_QUAD;
+ case 5: // 5.0
+ return (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_QUAD | AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER);
+ case 6: // 5.1
+ return AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_5POINT1;
+ case 7: // 6.1
+ return (AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_5POINT1 | AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_CENTER);
+ case 8:
+ return AUDIO_CHANNEL_OUT_7POINT1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Similar to above, but for input. Currently handles only mono and stereo. */
+static inline audio_channel_mask_t audio_channel_in_mask_from_count(uint32_t channel_count)
+{
+ switch (channel_count) {
+ case 1:
+ return AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_MONO;
+ case 2:
+ return AUDIO_CHANNEL_IN_STEREO;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_valid_format(audio_format_t format)
+{
+ switch (format & AUDIO_FORMAT_MAIN_MASK) {
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM:
+ if (format != AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_16_BIT &&
+ format != AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_8_BIT) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_MP3:
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_AMR_NB:
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_AMR_WB:
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_AAC:
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_HE_AAC_V1:
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_HE_AAC_V2:
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_VORBIS:
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline bool audio_is_linear_pcm(audio_format_t format)
+{
+ return ((format & AUDIO_FORMAT_MAIN_MASK) == AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM);
+}
+
+static inline size_t audio_bytes_per_sample(audio_format_t format)
+{
+ size_t size = 0;
+
+ switch (format) {
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_32_BIT:
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_8_24_BIT:
+ size = sizeof(int32_t);
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_16_BIT:
+ size = sizeof(int16_t);
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_8_BIT:
+ size = sizeof(uint8_t);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return size;
+}
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_AUDIO_CORE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CORE_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CORE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <cutils/bitops.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* The enums were moved here mostly from
+ * frameworks/base/include/media/AudioSystem.h
+ */
+
+/* device categories used for audio_policy->set_force_use() */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_NONE,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_SPEAKER,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_HEADPHONES,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_BT_SCO,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_BT_A2DP,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_WIRED_ACCESSORY,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_BT_CAR_DOCK,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_BT_DESK_DOCK,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_ANALOG_DOCK,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_DIGITAL_DOCK,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_NO_BT_A2DP, /* A2DP sink is not preferred to speaker or wired HS */
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_SYSTEM_ENFORCED,
+
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_CFG_CNT,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_CFG_MAX = AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_CFG_CNT - 1,
+
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_DEFAULT = AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_NONE,
+} audio_policy_forced_cfg_t;
+
+/* usages used for audio_policy->set_force_use() */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_FOR_COMMUNICATION,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_FOR_MEDIA,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_FOR_RECORD,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_FOR_DOCK,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_FOR_SYSTEM,
+
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_USE_CNT,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_USE_MAX = AUDIO_POLICY_FORCE_USE_CNT - 1,
+} audio_policy_force_use_t;
+
+/* device connection states used for audio_policy->set_device_connection_state()
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_POLICY_DEVICE_STATE_UNAVAILABLE,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_DEVICE_STATE_AVAILABLE,
+
+ AUDIO_POLICY_DEVICE_STATE_CNT,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_DEVICE_STATE_MAX = AUDIO_POLICY_DEVICE_STATE_CNT - 1,
+} audio_policy_dev_state_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ /* Used to generate a tone to notify the user of a
+ * notification/alarm/ringtone while they are in a call. */
+ AUDIO_POLICY_TONE_IN_CALL_NOTIFICATION = 0,
+
+ AUDIO_POLICY_TONE_CNT,
+ AUDIO_POLICY_TONE_MAX = AUDIO_POLICY_TONE_CNT - 1,
+} audio_policy_tone_t;
+
+
+static inline bool audio_is_low_visibility(audio_stream_type_t stream)
+{
+ switch (stream) {
+ case AUDIO_STREAM_SYSTEM:
+ case AUDIO_STREAM_NOTIFICATION:
+ case AUDIO_STREAM_RING:
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif // ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CORE_H
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_CAMERA_H
+#define SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_CAMERA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+#include <hardware/hardware.h>
+#include <hardware/gralloc.h>
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/**
+ * A set of bit masks for specifying how the received preview frames are
+ * handled before the previewCallback() call.
+ *
+ * The least significant 3 bits of an "int" value are used for this purpose:
+ *
+ * ..... 0 0 0
+ * ^ ^ ^
+ * | | |---------> determine whether the callback is enabled or not
+ * | |-----------> determine whether the callback is one-shot or not
+ * |-------------> determine whether the frame is copied out or not
+ *
+ * WARNING: When a frame is sent directly without copying, it is the frame
+ * receiver's responsiblity to make sure that the frame data won't get
+ * corrupted by subsequent preview frames filled by the camera. This flag is
+ * recommended only when copying out data brings significant performance price
+ * and the handling/processing of the received frame data is always faster than
+ * the preview frame rate so that data corruption won't occur.
+ *
+ * For instance,
+ * 1. 0x00 disables the callback. In this case, copy out and one shot bits
+ * are ignored.
+ * 2. 0x01 enables a callback without copying out the received frames. A
+ * typical use case is the Camcorder application to avoid making costly
+ * frame copies.
+ * 3. 0x05 is enabling a callback with frame copied out repeatedly. A typical
+ * use case is the Camera application.
+ * 4. 0x07 is enabling a callback with frame copied out only once. A typical
+ * use case is the Barcode scanner application.
+ */
+
+enum {
+ CAMERA_FRAME_CALLBACK_FLAG_ENABLE_MASK = 0x01,
+ CAMERA_FRAME_CALLBACK_FLAG_ONE_SHOT_MASK = 0x02,
+ CAMERA_FRAME_CALLBACK_FLAG_COPY_OUT_MASK = 0x04,
+ /** Typical use cases */
+ CAMERA_FRAME_CALLBACK_FLAG_NOOP = 0x00,
+ CAMERA_FRAME_CALLBACK_FLAG_CAMCORDER = 0x01,
+ CAMERA_FRAME_CALLBACK_FLAG_CAMERA = 0x05,
+ CAMERA_FRAME_CALLBACK_FLAG_BARCODE_SCANNER = 0x07
+};
+
+/** msgType in notifyCallback and dataCallback functions */
+enum {
+ CAMERA_MSG_ERROR = 0x0001, // notifyCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_SHUTTER = 0x0002, // notifyCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_FOCUS = 0x0004, // notifyCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_ZOOM = 0x0008, // notifyCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_PREVIEW_FRAME = 0x0010, // dataCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME = 0x0020, // data_timestamp_callback
+ CAMERA_MSG_POSTVIEW_FRAME = 0x0040, // dataCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_RAW_IMAGE = 0x0080, // dataCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_COMPRESSED_IMAGE = 0x0100, // dataCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_RAW_IMAGE_NOTIFY = 0x0200, // dataCallback
+ // Preview frame metadata. This can be combined with
+ // CAMERA_MSG_PREVIEW_FRAME in dataCallback. For example, the apps can
+ // request FRAME and METADATA. Or the apps can request only FRAME or only
+ // METADATA.
+ CAMERA_MSG_PREVIEW_METADATA = 0x0400, // dataCallback
+ // Notify on autofocus start and stop. This is useful in continuous
+ // autofocus - FOCUS_MODE_CONTINUOUS_VIDEO and FOCUS_MODE_CONTINUOUS_PICTURE.
+#if defined(QCOM_ICS_COMPAT) && defined(QCOM_HARDWARE)
+ CAMERA_MSG_STATS_DATA = 0x800,
+ CAMERA_MSG_FOCUS_MOVE = 0x1000, // notifyCallback
+#elif defined(OMAP_ICS_CAMERA) && defined(OMAP_ENHANCEMENT)
+ CAMERA_MSG_COMPRESSED_BURST_IMAGE = 0x0800, //dataCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_RAW_BURST = 0x1000, // dataCallback
+#else
+ CAMERA_MSG_FOCUS_MOVE = 0x0800, // notifyCallback
+#ifdef QCOM_HARDWARE
+ CAMERA_MSG_STATS_DATA = 0x1000,
+#elif defined(OMAP_ENHANCEMENT) && defined(OMAP_ENHANCEMENT_BURST_CAPTURE)
+ CAMERA_MSG_COMPRESSED_BURST_IMAGE = 0x1000, // dataCallback
+ CAMERA_MSG_RAW_BURST = 0x2000, // dataCallback
+#endif
+#endif
+ CAMERA_MSG_ALL_MSGS = 0xFFFF
+};
+
+/** cmdType in sendCommand functions */
+enum {
+ CAMERA_CMD_START_SMOOTH_ZOOM = 1,
+ CAMERA_CMD_STOP_SMOOTH_ZOOM = 2,
+
+ /**
+ * Set the clockwise rotation of preview display (setPreviewDisplay) in
+ * degrees. This affects the preview frames and the picture displayed after
+ * snapshot. This method is useful for portrait mode applications. Note
+ * that preview display of front-facing cameras is flipped horizontally
+ * before the rotation, that is, the image is reflected along the central
+ * vertical axis of the camera sensor. So the users can see themselves as
+ * looking into a mirror.
+ *
+ * This does not affect the order of byte array of
+ * CAMERA_MSG_PREVIEW_FRAME, CAMERA_MSG_VIDEO_FRAME,
+ * CAMERA_MSG_POSTVIEW_FRAME, CAMERA_MSG_RAW_IMAGE, or
+ * CAMERA_MSG_COMPRESSED_IMAGE. This is allowed to be set during preview
+ * since API level 14.
+ */
+ CAMERA_CMD_SET_DISPLAY_ORIENTATION = 3,
+
+ /**
+ * cmdType to disable/enable shutter sound. In sendCommand passing arg1 =
+ * 0 will disable, while passing arg1 = 1 will enable the shutter sound.
+ */
+ CAMERA_CMD_ENABLE_SHUTTER_SOUND = 4,
+
+ /* cmdType to play recording sound */
+ CAMERA_CMD_PLAY_RECORDING_SOUND = 5,
+
+ /**
+ * Start the face detection. This should be called after preview is started.
+ * The camera will notify the listener of CAMERA_MSG_FACE and the detected
+ * faces in the preview frame. The detected faces may be the same as the
+ * previous ones. Apps should call CAMERA_CMD_STOP_FACE_DETECTION to stop
+ * the face detection. This method is supported if CameraParameters
+ * KEY_MAX_NUM_HW_DETECTED_FACES or KEY_MAX_NUM_SW_DETECTED_FACES is
+ * bigger than 0. Hardware and software face detection should not be running
+ * at the same time. If the face detection has started, apps should not send
+ * this again.
+ *
+ * In hardware face detection mode, CameraParameters KEY_WHITE_BALANCE,
+ * KEY_FOCUS_AREAS and KEY_METERING_AREAS have no effect.
+ *
+ * arg1 is the face detection type. It can be CAMERA_FACE_DETECTION_HW or
+ * CAMERA_FACE_DETECTION_SW. If the type of face detection requested is not
+ * supported, the HAL must return BAD_VALUE.
+ */
+ CAMERA_CMD_START_FACE_DETECTION = 6,
+
+ /**
+ * Stop the face detection.
+ */
+ CAMERA_CMD_STOP_FACE_DETECTION = 7,
+
+#if defined(QCOM_ICS_COMPAT) && defined(QCOM_HARDWARE)
+ CAMERA_CMD_HISTOGRAM_ON = 8,
+ CAMERA_CMD_HISTOGRAM_OFF = 9,
+ CAMERA_CMD_HISTOGRAM_SEND_DATA = 10,
+ /* Unused by the older blobs, but referenced */
+ CAMERA_CMD_ENABLE_FOCUS_MOVE_MSG = 11,
+ CAMERA_CMD_PING = 12,
+ CAMERA_CMD_SET_VIDEO_BUFFER_COUNT = 13,
+#else
+ /**
+ * Enable/disable focus move callback (CAMERA_MSG_FOCUS_MOVE). Passing
+ * arg1 = 0 will disable, while passing arg1 = 1 will enable the callback.
+ */
+ CAMERA_CMD_ENABLE_FOCUS_MOVE_MSG = 8,
+
+ /**
+ * Ping camera service to see if camera hardware is released.
+ *
+ * When any camera method returns error, the client can use ping command
+ * to see if the camera has been taken away by other clients. If the result
+ * is NO_ERROR, it means the camera hardware is not released. If the result
+ * is not NO_ERROR, the camera has been released and the existing client
+ * can silently finish itself or show a dialog.
+ */
+ CAMERA_CMD_PING = 9,
+
+ /**
+ * Configure the number of video buffers used for recording. The intended
+ * video buffer count for recording is passed as arg1, which must be
+ * greater than 0. This command must be sent before recording is started.
+ * This command returns INVALID_OPERATION error if it is sent after video
+ * recording is started, or the command is not supported at all. This
+ * command also returns a BAD_VALUE error if the intended video buffer
+ * count is non-positive or too big to be realized.
+ */
+ CAMERA_CMD_SET_VIDEO_BUFFER_COUNT = 10,
+#endif
+
+};
+
+/** camera fatal errors */
+enum {
+ CAMERA_ERROR_UNKNOWN = 1,
+ /**
+ * Camera was released because another client has connected to the camera.
+ * The original client should call Camera::disconnect immediately after
+ * getting this notification. Otherwise, the camera will be released by
+ * camera service in a short time. The client should not call any method
+ * (except disconnect and sending CAMERA_CMD_PING) after getting this.
+ */
+ CAMERA_ERROR_RELEASED = 2,
+ CAMERA_ERROR_SERVER_DIED = 100
+};
+
+enum {
+ /** The facing of the camera is opposite to that of the screen. */
+ CAMERA_FACING_BACK = 0,
+ /** The facing of the camera is the same as that of the screen. */
+ CAMERA_FACING_FRONT = 1
+};
+
+#ifdef QCOM_HARDWARE
+enum {
+ CAMERA_SUPPORT_MODE_2D = 0x01, /* Camera Sensor supports 2D mode. */
+ CAMERA_SUPPORT_MODE_3D = 0x02, /* Camera Sensor supports 3D mode. */
+ CAMERA_SUPPORT_MODE_NONZSL = 0x04, /* Camera Sensor in NON-ZSL mode. */
+ CAMERA_SUPPORT_MODE_ZSL = 0x08 /* Camera Sensor supports ZSL mode. */
+};
+#endif
+
+enum {
+ /** Hardware face detection. It does not use much CPU. */
+ CAMERA_FACE_DETECTION_HW = 0,
+ /**
+ * Software face detection. It uses some CPU. Applications must use
+ * Camera.setPreviewTexture for preview in this mode.
+ */
+ CAMERA_FACE_DETECTION_SW = 1
+};
+
+/**
+ * The information of a face from camera face detection.
+ */
+typedef struct camera_face {
+ /**
+ * Bounds of the face [left, top, right, bottom]. (-1000, -1000) represents
+ * the top-left of the camera field of view, and (1000, 1000) represents the
+ * bottom-right of the field of view. The width and height cannot be 0 or
+ * negative. This is supported by both hardware and software face detection.
+ *
+ * The direction is relative to the sensor orientation, that is, what the
+ * sensor sees. The direction is not affected by the rotation or mirroring
+ * of CAMERA_CMD_SET_DISPLAY_ORIENTATION.
+ */
+ int32_t rect[4];
+
+ /**
+ * The confidence level of the face. The range is 1 to 100. 100 is the
+ * highest confidence. This is supported by both hardware and software
+ * face detection.
+ */
+ int32_t score;
+
+ /**
+ * An unique id per face while the face is visible to the tracker. If
+ * the face leaves the field-of-view and comes back, it will get a new
+ * id. If the value is 0, id is not supported.
+ */
+ int32_t id;
+
+ /**
+ * The coordinates of the center of the left eye. The range is -1000 to
+ * 1000. -2000, -2000 if this is not supported.
+ */
+ int32_t left_eye[2];
+
+ /**
+ * The coordinates of the center of the right eye. The range is -1000 to
+ * 1000. -2000, -2000 if this is not supported.
+ */
+ int32_t right_eye[2];
+
+ /**
+ * The coordinates of the center of the mouth. The range is -1000 to 1000.
+ * -2000, -2000 if this is not supported.
+ */
+ int32_t mouth[2];
+
+} camera_face_t;
+
+/**
+ * The metadata of the frame data.
+ */
+typedef struct camera_frame_metadata {
+ /**
+ * The number of detected faces in the frame.
+ */
+ int32_t number_of_faces;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of the detected faces. The length is number_of_faces.
+ */
+ camera_face_t *faces;
+} camera_frame_metadata_t;
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_CAMERA_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_GRAPHICS_H
+#define SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_GRAPHICS_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * If the HAL needs to create service threads to handle graphics related
+ * tasks, these threads need to run at HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY priority
+ * if they can block the main rendering thread in any way.
+ *
+ * the priority of the current thread can be set with:
+ *
+ * #include <sys/resource.h>
+ * setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0, HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY);
+ *
+ */
+
+#define HAL_PRIORITY_URGENT_DISPLAY (-8)
+
+/**
+ * pixel format definitions
+ */
+
+enum {
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888 = 1,
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBX_8888 = 2,
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_888 = 3,
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB_565 = 4,
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_BGRA_8888 = 5,
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_5551 = 6,
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGBA_4444 = 7,
+
+ /* 0x8 - 0xFF range unavailable */
+
+ /*
+ * 0x100 - 0x1FF
+ *
+ * This range is reserved for pixel formats that are specific to the HAL
+ * implementation. Implementations can use any value in this range to
+ * communicate video pixel formats between their HAL modules. These formats
+ * must not have an alpha channel. Additionally, an EGLimage created from a
+ * gralloc buffer of one of these formats must be supported for use with the
+ * GL_OES_EGL_image_external OpenGL ES extension.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * Android YUV format:
+ *
+ * This format is exposed outside of the HAL to software decoders and
+ * applications. EGLImageKHR must support it in conjunction with the
+ * OES_EGL_image_external extension.
+ *
+ * YV12 is a 4:2:0 YCrCb planar format comprised of a WxH Y plane followed
+ * by (W/2) x (H/2) Cr and Cb planes.
+ *
+ * This format assumes
+ * - an even width
+ * - an even height
+ * - a horizontal stride multiple of 16 pixels
+ * - a vertical stride equal to the height
+ *
+ * y_size = stride * height
+ * c_stride = ALIGN(stride/2, 16)
+ * c_size = c_stride * height/2
+ * size = y_size + c_size * 2
+ * cr_offset = y_size
+ * cb_offset = y_size + c_size
+ *
+ */
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YV12 = 0x32315659, // YCrCb 4:2:0 Planar
+
+ /*
+ * Android RAW sensor format:
+ *
+ * This format is exposed outside of the HAL to applications.
+ *
+ * RAW_SENSOR is a single-channel 16-bit format, typically representing raw
+ * Bayer-pattern images from an image sensor, with minimal processing.
+ *
+ * The exact pixel layout of the data in the buffer is sensor-dependent, and
+ * needs to be queried from the camera device.
+ *
+ * Generally, not all 16 bits are used; more common values are 10 or 12
+ * bits. All parameters to interpret the raw data (black and white points,
+ * color space, etc) must be queried from the camera device.
+ *
+ * This format assumes
+ * - an even width
+ * - an even height
+ * - a horizontal stride multiple of 16 pixels (32 bytes).
+ */
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_RAW_SENSOR = 0x20,
+
+ /*
+ * Android binary blob graphics buffer format:
+ *
+ * This format is used to carry task-specific data which does not have a
+ * standard image structure. The details of the format are left to the two
+ * endpoints.
+ *
+ * A typical use case is for transporting JPEG-compressed images from the
+ * Camera HAL to the framework or to applications.
+ *
+ * Buffers of this format must have a height of 1, and width equal to their
+ * size in bytes.
+ */
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_BLOB = 0x21,
+
+ /*
+ * Android format indicating that the choice of format is entirely up to the
+ * device-specific Gralloc implementation.
+ *
+ * The Gralloc implementation should examine the usage bits passed in when
+ * allocating a buffer with this format, and it should derive the pixel
+ * format from those usage flags. This format will never be used with any
+ * of the GRALLOC_USAGE_SW_* usage flags.
+ *
+ * If a buffer of this format is to be used as an OpenGL ES texture, the
+ * framework will assume that sampling the texture will always return an
+ * alpha value of 1.0 (i.e. the buffer contains only opaque pixel values).
+ *
+ */
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_IMPLEMENTATION_DEFINED = 0x22,
+
+ /* Legacy formats (deprecated), used by ImageFormat.java */
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YCbCr_422_SP = 0x10, // NV16
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YCrCb_420_SP = 0x11, // NV21
+ HAL_PIXEL_FORMAT_YCbCr_422_I = 0x14, // YUY2
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Transformation definitions
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT NOTE:
+ * HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90 is applied CLOCKWISE and AFTER HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_{H|V}.
+ *
+ */
+
+enum {
+ /* flip source image horizontally (around the vertical axis) */
+ HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H = 0x01,
+ /* flip source image vertically (around the horizontal axis)*/
+ HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V = 0x02,
+ /* rotate source image 90 degrees clockwise */
+ HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90 = 0x04,
+ /* rotate source image 180 degrees */
+ HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_180 = 0x03,
+ /* rotate source image 270 degrees clockwise */
+ HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_270 = 0x07,
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_GRAPHICS_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_WINDOW_H
+#define SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_WINDOW_H
+
+#include <cutils/native_handle.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sync/sync.h>
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <system/graphics.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#define ANDROID_NATIVE_MAKE_CONSTANT(a,b,c,d) \
+ (((unsigned)(a)<<24)|((unsigned)(b)<<16)|((unsigned)(c)<<8)|(unsigned)(d))
+
+#define ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_MAGIC \
+ ANDROID_NATIVE_MAKE_CONSTANT('_','w','n','d')
+
+#define ANDROID_NATIVE_BUFFER_MAGIC \
+ ANDROID_NATIVE_MAKE_CONSTANT('_','b','f','r')
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This #define may be used to conditionally compile device-specific code to
+// support either the prior ANativeWindow interface, which did not pass libsync
+// fences around, or the new interface that does. This #define is only present
+// when the ANativeWindow interface does include libsync support.
+#define ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_HAS_SYNC 1
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef const native_handle_t* buffer_handle_t;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef struct android_native_rect_t
+{
+ int32_t left;
+ int32_t top;
+ int32_t right;
+ int32_t bottom;
+} android_native_rect_t;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef struct android_native_base_t
+{
+ /* a magic value defined by the actual EGL native type */
+ int magic;
+
+ /* the sizeof() of the actual EGL native type */
+ int version;
+
+ void* reserved[4];
+
+ /* reference-counting interface */
+ void (*incRef)(struct android_native_base_t* base);
+ void (*decRef)(struct android_native_base_t* base);
+} android_native_base_t;
+
+typedef struct ANativeWindowBuffer
+{
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ ANativeWindowBuffer() {
+ common.magic = ANDROID_NATIVE_BUFFER_MAGIC;
+ common.version = sizeof(ANativeWindowBuffer);
+ memset(common.reserved, 0, sizeof(common.reserved));
+ }
+
+ // Implement the methods that sp<ANativeWindowBuffer> expects so that it
+ // can be used to automatically refcount ANativeWindowBuffer's.
+ void incStrong(const void* id) const {
+ common.incRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common));
+ }
+ void decStrong(const void* id) const {
+ common.decRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ struct android_native_base_t common;
+
+ int width;
+ int height;
+ int stride;
+ int format;
+ int usage;
+
+ void* reserved[2];
+
+ buffer_handle_t handle;
+
+ void* reserved_proc[8];
+} ANativeWindowBuffer_t;
+
+// Old typedef for backwards compatibility.
+typedef ANativeWindowBuffer_t android_native_buffer_t;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/* attributes queriable with query() */
+enum {
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_WIDTH = 0,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_HEIGHT = 1,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_FORMAT = 2,
+
+ /* The minimum number of buffers that must remain un-dequeued after a buffer
+ * has been queued. This value applies only if set_buffer_count was used to
+ * override the number of buffers and if a buffer has since been queued.
+ * Users of the set_buffer_count ANativeWindow method should query this
+ * value before calling set_buffer_count. If it is necessary to have N
+ * buffers simultaneously dequeued as part of the steady-state operation,
+ * and this query returns M then N+M buffers should be requested via
+ * native_window_set_buffer_count.
+ *
+ * Note that this value does NOT apply until a single buffer has been
+ * queued. In particular this means that it is possible to:
+ *
+ * 1. Query M = min undequeued buffers
+ * 2. Set the buffer count to N + M
+ * 3. Dequeue all N + M buffers
+ * 4. Cancel M buffers
+ * 5. Queue, dequeue, queue, dequeue, ad infinitum
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_MIN_UNDEQUEUED_BUFFERS = 3,
+
+ /* Check whether queueBuffer operations on the ANativeWindow send the buffer
+ * to the window compositor. The query sets the returned 'value' argument
+ * to 1 if the ANativeWindow DOES send queued buffers directly to the window
+ * compositor and 0 if the buffers do not go directly to the window
+ * compositor.
+ *
+ * This can be used to determine whether protected buffer content should be
+ * sent to the ANativeWindow. Note, however, that a result of 1 does NOT
+ * indicate that queued buffers will be protected from applications or users
+ * capturing their contents. If that behavior is desired then some other
+ * mechanism (e.g. the GRALLOC_USAGE_PROTECTED flag) should be used in
+ * conjunction with this query.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_QUEUES_TO_WINDOW_COMPOSER = 4,
+
+ /* Get the concrete type of a ANativeWindow. See below for the list of
+ * possible return values.
+ *
+ * This query should not be used outside the Android framework and will
+ * likely be removed in the near future.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_CONCRETE_TYPE = 5,
+
+
+ /*
+ * Default width and height of ANativeWindow buffers, these are the
+ * dimensions of the window buffers irrespective of the
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS call and match the native window
+ * size unless overridden by NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_USER_DIMENSIONS.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_DEFAULT_WIDTH = 6,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_DEFAULT_HEIGHT = 7,
+
+ /*
+ * transformation that will most-likely be applied to buffers. This is only
+ * a hint, the actual transformation applied might be different.
+ *
+ * INTENDED USE:
+ *
+ * The transform hint can be used by a producer, for instance the GLES
+ * driver, to pre-rotate the rendering such that the final transformation
+ * in the composer is identity. This can be very useful when used in
+ * conjunction with the h/w composer HAL, in situations where it
+ * cannot handle arbitrary rotations.
+ *
+ * 1. Before dequeuing a buffer, the GL driver (or any other ANW client)
+ * queries the ANW for NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT.
+ *
+ * 2. The GL driver overrides the width and height of the ANW to
+ * account for NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT. This is done by querying
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_DEFAULT_{WIDTH | HEIGHT}, swapping the dimensions
+ * according to NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT and calling
+ * native_window_set_buffers_dimensions().
+ *
+ * 3. The GL driver dequeues a buffer of the new pre-rotated size.
+ *
+ * 4. The GL driver renders to the buffer such that the image is
+ * already transformed, that is applying NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT
+ * to the rendering.
+ *
+ * 5. The GL driver calls native_window_set_transform to apply
+ * inverse transformation to the buffer it just rendered.
+ * In order to do this, the GL driver needs
+ * to calculate the inverse of NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT, this is
+ * done easily:
+ *
+ * int hintTransform, inverseTransform;
+ * query(..., NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT, &hintTransform);
+ * inverseTransform = hintTransform;
+ * if (hintTransform & HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90)
+ * inverseTransform ^= HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_180;
+ *
+ *
+ * 6. The GL driver queues the pre-transformed buffer.
+ *
+ * 7. The composer combines the buffer transform with the display
+ * transform. If the buffer transform happens to cancel out the
+ * display transform then no rotation is needed.
+ *
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_HINT = 8,
+
+ /*
+ * Boolean that indicates whether the consumer is running more than
+ * one buffer behind the producer.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_CONSUMER_RUNNING_BEHIND = 9
+};
+
+/* Valid operations for the (*perform)() hook.
+ *
+ * Values marked as 'deprecated' are supported, but have been superceded by
+ * other functionality.
+ *
+ * Values marked as 'private' should be considered private to the framework.
+ * HAL implementation code with access to an ANativeWindow should not use these,
+ * as it may not interact properly with the framework's use of the
+ * ANativeWindow.
+ */
+enum {
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_USAGE = 0,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_CONNECT = 1, /* deprecated */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_DISCONNECT = 2, /* deprecated */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_CROP = 3, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFER_COUNT = 4,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_GEOMETRY = 5, /* deprecated */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM = 6,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP = 7,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS = 8,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_FORMAT = 9,
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE = 10, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_LOCK = 11, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_UNLOCK_AND_POST = 12, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CONNECT = 13, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_API_DISCONNECT = 14, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_USER_DIMENSIONS = 15, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_POST_TRANSFORM_CROP = 16, /* private */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_SIZE = 17, /* private */
+#ifdef QCOM_BSP
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_UPDATE_BUFFERS_GEOMETRY = 18, /* private */
+#endif
+};
+
+/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_[API_][DIS]CONNECT */
+enum {
+ /* Buffers will be queued by EGL via eglSwapBuffers after being filled using
+ * OpenGL ES.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_API_EGL = 1,
+
+ /* Buffers will be queued after being filled using the CPU
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CPU = 2,
+
+ /* Buffers will be queued by Stagefright after being filled by a video
+ * decoder. The video decoder can either be a software or hardware decoder.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_API_MEDIA = 3,
+
+ /* Buffers will be queued by the the camera HAL.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CAMERA = 4,
+};
+
+/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM */
+enum {
+ /* flip source image horizontally */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H = HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_H ,
+ /* flip source image vertically */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V = HAL_TRANSFORM_FLIP_V,
+ /* rotate source image 90 degrees clock-wise */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_ROT_90 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_90,
+ /* rotate source image 180 degrees */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_ROT_180 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_180,
+ /* rotate source image 270 degrees clock-wise */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_TRANSFORM_ROT_270 = HAL_TRANSFORM_ROT_270,
+};
+
+/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE */
+enum {
+ /* the window content is not updated (frozen) until a buffer of
+ * the window size is received (enqueued)
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SCALING_MODE_FREEZE = 0,
+ /* the buffer is scaled in both dimensions to match the window size */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SCALING_MODE_SCALE_TO_WINDOW = 1,
+ /* the buffer is scaled uniformly such that the smaller dimension
+ * of the buffer matches the window size (cropping in the process)
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SCALING_MODE_SCALE_CROP = 2,
+ /* the window is clipped to the size of the buffer's crop rectangle; pixels
+ * outside the crop rectangle are treated as if they are completely
+ * transparent.
+ */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SCALING_MODE_NO_SCALE_CROP = 3,
+};
+
+/* values returned by the NATIVE_WINDOW_CONCRETE_TYPE query */
+enum {
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_FRAMEBUFFER = 0, /* FramebufferNativeWindow */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SURFACE = 1, /* Surface */
+ NATIVE_WINDOW_SURFACE_TEXTURE_CLIENT = 2, /* SurfaceTextureClient */
+};
+
+/* parameter for NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP
+ *
+ * Special timestamp value to indicate that timestamps should be auto-generated
+ * by the native window when queueBuffer is called. This is equal to INT64_MIN,
+ * defined directly to avoid problems with C99/C++ inclusion of stdint.h.
+ */
+static const int64_t NATIVE_WINDOW_TIMESTAMP_AUTO = (-9223372036854775807LL-1);
+
+struct ANativeWindow
+{
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ ANativeWindow()
+ : flags(0), minSwapInterval(0), maxSwapInterval(0), xdpi(0), ydpi(0)
+ {
+ common.magic = ANDROID_NATIVE_WINDOW_MAGIC;
+ common.version = sizeof(ANativeWindow);
+ memset(common.reserved, 0, sizeof(common.reserved));
+ }
+
+ /* Implement the methods that sp<ANativeWindow> expects so that it
+ can be used to automatically refcount ANativeWindow's. */
+ void incStrong(const void* id) const {
+ common.incRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common));
+ }
+ void decStrong(const void* id) const {
+ common.decRef(const_cast<android_native_base_t*>(&common));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ struct android_native_base_t common;
+
+ /* flags describing some attributes of this surface or its updater */
+ const uint32_t flags;
+
+ /* min swap interval supported by this updated */
+ const int minSwapInterval;
+
+ /* max swap interval supported by this updated */
+ const int maxSwapInterval;
+
+ /* horizontal and vertical resolution in DPI */
+ const float xdpi;
+ const float ydpi;
+
+ /* Some storage reserved for the OEM's driver. */
+ intptr_t oem[4];
+
+ /*
+ * Set the swap interval for this surface.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*setSwapInterval)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int interval);
+
+ /*
+ * Hook called by EGL to acquire a buffer. After this call, the buffer
+ * is not locked, so its content cannot be modified. This call may block if
+ * no buffers are available.
+ *
+ * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and
+ * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own
+ * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it.
+ * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only
+ * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ *
+ * XXX: This function is deprecated. It will continue to work for some
+ * time for binary compatibility, but the new dequeueBuffer function that
+ * outputs a fence file descriptor should be used in its place.
+ */
+ int (*dequeueBuffer_DEPRECATED)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer** buffer);
+
+ /*
+ * hook called by EGL to lock a buffer. This MUST be called before modifying
+ * the content of a buffer. The buffer must have been acquired with
+ * dequeueBuffer first.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ *
+ * XXX: This function is deprecated. It will continue to work for some
+ * time for binary compatibility, but it is essentially a no-op, and calls
+ * to it should be removed.
+ */
+ int (*lockBuffer_DEPRECATED)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer);
+
+ /*
+ * Hook called by EGL when modifications to the render buffer are done.
+ * This unlocks and post the buffer.
+ *
+ * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and
+ * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own
+ * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it.
+ * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only
+ * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set.
+ *
+ * Buffers MUST be queued in the same order than they were dequeued.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ *
+ * XXX: This function is deprecated. It will continue to work for some
+ * time for binary compatibility, but the new queueBuffer function that
+ * takes a fence file descriptor should be used in its place (pass a value
+ * of -1 for the fence file descriptor if there is no valid one to pass).
+ */
+ int (*queueBuffer_DEPRECATED)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer);
+
+ /*
+ * hook used to retrieve information about the native window.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*query)(const struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int what, int* value);
+
+ /*
+ * hook used to perform various operations on the surface.
+ * (*perform)() is a generic mechanism to add functionality to
+ * ANativeWindow while keeping backward binary compatibility.
+ *
+ * DO NOT CALL THIS HOOK DIRECTLY. Instead, use the helper functions
+ * defined below.
+ *
+ * (*perform)() returns -ENOENT if the 'what' parameter is not supported
+ * by the surface's implementation.
+ *
+ * The valid operations are:
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_USAGE
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_CONNECT (deprecated)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_DISCONNECT (deprecated)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_CROP (private)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFER_COUNT
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_GEOMETRY (deprecated)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_FORMAT
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE (private)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_LOCK (private)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_UNLOCK_AND_POST (private)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CONNECT (private)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_API_DISCONNECT (private)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_USER_DIMENSIONS (private)
+ * NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_POST_TRANSFORM_CROP (private)
+ *
+ */
+
+ int (*perform)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int operation, ... );
+
+ /*
+ * Hook used to cancel a buffer that has been dequeued.
+ * No synchronization is performed between dequeue() and cancel(), so
+ * either external synchronization is needed, or these functions must be
+ * called from the same thread.
+ *
+ * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and
+ * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own
+ * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it.
+ * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only
+ * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set.
+ *
+ * XXX: This function is deprecated. It will continue to work for some
+ * time for binary compatibility, but the new cancelBuffer function that
+ * takes a fence file descriptor should be used in its place (pass a value
+ * of -1 for the fence file descriptor if there is no valid one to pass).
+ */
+ int (*cancelBuffer_DEPRECATED)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer);
+
+ /*
+ * Hook called by EGL to acquire a buffer. This call may block if no
+ * buffers are available.
+ *
+ * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and
+ * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own
+ * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it.
+ * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only
+ * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set.
+ *
+ * The libsync fence file descriptor returned in the int pointed to by the
+ * fenceFd argument will refer to the fence that must signal before the
+ * dequeued buffer may be written to. A value of -1 indicates that the
+ * caller may access the buffer immediately without waiting on a fence. If
+ * a valid file descriptor is returned (i.e. any value except -1) then the
+ * caller is responsible for closing the file descriptor.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*dequeueBuffer)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer** buffer, int* fenceFd);
+
+ /*
+ * Hook called by EGL when modifications to the render buffer are done.
+ * This unlocks and post the buffer.
+ *
+ * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and
+ * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own
+ * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it.
+ * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only
+ * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set.
+ *
+ * The fenceFd argument specifies a libsync fence file descriptor for a
+ * fence that must signal before the buffer can be accessed. If the buffer
+ * can be accessed immediately then a value of -1 should be used. The
+ * caller must not use the file descriptor after it is passed to
+ * queueBuffer, and the ANativeWindow implementation is responsible for
+ * closing it.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*queueBuffer)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer, int fenceFd);
+
+ /*
+ * Hook used to cancel a buffer that has been dequeued.
+ * No synchronization is performed between dequeue() and cancel(), so
+ * either external synchronization is needed, or these functions must be
+ * called from the same thread.
+ *
+ * The window holds a reference to the buffer between dequeueBuffer and
+ * either queueBuffer or cancelBuffer, so clients only need their own
+ * reference if they might use the buffer after queueing or canceling it.
+ * Holding a reference to a buffer after queueing or canceling it is only
+ * allowed if a specific buffer count has been set.
+ *
+ * The fenceFd argument specifies a libsync fence file decsriptor for a
+ * fence that must signal before the buffer can be accessed. If the buffer
+ * can be accessed immediately then a value of -1 should be used.
+ *
+ * Note that if the client has not waited on the fence that was returned
+ * from dequeueBuffer, that same fence should be passed to cancelBuffer to
+ * ensure that future uses of the buffer are preceded by a wait on that
+ * fence. The caller must not use the file descriptor after it is passed
+ * to cancelBuffer, and the ANativeWindow implementation is responsible for
+ * closing it.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success or -errno on error.
+ */
+ int (*cancelBuffer)(struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer* buffer, int fenceFd);
+};
+
+ /* Backwards compatibility: use ANativeWindow (struct ANativeWindow in C).
+ * android_native_window_t is deprecated.
+ */
+typedef struct ANativeWindow ANativeWindow;
+typedef struct ANativeWindow android_native_window_t;
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_usage(..., usage)
+ * Sets the intended usage flags for the next buffers
+ * acquired with (*lockBuffer)() and on.
+ * By default (if this function is never called), a usage of
+ * GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_RENDER | GRALLOC_USAGE_HW_TEXTURE
+ * is assumed.
+ * Calling this function will usually cause following buffers to be
+ * reallocated.
+ */
+
+static inline int native_window_set_usage(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window, int usage)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_USAGE, usage);
+}
+
+/* deprecated. Always returns 0. Don't call. */
+static inline int native_window_connect(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window, int api) {
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* deprecated. Always returns 0. Don't call. */
+static inline int native_window_disconnect(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window, int api) {
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_crop(..., crop)
+ * Sets which region of the next queued buffers needs to be considered.
+ * Depending on the scaling mode, a buffer's crop region is scaled and/or
+ * cropped to match the surface's size. This function sets the crop in
+ * pre-transformed buffer pixel coordinates.
+ *
+ * The specified crop region applies to all buffers queued after it is called.
+ *
+ * If 'crop' is NULL, subsequently queued buffers won't be cropped.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if for instance the crop region is invalid, out of the
+ * buffer's bound or if the window is invalid.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_crop(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ android_native_rect_t const * crop)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_CROP, crop);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_post_transform_crop(..., crop)
+ * Sets which region of the next queued buffers needs to be considered.
+ * Depending on the scaling mode, a buffer's crop region is scaled and/or
+ * cropped to match the surface's size. This function sets the crop in
+ * post-transformed pixel coordinates.
+ *
+ * The specified crop region applies to all buffers queued after it is called.
+ *
+ * If 'crop' is NULL, subsequently queued buffers won't be cropped.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if for instance the crop region is invalid, out of the
+ * buffer's bound or if the window is invalid.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_post_transform_crop(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ android_native_rect_t const * crop)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_POST_TRANSFORM_CROP, crop);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_active_rect(..., active_rect)
+ *
+ * This function is deprecated and will be removed soon. For now it simply
+ * sets the post-transform crop for compatibility while multi-project commits
+ * get checked.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_active_rect(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ android_native_rect_t const * active_rect)
+{
+ return native_window_set_post_transform_crop(window, active_rect);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_buffer_count(..., count)
+ * Sets the number of buffers associated with this native window.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_buffer_count(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ size_t bufferCount)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFER_COUNT, bufferCount);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_buffers_geometry(..., int w, int h, int format)
+ * All buffers dequeued after this call will have the dimensions and format
+ * specified. A successful call to this function has the same effect as calling
+ * native_window_set_buffers_size and native_window_set_buffers_format.
+ *
+ * XXX: This function is deprecated. The native_window_set_buffers_dimensions
+ * and native_window_set_buffers_format functions should be used instead.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_buffers_geometry(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int w, int h, int format)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_GEOMETRY,
+ w, h, format);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_buffers_dimensions(..., int w, int h)
+ * All buffers dequeued after this call will have the dimensions specified.
+ * In particular, all buffers will have a fixed-size, independent from the
+ * native-window size. They will be scaled according to the scaling mode
+ * (see native_window_set_scaling_mode) upon window composition.
+ *
+ * If w and h are 0, the normal behavior is restored. That is, dequeued buffers
+ * following this call will be sized to match the window's size.
+ *
+ * Calling this function will reset the window crop to a NULL value, which
+ * disables cropping of the buffers.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_buffers_dimensions(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int w, int h)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_DIMENSIONS,
+ w, h);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_buffers_user_dimensions(..., int w, int h)
+ *
+ * Sets the user buffer size for the window, which overrides the
+ * window's size. All buffers dequeued after this call will have the
+ * dimensions specified unless overridden by
+ * native_window_set_buffers_dimensions. All buffers will have a
+ * fixed-size, independent from the native-window size. They will be
+ * scaled according to the scaling mode (see
+ * native_window_set_scaling_mode) upon window composition.
+ *
+ * If w and h are 0, the normal behavior is restored. That is, the
+ * default buffer size will match the windows's size.
+ *
+ * Calling this function will reset the window crop to a NULL value, which
+ * disables cropping of the buffers.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_buffers_user_dimensions(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int w, int h)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_USER_DIMENSIONS,
+ w, h);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_buffers_format(..., int format)
+ * All buffers dequeued after this call will have the format specified.
+ *
+ * If the specified format is 0, the default buffer format will be used.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_buffers_format(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int format)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_FORMAT, format);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_buffers_transform(..., int transform)
+ * All buffers queued after this call will be displayed transformed according
+ * to the transform parameter specified.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_buffers_transform(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int transform)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TRANSFORM,
+ transform);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_buffers_timestamp(..., int64_t timestamp)
+ * All buffers queued after this call will be associated with the timestamp
+ * parameter specified. If the timestamp is set to NATIVE_WINDOW_TIMESTAMP_AUTO
+ * (the default), timestamps will be generated automatically when queueBuffer is
+ * called. The timestamp is measured in nanoseconds, and is normally monotonically
+ * increasing. The timestamp should be unaffected by time-of-day adjustments,
+ * and for a camera should be strictly monotonic but for a media player may be
+ * reset when the position is set.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_buffers_timestamp(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int64_t timestamp)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_BUFFERS_TIMESTAMP,
+ timestamp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_set_scaling_mode(..., int mode)
+ * All buffers queued after this call will be associated with the scaling mode
+ * specified.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_set_scaling_mode(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window,
+ int mode)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_SET_SCALING_MODE,
+ mode);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_api_connect(..., int api)
+ * connects an API to this window. only one API can be connected at a time.
+ * Returns -EINVAL if for some reason the window cannot be connected, which
+ * can happen if it's connected to some other API.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_api_connect(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window, int api)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_API_CONNECT, api);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_api_disconnect(..., int api)
+ * disconnect the API from this window.
+ * An error is returned if for instance the window wasn't connected in the
+ * first place.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_api_disconnect(
+ struct ANativeWindow* window, int api)
+{
+ return window->perform(window, NATIVE_WINDOW_API_DISCONNECT, api);
+}
+
+/*
+ * native_window_dequeue_buffer_and_wait(...)
+ * Dequeue a buffer and wait on the fence associated with that buffer. The
+ * buffer may safely be accessed immediately upon this function returning. An
+ * error is returned if either of the dequeue or the wait operations fail.
+ */
+static inline int native_window_dequeue_buffer_and_wait(ANativeWindow *anw,
+ struct ANativeWindowBuffer** anb) {
+ return anw->dequeueBuffer_DEPRECATED(anw, anb);
+}
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* SYSTEM_CORE_INCLUDE_ANDROID_WINDOW_H */
repositories / deb_android-headers.git / commitdiff
